UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 
FORM 10-Q
 

 
 
(Mark One)
x
QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2009
 
OR
 
¨
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the transition period from              to             
 
Commission file number: 0-25259
 

 
Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 

 
 
   
Delaware
02-0433294
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
   
325 Corporate Drive
Portsmouth, New Hampshire
03801-6808
(Address of principal executive offices)
(Zip Code)
 
(603) 436-0700
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)


 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).          Yes   ¨     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check one):

Large Accelerated Filer
 
¨
  
Accelerated Filer
 
x
       
Non-Accelerated Filer
 
¨   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  
Smaller Reporting Company
 
¨
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x
 
The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock as of October 30, 2009 was 25,906,681.

 
 

 
1

 

INDEX
 
   
 
Page
No.
PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
   
Item 1. Financial Statements
 
   
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2009 and June 30, 2009
        3
   
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008
        4
   
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008
        5
   
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
        6
   
Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
        14
   
Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
        22
   
Item 4. Controls and Procedures
        22
   
PART II. OTHER INFORMATION
 
   
Item 1. Legal Proceedings
        23
   
Item 1A. Risk Factors
        23
   
Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds
        30
   
Item 6. Exhibits
        30
   
SIGNATURE
        31
 

 
2

 

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
Item 1. Financial Statements
 
Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc.
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands)
 
             
   
September 30,
2009
   
June 30,
2009
 
Assets
           
Current assets:
           
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 38,246     $ 50,255  
Marketable securities
    53       48  
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $527 at September 30, 2009 and $645 at June 30, 2009
    21,588       23,118  
Other current assets
    7,380       5,531  
                   Total current assets
    67,267       78,952  
Property and equipment, net
    15,403       10,106  
Intangible assets, net
    106,614       89,589  
Other assets
    5,187       4,504  
Total assets
  $ 194,471     $ 183,151  
                 
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
               
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 6,105     $ 5,955  
Accrued expenses
    8,092       9,290  
Deferred revenue
    30,493       33,029  
Total current liabilities
    44,690       48,274  
Deferred revenue, non-current
    10,559       10,213  
Deferred income taxes
    2,099       2,263  
Other liabilities
    2,148       1,852  
Total liabilities
    59,496       62,602  
                 
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Preferred Stock, $.001 par value:
               
           Authorized shares—4,000; issued and outstanding shares—none
    ----       ----  
Common Stock, $.001 par value:
               
           Authorized shares—50,000; issued shares—26,779 at September 30, 2009, and 26,516 at June 30, 2009; outstanding shares—24,646 at September 30, 2009, and 24,311 at June 30, 2009
    27       27  
Additional paid-in capital
    300,543       287,082  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (5,931 )     (4,920 )
Treasury stock: 2,133 shares at September 30, 2009, and 2,205 shares at June 30, 2009, at cost
    (23,556 )     (24,360 )
Accumulated deficit
    (136,108 )     (137,280 )
Total stockholders’ equity
    134,975       120,549  
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 194,471     $ 183,151  
                 
 
See accompanying notes.
 

 
3

 

Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc.
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 
             
   
Three Months Ended
September 30,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
Revenues:
           
Software licenses
  $ 2,963     $ 3,606  
Subscriptions and transactions
    8,281       8,229  
Service and maintenance
    23,135       21,149  
Equipment and supplies
    2,177       2,522  
Total revenues
    36,556       35,506  
Cost of revenues:
               
Software licenses
    219       200  
Subscriptions and transactions
    3,825       4,117  
Service and maintenance (1)  
    9,773       9,873  
Equipment and supplies
    1,621       1,854  
Total cost of revenues
    15,438       16,044  
Gross profit
    21,118       19,462  
Operating expenses:
               
Sales and marketing (1)  
    7,883       8,638  
Product development and engineering (1)  
    4,090       5,423  
General and administrative (1)  
    4,290       5,172  
Amortization of intangible assets
    3,306       4,436  
Total operating expenses
    19,569       23,669  
Income (loss) from operations
    1,549       (4,207 )
Other income, net
    221       148  
Income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) for income taxes
    1,770       (4,059 )
Provision for (benefit from) for income taxes
    598       (210 )
Net income (loss)
    1,172       (3,849 )
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:
  $ 0.05     $ (0.16 )
Shares used in computing basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:
    24,401       23,883  
Shares used in computing diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:
    24,812       23,883  
                 
 


(1)
Stock based compensation is allocated as follows:
 
             
   
Three Months Ended
September 30,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
Cost of revenues: service and maintenance
  $ 358     $ 260  
Sales and marketing
    649       696  
Product development and engineering
    204       202  
General and administrative
    697       1,052  
      1,908     $ 2,210  
                 
 
See accompanying notes.
 
 

 
4


Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc.
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)
 
             
   
Three Months Ended
September 30,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
Operating activities:
           
Net income (loss)
  $ 1,172     $ (3,849 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
               
Amortization of intangible assets
    3,306       4,436  
Stock compensation expense
    1,908       2,210  
Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment
    957       1,026  
Deferred income tax provision (benefit)
    138       (270 )
Provision for allowances on accounts receivable
    (99 )     11  
Provision for obsolete inventory
    ----       6  
Excess tax benefits associated with stock compensation
    (8 )     (8 )
(Gain) loss on foreign exchange
    (96 )     134  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               
Accounts receivable
    1,457       (2,465 )
Inventory, prepaid expenses and other assets
    (1,160 )     (740 )
Accounts payable. accrued expenses and other liabilities
    (884 )     (2,480 )
Deferred revenue
    (2,040 )     1,714  
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    4,651       (275 )
Investing activities:
               
Acquisition of business
    (17,000 )     ----  
Purchases of held-to-maturity securities
    (50 )     (53 )
Proceeds from sales of held-to-maturity securities
    50       53  
Purchases of property and equipment
    (1,201 )     (987 )
Net cash used in investing activities
    (18,201 )     (987 )
Financing activities:
               
Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan and exercise of stock options
    1,841       961  
Repurchase of common stock
    ----       (1,548 )
Excess tax benefits associated with stock compensation
    8       8  
Capital lease payments
    (29 )     (33 )
Payment of bank financing fees
    (12 )     ----  
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    1,808       (612 )
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
    (267 )     (3,114 )
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents
    (12,009 )     (4,988 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    50,255       35,316  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 38,246     $ 30,328  
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
               
Issuance of warrants in connection with acquisition of business 
  $ 10,520       ----  
                 
                 
 

 

 
See accompanying notes.
 

 
5

 

Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc.
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 2009
 
Note 1—Basis of Presentation
 
The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals and adjustments) considered necessary for a fair presentation of the interim financial information have been included. Operating results for the three months ended September 30, 2009 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any other interim period or for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2010. For further information, refer to the financial statements and footnotes included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) on September 11, 2009.
 
Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.
 
Note 2—Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
Revenue Recognition

In September 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) ratified the consensus reached by the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) on two issues related to revenue recognition.

The first issue, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables , applies to multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements and provides for two significant changes to existing multiple-element revenue recognition guidance. The first change relates to the determination of when individual deliverables within an arrangement should be treated as separate units of accounting. Broadly, a deliverable should be treated as a separate unit of accounting when it has value to the customer on a standalone basis and when delivery or performance of any undelivered items is considered to be probable and substantially within the control of the vendor. The second change relates to the manner in which arrangement consideration should be allocated to any separately identified deliverables. The consensus requires that the allocation of revenue among deliverables be based on vendor specific objective evidence or third-party evidence of selling price and, to the extent that neither of these levels of evidence exist, that the allocation be based on the vendor’s best estimate of selling price for each deliverable.  Use of the residual method of allocating revenue to arrangement deliverables is prohibited unless the revenue transaction is specifically governed by software revenue recognition literature.  Financial statement disclosure requirements have also been significantly expanded.

The second issue, Certain Revenue Arrangements that Include Software Elements , focuses on redefining which revenue arrangements are within the scope of software revenue recognition literature and which are not.  The issue provides guidance on determining whether tangible products containing non-software and software elements are governed by software revenue recognition literature and significantly narrows the definition of what constitutes a “software” transaction.  In particular, non-software components of products that include software, software products bundled with tangible products where the non-software and software components function together to deliver the product’s essential functionality, and undelivered elements related to non-software components are, as a result of this issue, outside the scope of software revenue recognition rules. The issue also provides guidance on allocating revenue between non-software and software elements.

Each of these issues is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. The issues can be implemented prospectively to all revenue arrangements entered or materially modified after the date of adoption, or retrospectively to all revenue arrangements for all financial statement periods presented. Early adoption is permitted. Both issues must be adopted in the same period and under the same transition method. The Company expects to adopt these issues prospectively as of July 1, 2010 and is currently evaluating the impact of the pronouncements on its financial statements.
 
Note 3—Fair Value
 
Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities
 
 
6


In September 2006, the FASB issued financial statement disclosure standards, effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, regarding the fair value of assets and liabilities.  The Company adopted these standards in fiscal 2008.  These standards define fair value, establish a framework for measuring fair value and expand disclosures about fair value measurements. They apply only to fair value measurements already required or permitted by other accounting standards and do not require any new fair value measurements.  

For nonfinancial assets and liabilities not recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis, the effective date of these standards was delayed until fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008 (July 1, 2009 for the Company).  The Company’s nonfinancial assets and liabilities that met these deferral criteria include goodwill, intangible assets, and property, plant and equipment.  The adoption of the remaining provisions of these standards on July 1, 2009 did not have an impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.  

The Company measures fair value at the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.  In determining fair value, the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability (the “inputs”) are based on a tiered fair value hierarchy consisting of three levels, as follows:
 
 
Level 1:  Observable inputs such as quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2:  Other inputs that are observable directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets or for similar markets that are not active.

Level 3:  Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data and which require the Company to develop its own assumptions about how market participants would price the asset or liability.

Valuation techniques for assets and liabilities include methodologies such as the market approach, the income approach or the cost approach, and may use unobservable inputs such as projections, estimates and management’s interpretation of current market data.  These unobservable inputs are only utilized to the extent that observable inputs are not available or cost-effective to obtain.

At September 30, 2009, assets and liabilities of the Company measured at fair value on a recurring basis included money market funds of $0.2 million.  At June 30, 2009, assets and liabilities of the Company measured at fair value on a recurring basis included money market funds and US Treasury securities funds of $2.6 million and $0.8 million, respectively.  These amounts  were reported as a component of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents and were valued based on reference to quoted prices in active markets (Level 1 inputs).
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
The Company has certain financial instruments which consist of cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, accounts receivable and accounts payable.  The Company’s marketable securities are classified as held to maturity and recorded at amortized cost which, at September 30, 2009 and June 30, 2009, approximated fair value.  These investments all mature within one year.  The fair value of the Company’s other financial instruments approximate their carrying values, due to the short-term nature of those instruments.
 
Note 4 – Business Acquisitions
 
PayMode

On September 14, 2009, the Company completed the purchase of substantially all of the assets and related operations of PayMode from Bank of America (the “Bank”).  PayMode facilitates the electronic exchange of payments and invoices between organizations and their suppliers and is operated as a Software as a Service (SaaS) offering.  There are currently in excess of 90,000 vendors participating in the PayMode network.

As a result of the acquisition the Company acquired the PayMode operations including the vendor network, application software, intellectual property rights and other assets, properties and rights used exclusively or primarily in the PayMode business. As purchase consideration, the Company paid the Bank cash of $17.0 million and issued the Bank a warrant to purchase 1,000,000 shares of common stock of the Company at an exercise price of $8.50 per share.  The warrants
 
 
7

 
were exercisable upon issuance and were valued at $10.5 million using a Black Scholes valuation model that used the following inputs:

       
Dividend yield
    0 %
Expected term
 
10 years
 
Risk free interest rate
    3.42 %
Volatility
    78 %
 
The expected term of ten years equates to the contractual life of the warrants.  Volatility was based on the Company’s actual stock price over a ten year historic period.

At September 30, 2009, the Company was still in the process of finalizing its estimates of fair value for property, equipment and intangible assets acquired.  Accordingly, the values disclosed for these assets are subject to change as the Company finalizes its fair value analysis, which it expects to complete during the quarter ending December 31, 2009.  In the preliminary allocation of the purchase price set forth below, the Company has recognized approximately $2.4 million of goodwill.  This amount is deductible for US income tax purposes and is arising principally due to the assembled workforce of PayMode and due to expected product synergies arising from the acquisition.  Costs of the acquisition of approximately $0.4 million were expensed during the three months ended September 30, 2009, principally as a component of general and administrative expenses.

PayMode’s operating results have been included in the Company’s operating results from the date of the acquisition forward, as a component of the Outsourced Solutions segment, and all of the PayMode goodwill was allocated to this segment.  Revenue and earnings attributable to PayMode from the date of acquisition through September 30, 2009 were not material.

 
The preliminary allocation of the purchase price as of September 30, 2009 is as follows:
 
 
 
       
   
(in thousands)
 
Current assets
    1,388  
Property and equipment
    5,125  
Intangible assets
    18,659  
Goodwill
    2,381  
Current liabilities
    (33 )
Total purchase price
  $ 27,520  
         
 

 
The valuation of the acquired intangible assets was estimated by performing projections of discounted cash flow, whereby revenues and costs associated with each intangible asset are forecast to derive expected cash flow which is discounted to present value at discount rates commensurate with perceived risk.  The valuation and projection process is inherently subjective and relies on significant unobservable inputs (Level 3 inputs).  The valuation assumptions also take into consideration the Company’s estimates of contract renewal, technology attrition and revenue projections.  The preliminary values for specifically identifiable intangible assets, by major asset class, are as set forth below. Other intangible assets consist of a tradename and below market lease arrangement.
 

       
   
(in thousands)
 
Customer related intangible assets
  $ 9,349  
Core technology
    7,648  
Other intangible assets
    1,662  
    $ 18,659  
         
 

 
The customer related intangible assets, core technology and other intangible assets acquired are being amortized over weighted average lives of seventeen years, seven years and fourteen years, respectively.
 
 
8

 

Pro-forma Information
 
The following unaudited pro-forma financial information presents the combined results of operations of the Company and PayMode as if that acquisition had occurred on July 1, 2009 and 2008, respectively, after giving effect to certain adjustments such as increased amortization expense of acquired intangible assets and a decrease in interest income as a result of the cash paid for the acquisition. This pro-forma financial information does not necessarily reflect the results of operations that would have actually occurred had the Company and PayMode been a single entity during these periods.
 

             
   
Pro Forma
Three Months Ended
September 30,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
(unaudited)
(in thousands)
 
Revenues
  $ 37,759     $ 36,968  
Net loss
  $ (88 )   $ (5,015 )
Net loss per basic and diluted share attributable to common stockholders
  $ (0.00 )   $ (0.21 )
 
  Note 5—Net Income (Loss) Per Share
 
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share:

             
   
Three Months Ended
September 30,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
(in thousands)
 
Basic:
           
Net income (loss)
  $ 1,172     $ (3,849 )
Less:  Net income allocable to participating securities
    (48 )     ---  
Net income (loss) allocable to common stockholders – basic
  $ 1,124     $ (3,849 )
                 
Basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders
  $ 0.05     $ (0.16 )
                 
Shares used in computing basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders
    24,401       23,883  
                 
Diluted:
               
Net income (loss)
  $ 1,172     $ (3,849 )
Less:  Net income allocable to participating securities
    (48 )     ---  
Net income (loss) allocable to common stockholders – diluted
  $ 1,124     $ (3,849 )
                 
Diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders
  $ 0.05     $ (0.16 )
                 
Shares used in computing diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders
    24,812       23,883  
                 

 
9

 
Basic net income per share excludes any dilutive effects of stock options, unvested restricted stock and stock warrants.  Basic and diluted earnings per share is computed pursuant to the two-class method.  The two-class method calculates earnings for common stock and participating securities based on their proportionate participation rights in undistributed earnings.  The Company’s unvested restricted stock awards are considered to be participating securities as they entitle the holder to receive non-forfeitable rights to cash dividends at the same rate as common stock.

Diluted net income per share is calculated using the more dilutive of the treasury stock method (which assumes full exercise of in-the-money stock options and warrants and full vesting of restricted stock) and the two-class method, described above.

At September 30, 2009 and 2008, 1,851,000 and 4,767,000 shares of unvested restricted stock and stock options were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share, respectively, as their effect on the calculation would have been anti-dilutive.
 

Note 6—Comprehensive Income or Loss
 
Comprehensive income or loss represents the Company’s net income (loss) plus the results of certain stockholders’ equity changes not reflected in the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations. The components of comprehensive income or loss are as follows:
 

             
   
Three Months Ended
September 30,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
(in thousands)
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 1,172     $ (3,849 )
Other comprehensive loss:
               
Foreign currency translation adjustments
    (1,011 )     (8,025 )
                 
Comprehensive income (loss)
  $ 161     $ (11,874 )
                 
 
Note 7—Operations by Segments and Geographic Areas
 
Segment Information
 
Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.
 
The Company’s operating segments are organized principally by the type of product or service offered and by geography; similar operating segments have been aggregated into three reportable segments as follows:
 
Payments and Transactional Documents. The Company’s Payments and Transactional Documents segment is a supplier of software products that provide a range of financial business process management solutions including making and collecting payments, sending and receiving invoices, and generating and storing business documents. This segment also provides a range of standard professional services and equipment and supplies that complement and enhance the Company’s core software products. Revenue associated with this segment is typically recorded upon delivery or, if extended payment terms have been granted to the customer, as payments become contractually due. This segment incorporates the Company’s check printing solutions in the UK, revenue for which is typically recorded on a per transaction basis or ratably over the expected life of the customer relationship, as well as certain solutions that are licensed on a subscription basis, revenue for which is typically recorded ratably over the contractual term.
 
Banking Solutions. The Banking Solutions segment provides solutions that are specifically designed for banking and financial institution customers. These solutions typically involve longer implementation periods and a significant level of professional resources. Due to the customized nature of these products, revenue is generally recognized over the period of project performance, on a percentage of completion basis. Periodically, the Company licenses these solutions on a subscription basis which has the effect of contributing to recurring revenue and the revenue predictability of future periods, but which also delays revenue recognition over a period that is longer than the period of project performance.
 
Outsourced Solutions. The Outsourced Solutions segment provides customers with outsourced and hosted solution offerings that facilitate invoice receipt and presentment and spend management. The Company’s Legal eXchange solution,
 
 
10

 
which provides the opportunity to create more efficient processes for managing invoices generated by outside law firms while offering access to important legal spend factors such as budgeting, expense monitoring and outside counsel performance, is included within this segment. This segment also incorporates the Company’s hosted and outsourced accounts payable automation solutions, including PayMode, which the Company acquired in September 2009. Revenue within this segment is generally recognized on a subscription or transaction basis or proportionately over the estimated life of the customer relationship.
 
Each operating segment has separate sales forces and, periodically, a sales person in one operating segment will sell products and services that are typically sold within a different operating segment. In such cases, the transaction is generally recorded by the operating segment to which the sales person is assigned. Accordingly, segment results can include the results of transactions that have been allocated to a specific segment based on the contributing sales resources, rather than the nature of the product or service. Conversely, a transaction can be recorded by the operating segment primarily responsible for delivery to the customer, even if the sales person is assigned to a different operating segment.
 
The Company’s chief operating decision maker assesses segment performance based on a variety of factors that can include segment revenue and a segment measure of profit or loss. Each segment’s measure of profit or loss is on a pre-tax basis, and excludes stock compensation expense, acquisition-related expenses, amortization of intangible assets and restructuring related charges. There are no inter-segment sales; accordingly, the measure of segment revenue and profit or loss reflects only revenues from external customers. The costs of certain corporate level expenses, primarily general and administrative expenses, are allocated to the Company’s operating segments at predetermined rates that approximate cost.
 
The Company does not track or assign its assets by operating segment.
 
Segment information for the three months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008 according to the segment descriptions above, is as follows:
 
                         
   
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
(in thousands)
   
As % of total
revenues
   
(in thousands)
   
As % of total
revenues
 
Revenues:
                       
Payments and Transactional Documents
  $ 22,767       62.3     $ 23,376       65.8  
Banking Solutions
    7,108       19.4       5,673       16.0  
Outsourced Solutions
    6,681       18.3       6,457       18.2  
Total revenues
  $ 36,556       100.0     $ 35,506       100.0  
                                 
Segment measure of profit (loss)
                               
Payments and Transactional Documents
  $ 4,976             $ 2,669          
Banking Solutions
    985               (981 )        
Outsourced Solutions
    1,204               786          
Total measure of segment profit
  $ 7,165             $ 2,474          
                                 
 
A reconciliation of the measure of segment profit to GAAP operating income before income taxes is as follows:
 
             
   
Three Months Ended
September 30,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
(in thousands)
 
Segment measure of profit
  $ 7,165     $ 2,474  
Less:
               
Amortization of intangible assets
    (3,306 )     (4,436 )
Stock compensation expense
    (1,908 )     (2,210 )
Acquisition related expenses
    (402 )     (35 )
Add:
               
Other income, net
    221       148  
Income (loss) before income taxes
  $ 1,770     $ (4,059 )
                 
 
 

 
11

 
The following depreciation expense amounts are included in the segment measure of profit:
 
             
   
Three Months Ended
September 30,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
(in thousands)
 
Depreciation expense:
           
Payments and Transactional Documents
  $ 374     $ 455  
Banking Solutions
    165       175  
Outsourced Solutions
    418       396  
Total depreciation expense
  $ 957     $ 1,026  
                 
 
Geographic Information
 
The Company has presented geographic information about its revenues, below. This presentation allocates revenue based on the point of sale, not the location of the customer. Accordingly, the Company derives revenues from geographic locations, based on the location of the customer, that would vary from the geographic areas listed here; particularly in respect of a financial institution customer located in Australia for which the point of sale was the United States.
 
             
   
Three Months Ended
September 30,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
(in thousands)
 
Revenues from unaffiliated customers:
           
United States
  $ 23,769     $
  21,618
 
Europe
    12,377       13,470  
Australia
    410       418  
Total revenues from unaffiliated customers
  $ 36,556     $ 35,506  
                 
 
Long-lived assets, which are based on geographical location, were as follows:
 
             
   
September 30,
   
June 30,
 
   
2009
 
   
(in thousands)
 
Long-lived assets, net
           
United States
  $ 17,853     $ 12,160  
Europe
    2,606       2,313  
Australia
    131       137  
Total long-lived assets, net
  $ 20,590     $ 14,610  
                 
 
Note 8—Income Taxes

The Company recorded income tax expense of $0.6 million and income tax benefit of $0.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  The income tax expense recorded for the quarter ended September 30, 2009 was due to tax expense associated with the Company’s UK, Australian and US operations.  The US income tax expense was principally due to alternative minimum tax arising from the utilization of net operating losses and due to an increase in deferred tax liabilities for goodwill that is deductible for tax purposes but not amortized for financial reporting purposes.  Income tax expense was partially offset by the benefit associated with a US tax refund claim for a portion of unused research and development credit carryforwards.

The Company’s net income tax benefit for the quarter ended September 30, 2008 was due to the impact of non-recurring tax benefits arising from the expiration of certain statutes of limitations for previously unrecognized tax benefits, from the enactment of legislation in the US allowing the Company to claim a refund for a portion of its unused research and development credit carryforwards, and from a decrease in the Company’s German tax rate after a restructuring of the Company’s German operations.  The Company’s net tax benefit also reflected a benefit associated with its UK and German operations.  These tax benefits were partially offset by tax expense in the US, France and Australia.
 
 
12


The Company currently anticipates that its unrecognized tax benefits will decrease within the next twelve months by approximately $0.3 million as a result of the expiration of certain statutes of limitations associated with intercompany transactions subject to tax in multiple jurisdictions.
 
Note 9—Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
 
The following tables set forth the information for intangible assets subject to amortization and for intangible assets not subject to amortization.  Other intangible assets consist of acquired tradenames, backlog and below market lease arrangements.


   
As of September 30, 2009
 
   
Gross Carrying
Amount
   
Accumulated Amortization
   
Net Carrying Value
   
Weighted Average Remaining Life
 
   
(in thousands)
   
(in years)
 
Amortized intangible assets:
                       
Customer related
  $ 59,308     $ (31,942 )   $ 27,366       7.6  
Core technology
    32,927       (22,621 )     10,306       5.5  
Patent
    953       (260 )     693       9.8  
Other intangible assets
    2,331       (322 )     2,009       12.1  
Total
  $ 95,519     $ (55,145 )   $ 40,374          
                                 
Unamortized intangible assets:
                               
Goodwill
                    66,240          
Total intangible assets
                  $ 106,614          
                                 
                                 

 
   
As of June 30, 2009
 
   
Gross Carrying
Amount
   
Accumulated Amortization
   
Net Carrying Value
   
Weighted Average Remaining Life
 
   
(in thousands)
   
(in years)
 
Amortized intangible assets:
                       
Customer related
  $ 50,194     $ (29,753 )   $ 20,441       3.0  
Core technology
    28,093       (24,633 )     3,460       1.7  
Patent
    953       (243 )     710       10.0  
Other intangible assets
    1,045       (636 )     409       1.8  
Total
  $ 80,285     $ (55,265 )   $ 25,020          
                                 
Unamortized intangible assets:
                               
Goodwill
                    64,569          
Total intangible assets
                  $ 89,589          
                                 
                                 


 
Estimated amortization expense for fiscal year 2010 and subsequent fiscal years is as follows:
 
       
   
(in thousands)
 
2010
  $ 13,236  
2011
    10,092  
2012
    5,195  
2013
    3,621  
2014
    1,772  
2015 and thereafter
    9,764  
 
 
13

 
Note 10— Restructuring Costs
 
During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company reduced its workforce by approximately 40 full time positions and announced the departure of its Chief Operating Officer. In connection with these events, the Company incurred expenses of approximately $3.0 million associated with severance related benefits, including stock compensation expense. As these events were completed in fiscal 2009, the Company did not recognize additional expense during the three months ended September 30, 2009 and does not expect to recognize additional expense in future periods relating to these actions.
 
 
As of September 30, 2009, the Company’s remaining liability for severance related benefits was as follows:
 
       
   
(in thousands)
 
Accrued severance benefits at June 30, 2009
  $ 426  
Payments charged against the accrual
    (244 )
Impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates
    1  
Accrued severance benefits at September 30, 2009
  $ 183  
         
 
Note 11 – Subsequent Events

The Company has determined that no subsequent events have occurred that warrant disclosure in the financial statements.  For purposes of assessing whether there were any subsequent events warranting disclosure, the Company evaluated events occurring between September 30, 2009 and November 9, 2009.
 
Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
This Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. The statements contained in this report that are not purely historical are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Without limiting the foregoing, the words “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “expects,” “plans,” “intends,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements included in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q are based on information available to us up to, and including, the date of this report, and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those set forth below under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Form 10-Q. You should carefully review those factors and also carefully review the risks outlined in other documents that we file from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
Overview
 
We provide electronic payment, invoice and document management solutions to corporations, financial institutions and banks around the world. Our solutions are used to streamline, automate and manage processes and transactions involving global payments, invoice receipt and approval, collections, cash management, risk mitigation, document management, reporting and document archive. We offer software designed to run on-site at the customer’s location as well as hosted solutions. Historically, our software has been sold predominantly on a perpetual license basis. Today, however, a growing portion of our offerings are being sold on a subscription and transaction basis.
 
Our corporate customers rely on our solutions to automate their payment and accounts payable processes and to streamline and manage the production and retention of electronic documents. We offer Legal eXchange ® , a Software as a Service (SaaS) offering that receives, manages and controls legal invoices and the related spend management for insurance companies and other large consumers of outside legal services. Our offerings also include software solutions that banks use to provide web-based payment and reporting capabilities to their corporate customers.
 
Our solutions complement and leverage our customers’ existing information systems, accounting applications and banking relationships. As a result, our solutions can be deployed quickly and efficiently. To help our customers receive the maximum value from our products and meet their own particular needs, we also provide professional services for installation, training, consulting and product enhancement.
 
In September 2009 we acquired PayMode from Bank of America.  PayMode facilitates the electronic exchange of payments and invoices between organizations and suppliers and is a SaaS offering.  As part of the acquisition, we also entered into a multi-year agreement with Bank of America to operate PayMode on its behalf.
 
 
14

 
For the first quarter of fiscal year 2010, our revenue increased to $36.6 million from $35.5 million in the same quarter of last fiscal year. This revenue increase was primarily attributable to revenue increases in our Banking Solutions segment and our European operations.  These increases were offset in part by a decrease of $1.8 million, primarily as a result of declining foreign exchange rates associated with the British Pound Sterling and the European Euro, which depreciated against the US dollar compared to the same period in the prior fiscal year.
 
 
We had net income of $1.2 million in the three months ended September 30, 2009 compared to net loss of $3.8 million in the three months ended September 30, 2008. The increase in net income was due largely to improved gross margins and a reduction in operating expenses.  The decreases in our cost of revenue and operating expense categories were due largely to cost savings related to our fourth quarter fiscal 2009 headcount reduction and a decrease in foreign exchange rates of approximately $1.5 million associated with the British Pound Sterling and European Euro.
 
In the first quarter of fiscal 2010, we derived approximately 49% of our revenue from customers located outside of North America, principally in the UK and Australia.  We expect future revenue growth to be driven by the revenue contribution from PayMode, increased purchases of our products by new and existing bank and financial institution customers in both North America and international markets, the continued market adoption of our Legal eXchange product in the US and increased sales of our payments and transactional documents products.
 
While we continue to grow our business, the overall economic environment has remained challenging. While we have not experienced any significant decline in our expected volume of customer orders we are observing that, in some cases, closing new business is taking somewhat longer and, in some cases, customer buying decisions are being postponed. Our customers operate in many different industries; a diversification that we believe helps us in this economic climate. Additionally, we believe that our recurring and subscription revenue base helps position us defensively against any short term economic downturn. While we believe that we continue to compete favorably in all of the markets we serve, ongoing or worsening economic stresses could impact our business more significantly in the future.
 
Critical Accounting Policies
 
We believe that several accounting policies are important to understanding our historical and future performance. We refer to these policies as “critical” because these specific areas generally require us to make judgments and estimates about matters that are uncertain at the time we make the estimate, and different estimates—which also would have been reasonable—could have been used.
 
The critical accounting policies we identified in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009 related to stock-based compensation, revenue recognition, the valuation of goodwill and intangible assets and the valuation of acquired deferred revenue. It is important that the discussion of our operating results that follows be read in conjunction with the critical accounting policies disclosed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K, as filed with the SEC on September 11, 2009. There have been no changes to our critical accounting policies during the three months ended September 30, 2009.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Revenue Recognition

In September 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) ratified the consensus reached by the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) on two issues related to revenue recognition.

The first issue, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables , applies to multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements and provides for two significant changes to existing multiple-element revenue recognition guidance. The first change relates to the determination of when individual deliverables within an arrangement should be treated as separate units of accounting. Broadly, a deliverable should be treated as a separate unit of accounting when it has value to the customer on a standalone basis and when delivery or performance of any undelivered items is considered to be probable and substantially within the control of the vendor. The second change relates to the manner in which arrangement consideration should be allocated to any separately identified deliverables. The consensus requires that the allocation of revenue among deliverables be based on vendor specific objective evidence or third-party evidence of selling price and, to the extent that neither of these levels of evidence exist, that the allocation be based on the vendor’s best estimate of selling price for each deliverable.  Use of the residual method of allocating revenue to arrangement deliverables is prohibited unless the revenue transaction is specifically governed by software revenue recognition literature.  Financial statement disclosure requirements have also been significantly expanded.
 
 
15


The second issue, Certain Revenue Arrangements that Include Software Elements , focuses on redefining which revenue arrangements are within the scope of software revenue recognition literature and which are not.  The issue provides guidance on determining whether tangible products containing non-software and software elements are governed by software revenue recognition literature and significantly narrows the definition of what constitutes a “software” transaction.  In particular, non-software components of products that include software, software products bundled with tangible products where the non-software and software components function together to deliver the product’s essential functionality, and undelivered elements related to non-software components are, as a result of this issue, outside the scope of software revenue recognition rules. The issue also provides guidance on allocating revenue between non software and software elements.

Each of these issues is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. The issues can be implemented prospectively to all revenue arrangements entered or materially modified after the date of adoption, or retrospectively to all revenue arrangements for all financial statement periods presented. Early adoption is permitted. Both issues must be adopted in the same period and under the same transition method. We expect to adopt these issues prospectively as of July 1, 2010 and are currently evaluating the impact of the pronouncements on our financial statements.

 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2009 Compared to the Three Months Ended September 30, 2008
 
Revenues by segment
 
Operating segments are components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.
 
Our operating segments are organized principally by the type of product or service offered and by geography.  Similar operating segments have been aggregated into three reportable segments: Payments and Transactional Documents, Banking Solutions and Outsourced Solutions.  The following table represents our revenues by segment:
 
                                     
   
Three Months Ended September 30,
   
Increase (Decrease)
Between Periods
2009 Compared to 2008
 
 
2009
   
2008
 
   
(in thousands)
   
As % of total
Revenues
   
(in thousands)
   
As % of total
Revenues
   
(in thousands)
   
%
 
Payments and Transactional Documents
  $ 22,767       62.3     $ 23,376       65.8     $ (609 )     (2.6 )
Banking Solutions
    7,108       19.4       5,673       16.0       1,435       25.3  
Outsourced Solutions
    6,681       18.3       6,457       18.2       224       3.5  
    $ 36,556       100.0     $ 35,506       100.0     $ 1,050       3.0  
                                                 


Payments and Transactional Documents. The revenue decrease for the three months ended September 30, 2009 was primarily attributable to a decrease of $1.5 million as a result of declining foreign exchange rates associated with the British Pound Sterling and European Euro and a decrease in software license sales for certain of our US products, offset in part by an increase in maintenance revenues from certain of our US document process automation products. We expect revenue for the Payments and Transactional Documents segment to increase during the remainder of fiscal 2010 as a result of increased sales of our payment and document management solutions.

Banking Solutions. Revenues from our Banking Solutions segment increased as compared to the same period in the prior fiscal year due to an increase in professional services revenue, offset in part by a decrease in software license revenues. We expect revenues for the Banking Solutions segment to increase during the remainder of the fiscal year as a result of the contribution of revenue from ongoing projects and from additional purchases by new and existing bank and financial institution customers in both North America and international markets.

Outsourced Solutions. Revenues from our Outsourced Solutions segment increased slightly as compared to the same period in the prior fiscal year due to revenue contribution from PayMode, which we acquired in September 2009, and an increase in Legal eXchange revenue, offset in part by a decrease in European foreign currency exchange rates of $0.2 million. We expect revenue for the Outsourced Solutions segment to increase during the remainder of the fiscal year as a result of the revenue contribution from PayMode and as current customers of Legal eXchange move from the implementation phase (during which no revenue is recorded) into live production.

Revenues by category
 
 
16

 
                                     
   
Three Months Ended September 30,
   
Increase (Decrease)
Between Periods
2009 Compared to 2008
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
(in thousands)
   
As % of total
Revenues
   
(in thousands)
   
As % of total
Revenues
   
(in thousands)
   
%
 
Revenues:
                                   
Software licenses
  $ 2,963       8.1     $ 3,606       10.1     $ (643 )     (17.8 )
Subscriptions and transactions
    8,281       22.6       8,229       23.2       52       0.6  
Service and maintenance
    23,135       63.3       21,149       59.6       1,986       9.4  
Equipment and supplies
    2,177       6.0       2,522       7.1       (345 )     (13.7 )
Total revenues
  $ 36,556       100.0     $ 35,506       100.0     $ 1,050       3.0  
                                                 
 
Software Licenses. The decrease in software license revenues was due to decreases in software license revenue from our Banking Solutions segment due to the timing of several large ongoing banking projects, decreases in revenues from certain of our domestic payments and transactional documents products and due to a decrease of approximately $0.2 million as a result of declining foreign exchange rates associated with the British Pound Sterling and the European Euro.  These decreases were offset in part by an increase in revenue from certain of our European payments and transactional documents products.  We expect software license revenues to increase during the remainder of fiscal year 2010, principally as a result of increased software license revenue from our domestic and international Payments and Transactional Documents products and our Banking Solutions segment.
 
  Subscriptions and Transactions. The slight increase in subscription and transaction revenues was due principally to the revenue contribution from PayMode and newly implemented Legal eXchange customers. These increases were offset in part by a decrease of $0.5 million as a result of declining foreign exchange rates associated with the British Pound Sterling and the European Euro. We expect subscription and transaction revenues to increase during the remainder of the fiscal year as a result of the revenue contribution from PayMode and the revenue contribution from newly implemented Legal eXchange customers.
 
Service and Maintenance. The increase in service and maintenance revenues was primarily the result of an increase in professional services revenues associated with several large banking projects, increased professional service revenues in Europe and increases in software maintenance revenues in the US. These increases were offset in part by a decrease of $0.9 million as a result of declining foreign exchange rates associated with the British Pound Sterling and European Euro. We expect that service and maintenance revenues will increase during the remainder of the fiscal year as a result of new and existing projects within our Banking Solutions segment and as a result of additional revenues from our domestic and international payments and documents products.
 
Equipment and Supplies . The decrease in equipment and supplies revenues was principally due to a decrease of approximately $0.2 million as a result of declining foreign exchange rates associated with the British Pound Sterling and our continued de-emphasis of lower margin transactions within this aspect of our business. We expect that equipment and supplies revenues will remain relatively consistent during the remainder of 2010.
 
Cost of revenues by category
 
                                     
   
Three Months Ended September 30,
   
Increase (Decrease)
Between Periods
2009 Compared to 2008
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
(in thousands)
   
As % of total
Revenues
   
(in thousands)
   
As % of total
Revenues
   
(in thousands)
   
%
 
Cost of revenues:
                                   
Software licenses
  $ 219       0.6     $ 200       0.6     $ 19       9.5  
Subscriptions and transactions
    3,825       10.4       4,117       11.6       (292 )     (7.1 )
Service and maintenance
    9,415       25.8       9,613       27.1       (198 )     (2.1 )
Stock compensation expense
    358       1.0       260       0.7       98       37.7  
Equipment and supplies
    1,621       4.4       1,854       5.2       (233 )     (12.6 )
Total cost of revenues
  $ 15,438       42.2     $ 16,044       45.2     $ (606 )     (3.8 )
Gross profit
  $ 21,118       57.8     $ 19,462       54.8     $ 1,656       8.5  
 
 
 
17

 
Software Licenses. Software license costs consist of expenses incurred by us to manufacture, package and distribute our software products and related documentation and costs of licensing third party software that is incorporated into or sold with certain of our products. Software license costs remained relatively consistent at 7% of software license revenues in the three months ended September 30, 2009 as compared to 6% for the three months ended September 30, 2008. We expect that software license costs will remain relatively consistent, as a percentage of software license revenues, during the remainder of the fiscal year.
 
Subscriptions and Transactions. Subscriptions and transaction costs include salaries and other related costs for our professional services teams as well as costs related to our hosting infrastructure such as depreciation and facilities related expenses. Subscriptions and transactions costs decreased to 46% of subscription and transaction revenues in the three months ended September 30, 2009 from 50% in the three months ended September 30, 2008.  The decrease in subscription and transaction costs as a percentage of revenue was due principally to improved margins for certain of our subscription-based products in the US and our accounts payable automation products in Europe and the US. We expect that subscription and transaction costs will remain relatively consistent as a percentage of subscription and transaction revenue during the remainder of the fiscal year.
 
Service and Maintenance. Service and maintenance costs include salaries and other related costs for our customer service, maintenance and help desk support staffs, as well as third party contractor expenses used to complement our professional services team. Service and maintenance costs decreased as a percentage of service and maintenance revenues to 41% in the three months ended September 30, 2009 as compared to 45% in the three months ended September 30, 2008. The decrease in service and maintenance costs as a percentage of service and maintenance revenues was due to improved gross margins for professional services in our Banking Solutions segment and due to the impact of cost reduction measures implemented in our prior fiscal year.  We expect that service and maintenance costs will remain relatively consistent, as a percentage of service and maintenance revenues, during the remainder of the fiscal year.
 
Equipment and Supplies . Equipment and supplies costs include the costs associated with equipment and supplies that we resell, as well as freight, shipping and postage costs associated with the delivery of our products. Equipment and supplies costs remained consistent at 74% of equipment and supplies revenues in the three months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008.  We expect that equipment and supplies costs will remain relatively consistent as a percentage of equipment and supplies revenues for the remainder of the fiscal year.
 
Operating Expenses
 
                                     
   
Three Months Ended September 30,
   
Increase (Decrease)
Between Periods 2009
Compared to 2008
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
(in thousands)
   
As % of total
revenues
   
(in thousands)
   
As % of total
revenues
   
(in thousands)
   
%
 
Operating expenses:
                                   
Sales and marketing
  $ 7,234       19.8     $ 7,942       22.4     $ (708 )     (8.9 )
Stock compensation expense
    649       1.8       696       2.0       (47 )     (6.8 )
Product development and engineering
    3,886       10.6       5,221       14.7       (1,335 )     (25.6 )
Stock compensation expense
    204       0.6       202       0.6       2       1.0  
General and administrative
    3,593       9.8       4,120       11.6       (527 )     (12.8 )
Stock compensation expense
    697       1.9       1,052       3.0       (355 )     (33.8 )
Amortization of intangible assets
    3,306       9.0       4,436       12.4       (1,130 )     (25.5 )
Total operating expenses
  $ 19,569       53.5     $ 23,669       66.7     $ (4,100 )     (17.3 )
                                                 
 
Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of salaries and other related costs for sales and marketing personnel, sales commissions, travel, public relations and marketing materials and trade show participation. Sales and marketing expenses decreased in the three months ended September 30, 2009 as compared to the three months ended September 30, 2008 due to a decrease of $0.5 million as a result of declining foreign exchange rates associated with the British Pound Sterling and the European Euro, a decrease in headcount related costs and a decrease in trade show costs.  We expect that sales and marketing expenses will increase over the remainder of the fiscal year as we continue to focus on our marketing initiatives to support our new products, including PayMode.

Product Development and Engineering. Product development and engineering expenses consist primarily of personnel costs to support product development which consists of enhancements and revisions to our products based on customer feedback and general marketplace demands, as well as development of our newer accounts payable automation products. The
 
 
18

 
decrease in product development and engineering expenses in the three months ended September 30, 2009 as compared to the three months ended September 30, 2008 was primarily attributable to a decrease in the use of contract employees and a decrease in headcount related costs.  We expect that product development and engineering expenses will increase during the remainder of the fiscal year as we devote more resources to the enhancement of the PayMode product.

General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and other related costs for operations and finance employees and legal and accounting services. The decrease in general and administrative expenses was principally attributable to a decrease in headcount related costs and a decrease in the use of contract employees.  We expect that general and administrative expenses will increase slightly during the remainder of the fiscal year.
 
Stock Compensation Expense . During the three months ended September 30, 2009, stock compensation expense decreased to $1.9 million as compared to $2.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2008 due principally to a decrease in the number of awards outstanding as a result of our headcount reductions in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009. The expense associated with share based payments is recorded as expense within the same functional expense category in which cash compensation for the applicable employee is recorded. For the three months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, stock compensation expense was allocated as follows:
 
             
   
Three Months Ended
September 30,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
(in thousands)
 
Cost of revenues, service and maintenance
  $ 358     $ 260  
Sales and marketing
    649       696  
Product development and engineering
    204       202  
General and administrative
    697       1,052  
    $ 1,908     $ 2,210  
                 
 
For the remainder of fiscal 2010, we expect stock compensation costs to increase slightly as compared to the level of expense recorded in our first quarter.
 
Amortization of Intangible Assets. We amortize our intangible assets in proportion to the estimated rate at which the asset provides economic benefit to us. Accordingly, amortization expense rates are often higher in the earlier periods of an asset’s estimated life. The decrease in amortization expense in the quarter ended September 30, 2009, as compared to the quarter ended September 30, 2008, was due to a decrease in amortization rates as certain intangible assets have aged and also due to a decrease in foreign currency exchange rates. We expect that total amortization expense for fiscal 2010 will approximate $13.2 million.

Other Income, Net
 
                         
   
Three Months Ended
September 30,
   
Increase (Decrease)
Between Periods
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2009 Compared
to 2008
 
   
(in thousands)
   
%
 
Interest income
  $ 59     $ 265     $ (206 )     (77.7 )
Interest expense
    (8 )     (24 )     16       66.7  
Other income (expense), net
    170       (93 )     263       282.8  
Other income, net
  $ 221     $ 148     $ 73       49.3  
                                 
 
Other Income, Net .  In the three months ended September 30, 2009 as compared to the three months ended September 30, 2008, interest income decreased as a result of declining marketplace yields associated with our cash and short-term investment accounts.  We expect interest income to remain relatively consistent over the remainder of the fiscal year.  Interest expense remained insignificant during the three months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008.  Other income (expense), net increased as a result of foreign exchange gains. We expect that the individual components of other income and expense will continue to represent minor components of our overall operations during the remainder of fiscal 2010.

        Provision for Income Taxes. We recorded income tax expense of $0.6 million and income tax benefit of $0.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively.  The income tax expense recorded for the quarter ended
 
 
19

 
September 30, 2009 was due to tax expense associated with our UK, Australian and US operations.  The US income tax expense was principally due to alternative minimum tax arising from the utilization of net operating losses and due to an increase in deferred tax liabilities for goodwill that is deductible for tax purposes but not amortized for financial reporting purposes.  Income tax expense was partially offset by the benefit associated with a US tax refund claim for a portion of unused research and development credit carryforwards.

Our net income tax benefit for the quarter ended September 30, 2008 was due to the impact of non-recurring tax benefits arising from the expiration of certain statutes of limitations for previously unrecognized tax benefits, from the enactment of legislation in the US allowing us to claim a refund for a portion of our unused research and development credit carryforwards, and from a decrease in our German tax rate after a restructuring of our German operations.  Our net tax benefit also reflected a benefit associated with our UK and German operations.  These tax benefits were partially offset by tax expense in the US, France and Australia.

We currently anticipate that our unrecognized tax benefits will decrease within the next twelve months by approximately $0.3 million as a result of the expiration of certain statutes of limitations associated with intercompany transactions subject to tax in multiple jurisdictions.

 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
One of our goals is to maintain and improve our capital structure. The key metrics we focus on in assessing the strength of our liquidity are summarized in the table below:
 
         
 
Three Months Ended
September 30,
 
 
2009
 
2008
 
 
(in thousands)
 
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities
$ 4,651   $ (275 )
             
 
September 30,
 
June 30,
 
    2009     2009  
 
(in thousands)
 
Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities
$ 38,299   $ 50,303  
Working capital
  22,577     30,678  
 
We have financed our operations primarily from cash provided by operating activities and the sale of our common stock. We have generated positive operating cash flows in each of our last eight completed fiscal years. We believe that the cash generated from our operations and the cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities we have on hand will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure requirements for the foreseeable future. We also may receive additional investments from, and make investments in, customers or other companies. However, any such transactions would require the approval of our board of directors, and in some cases, stockholders and potentially bank or regulatory approval.

During the quarter ended September 30, 2009, we completed the acquisition of PayMode for $17.0 million in cash, plus the issuance of warrants for 1,000,000 shares of our common stock.  The warrants have an exercise price of $8.50 per share and a 10 year contractual life.  We also may undertake additional business or asset acquisitions or divestitures.

During the quarter ended September 30, 2009, our cash balances decreased by approximately $0.3 million as a result of a decline in the foreign currency exchange rates of the British Pound, European Euro, and Australian Dollar to the US Dollar.  To the extent that exchange rates associated with these foreign currencies decline further, we could be subject to further decreases in our cash balances upon translation to US dollars.  However, we continue to believe that our existing cash balances, even in light of the foreign currency volatility we have recently experienced, are adequate to meet our liquidity and working capital requirements for the foreseeable future.
 
Operating Activities
 
 
20

 
 
             
   
Three Months Ended
September 30,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
(in thousands)
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 1,172     $ (3,849 )
Non-cash adjustments, net
    6,106       7,545  
Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable
    1,457       (2,465 )
(Decrease) increase in deferred revenue
    (2,040 )     1,714  
All other, net
    (2,044 )     (3,220 )
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
  $ 4,651     $ (275 )
                 
 
Net cash provided by operating activities for the three months ended September 30, 2009 was primarily due to our net income, adjusted by favorable non-cash adjustments. Non-cash adjustments are principally transactions that result in the recognition of financial statement expense but not a corresponding cash disbursement, such as stock compensation expense, amortization of intangible assets and depreciation of property and equipment.  Net cash used in operating activities for the three months ended September 30, 2008 was due to our net loss, affected by favorable non-cash adjustments, offset by decreases in accounts payable, accrued expenses, deferred revenue and an increase in accounts receivable. 
 
Investing Activities
 
             
   
Three Months Ended
September 30,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
(in thousands)
 
Acquisition of business
  $ (17,000 )   $  
Purchases of held-to-maturity securities
    (50 )     (53 )
Proceeds from sales of held-to-maturity securities
    50       53  
Purchases of property and equipment
    (1,201 )     (987 )
Net cash used in investing activities
  $ (18,201 )   $ (987 )
                 
 
In the three months ended September 30, 2009, cash was used to fund the acquisition of PayMode and, to a lesser extent, to acquire property and equipment.  In the three months ended September 30, 2008, cash was used to acquire property and equipment.
 
Financing Activities


             
   
Three Months Ended
September 30,
 
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
(in thousands)
 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and employee stock purchase plan
  $ 1,841     $ 961  
Repurchase of common stock
          (1,548 )
Excess tax benefits associated with stock based compensation
    8       8  
Capital lease payments
    (29 )     (33 )
Payment of bank financing fees
    (12 )      
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
  $ 1,808     $ (612 )
                 
 
Net cash provided by financing activities for the three months ended September 30, 2009 was primarily the result of proceeds received from the exercise of stock options and from the purchase of our stock by participants in our employee stock purchase plan.  Net cash used in financing activities for the three months ended September 30, 2008 was primarily the result of the repurchase of our common stock, offset in part by proceeds received from the exercise of stock options and contributions to our employee stock purchase plan.
 
Contractual Obligations
 
 
21

 
Following is a summary of future payments that we are required to make under existing contractual obligations as of September 30, 2009:
 

   
Payments Due by Period *
 
   
Total
   
Less Than 1
Year
   
1-3 Years
   
4-5 Years
   
More Than 5
Years
 
   
(in thousands)
 
Operating lease obligations
  $ 15,447     $ 2,880     $ 8,907     $ 2,574     $ 1,086  
Capital lease obligations
    221       90       131       ----       ----  
Other contractual obligations
    1,164       364       800       ----       ----  
Total
  $ 16,832     $ 3,334     $ 9,838     $ 2,574     $ 1,086  
                                         

*Payment due dates are calculated from our most recent fiscal year end of June 30, 2009.
 
Purchase orders are not included in the table above. Our purchase orders represent authorizations to purchase rather than binding agreements. The contractual obligation amounts in the table above are associated with agreements that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum services to be used; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. Obligations under contract that we can cancel without a significant penalty are not included in the table above.   Also excluded from the table is our estimate of unrecognized tax benefits as of September 30, 2009 in the amount of $0.6 million.  These amounts have been excluded because as of September 30, 2009 we are unable to estimate the timing of future cash outflows, if any, associated with these liabilities as we do not currently anticipate settling any of these tax positions with cash payment in the foreseeable future.
 
Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
 
We are exposed to a variety of risks, including foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations and changes in the market value of our investments in marketable securities primarily due to changes in interest rates. We have not entered into any foreign currency hedging transactions or other instruments to minimize our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations nor do we presently plan to in the future. Also, we have not entered into any interest rate swap agreements, or other instruments to minimize our exposure to interest rate fluctuations. There has been no material change to our exposure to market risk from that which was disclosed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K as filed with the SEC on September 11, 2009.
 
Item 4. Controls and Procedures
 
Our management, with the participation of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of September 30, 2009. The term “disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Based on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of September 30, 2009, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level.
 
No change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) occurred during the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2009 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
 
 
22

 
 
PART II. OTHER INFORMATION
 
Item 1.
Legal Proceedings
 
On August 25, 2009, the plaintiffs in the initial public offering securities class action litigation against Bottomline and our subsidiary Optio Software, which is described in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, or our Annual Report, filed a motion for final approval of the proposed settlement, approval of the plan of distribution of the settlement fund, and certification of the settlement classes. A settlement fairness hearing was held on September 10, 2009. On October 5, 2009, the Court issued an opinion granting plaintiffs’ motion for final approval of the settlement, approval of the plan of distribution of the settlement fund, and certification of the settlement classes. For additional information regarding this litigation, please refer to our Annual Report.
 
Item 1A.
Risk Factors
 
  Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below before making an investment decision involving our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing our company. Additional risks and uncertainties may also impair our business operations.
 
If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations would likely suffer. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could fall, and you may lose all or part of the money you paid to buy our common stock.
 
The risk factors below related to catastrophic events, security breaches and the concentration of revenue from subscription and transaction based arrangements represent material additions to our risk factors, and should be considered in addition to the other risk factors that follow, which do not reflect material changes from the risk factors disclosed in Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2009.
 
Ongoing financial market volatility and adverse changes in the domestic and global economic environment could have a significant adverse impact on our business, financial condition and operating results
 
Our business and operating results could be significantly impacted by general economic conditions. Over the past year, the US and global economies have experienced an unprecedented series of events due to the effects of the credit market crisis, slowing global economic activity, a decrease in consumer and business confidence and severe liquidity concerns. A prolonged economic downturn could result in a variety of risks to our business, including:
 
 
increased volatility in our stock price;
 
 
increased volatility in foreign currency exchange rates;
 
 
delays in, or curtailment of, purchasing decisions by our customers or potential customers either as a result of continuing economic uncertainty or anxiety or as a result of their inability to access the liquidity necessary to engage in purchasing initiatives;
 
 
increased credit risk associated with our customers or potential customers, particularly those that may operate in industries most affected by the economic downturn, such as financial services; and
 
 
impairment of our goodwill or other assets.
 
During the three months ended September 30, 2009, as compared to the three months ended September 30, 2008, we experienced a decline in the foreign currency exchange rates associated with the British Pound Sterling which negatively impacted our overall revenue growth. Additionally, during fiscal 2009 we experienced a higher than anticipated level of volatility in our common stock price which we believe was a result of the general financial market turmoil rather than the result of anything specific to our business. We have observed that, in some cases, closing new business is taking somewhat longer and, in some cases, customer buying decisions are being postponed. To the extent that the current economic downturn worsens or persists, or any of the above risks occur, our business and operating results could be significantly and adversely affected.
 
Our common stock has experienced and may continue to undergo extreme market price and volume fluctuations
 
The NASDAQ Global Market has recently experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. Broad market fluctuations of this type may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. The stock prices for many companies in the technology sector have experienced wide fluctuations that often have been unrelated to their operating performance. The
 
 
23

 
market price of our common stock has experienced and may continue to undergo extreme fluctuations due to a variety of factors, including:
 
 
general and industry-specific business, economic and market conditions;
 
 
changes in or our failure to meet analysts’ or investors’ estimates or expectations;
 
 
actual or anticipated fluctuations in operating results, including those arising as a result of any impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets related to past or future acquisitions;
 
 
public announcements concerning us, including announcements of litigation, our competitors or our industry;
 
 
introductions of new products or services or announcements of significant contracts by us or our competitors;
 
 
acquisitions, divestitures, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, or capital commitments by us or our competitors;
 
 
adverse developments in patent or other proprietary rights; and
 
 
announcements of technological innovations by our competitors.
 
Our business and operating results are subject to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates
 
We conduct a substantial portion of our operations outside of the US, principally in Europe and Australia. In the three months ended September 30, 2009, approximately 49% of our revenues and 34% of our operating expenses, respectively, were attributable to customers or operations located outside of North America. During fiscal 2009, the foreign currency exchange rates of the British Pound, European Euro and Australian Dollar to the US Dollar declined significantly, and we anticipate that foreign currency exchange rates may continue to fluctuate in the near term. As we experienced in fiscal 2009, continued appreciation of the US Dollar against these foreign currencies will have the impact of reducing both our revenues and operating expenses.
 
Our future financial results will be impacted by our success in selling new products in a subscription and transaction based revenue model
 
A substantial portion of our revenues and profitability were historically generated from perpetual software license revenues. We are offering a growing number of our products under a subscription and transaction based revenue model, which we believe has certain advantages over a perpetual license model, including better predictability of revenue.  PayMode, which we acquired in September 2009, will be offered for sale on a subscription and transaction basis.
 
A subscription and transaction based revenue model typically results in no up-front revenue. Additionally, there can be no assurance that our customers, or the markets in which we compete, will respond favorably to the approach we have taken with our newer offerings. To the extent that our subscription and transaction based offerings do not receive general marketplace acceptance, our financial results could be materially and adversely affected.
 
An increasing number of large and more complex customer contracts, or contracts that involve the delivery of services over contractually committed periods, generally delay the timing of our revenue recognition and, in the short-term, may adversely affect our operating results, financial condition and the market price of our stock
 
Due to an increasing number of large and more complex customer contracts, particularly in our Banking Solutions segment, we have experienced, and will likely continue to experience, delays in the timing of our revenue recognition. These arrangements generally require significant implementation work, product customization and modification and user acceptance and systems integration testing, resulting in the recognition of revenue over the period of project completion which normally spans several quarters. Delays in revenue recognition on these contracts, including delays that result from customer decisions to halt or otherwise slow down a long-term project due to their own staffing or other challenges, could affect our operating results, financial condition and the market price of our common stock. Similarly, if we are unable to continue to generate new large orders on a regular basis, our business operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.
 
We make significant investments in existing products and new product offerings that can adversely affect our operating results and these investments may not be successful
 
We operate in a highly competitive and rapidly evolving technology environment and believe that it is important to enhance existing product offerings and develop new product offerings to meet strategic opportunities as they evolve. Our operating results have recently been affected by increases in product development expenses as we continued to make investments in our hosted, banking and accounts payable automation products.  We may at any time, based on product needs or marketplace demands, decide to significantly increase our product development expenditures.  Over the next several quarters, we expect to make significant investments in PayMode, which we acquired in September 2009.  Investments in
 
 
24

 
existing products and new product offerings can have a negative impact on our operating results, and any existing product enhancements or new product offerings may not be accepted in the marketplace or generate material revenues.
 
Integration of acquisitions could interrupt our business and our financial condition could be harmed
 
Part of our operating strategy is to identify and pursue strategic acquisitions that can expand our geographical footprint or complement our existing product functionality. We acquired PayMode in September 2009. We may in the future continue to acquire, or make investments in, other businesses, products or technologies. Any acquisition or strategic investment we have made in the past or may make in the future may entail numerous risks, including the following:
 
 
difficulties integrating acquired operations, personnel, technologies or products;
 
 
inadequacy of existing operating, financial and management information systems to support the combined organization or new operations;
 
 
write-offs related to impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets;
 
 
entrance into markets in which we have no or limited prior experience or knowledge;
 
 
diversion of management’s focus from our core business concerns;
 
 
dilution to existing stockholders and earnings per share;
 
 
incurrence of substantial debt; and
 
 
exposure to litigation from third parties, including claims related to intellectual property or other assets acquired or liabilities assumed.
 
Any such difficulties encountered as a result of any merger, acquisition or strategic investment could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
 
As a result of our acquisitions, we could be subject to significant future write-offs with respect to intangible assets, which may adversely affect our future operating results
 
We review our intangible assets periodically for impairment. At September 30, 2009, the carrying value of our goodwill and our other intangible assets was approximately $66 million and $40 million, respectively. While we reviewed our goodwill and our other intangible assets during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009 and concluded that there was no impairment, we could be subject to future impairment charges with respect to these intangible assets, or intangible assets arising as a result of acquisitions in future periods. Any such charges, to the extent occurring, would likely have a material adverse effect on our operating results.
 
Our fixed costs may lead to operating results below analyst or investor expectations if our revenues are below anticipated levels, which could adversely affect the market price of our common stock
 
A significant percentage of our expenses, particularly personnel and facilities costs, are relatively fixed and based in part on anticipated revenue levels. In recent years, we experienced slowing growth rates with certain of our licensed software products. In the three months ended September 30, 2009 as compared to the three months ended September 30, 2008, we experienced a decline in the foreign currency exchange rates of our European and Australian based revenues which negatively impacted our overall revenue growth. A decline in revenues without a corresponding and timely slowdown in expense growth could negatively affect our business. Significant revenue shortfalls in any quarter may cause significant declines in operating results since we may be unable to reduce spending in a timely manner.
 
Quarterly or annual operating results that are below the expectations of public market analysts could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Factors that could cause fluctuations in our operating results include the following:
 
 
economic conditions, which may affect our customers’ and potential customers’ budgets for information technology expenditures;
 
 
the timing of orders and longer sales cycles;
 
 
the timing of product implementations, which are highly dependent on customers’ resources and discretion;
 
 
the incurrence of costs relating to the integration of software products and operations in connection with acquisitions of technologies or businesses; and
 
 
the timing and market acceptance of new products or product enhancements by either us or our competitors.
 
Because of these factors, we believe that period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations are not necessarily meaningful.
 
 
25

 
Our mix of products and services could have a significant effect on our financial condition, results of operations and the market price of our common stock
 
The gross margins for our products and services vary considerably. Our software revenues generally yield significantly higher gross margins than do our subscription and transaction, service and maintenance and equipment and supplies revenue streams. In the three months ended September 30, 2009, we experienced a decrease in our overall software license revenues. If software license revenues were to significantly decline in any future period, or if the mix of our products and services in any given period did not match our expectations, our results of operations and the market price of our common stock could be significantly adversely affected.
 
We face risks associated with our international operations that could harm our financial condition and results of operations
 
A significant percentage of our revenues have been generated by our international operations, and our future growth rates and success are in part dependent on our continued growth and success in international markets. We have operations in the US, UK, Australia, France and Germany. As is the case with most international operations, the success and profitability of these operations are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties that include, in addition to the risks our business as a whole faces, the following:
 
 
currency exchange rate fluctuations;
 
 
difficulties and costs of staffing and managing foreign operations;
 
 
differing regulatory and industry standards and certification requirements;
 
 
the complexities of foreign tax jurisdictions;
 
 
reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries; and
 
 
import or export licensing requirements.
 
A significant percentage of our revenues to date have come from our payment and document management offerings and our future performance will depend on continued market acceptance of these solutions
 
A significant percentage of our revenues to date have come from the license and maintenance of our payment and document management offerings and sales of associated products and services. Any significant reduction in demand for our payment and document management offerings could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. Our future performance could depend on the following factors:
 
 
continued market acceptance of our payment and document management offerings;
 
 
our ability to introduce enhancements to meet the market’s evolving needs for secure payments and cash management solutions; and
 
 
acceptance of software solutions offered on a hosted basis.
 
A growing number of our customer arrangements involve selling our products and services on a hosted basis, which may have the effect of delaying revenue recognition and increasing development or start-up expenses
 
An increasing number of our customer arrangements involve offering certain of our products and services on a hosted basis.  As an example, PayMode, which we acquired in September 2009, is a hosted offering.  Hosted arrangements typically include a contractually defined service period as well as performance criteria that our products or services are required to meet over the duration of the service period. Arrangements entered into on a hosted basis generally delay the timing of revenue recognition and often require the incurrence of up-front costs, which can be significant. We are continuing to make investments in our hosted offerings, such as PayMode and our related accounts payable automation products, and there can be no assurance that all of these products will ultimately gain broad market acceptance.  Additionally, there is a risk that we might be unable to consistently maintain the performance requirements or service levels called for under any such arrangements. Such events, to the extent occurring, could have a material and adverse effect on our operating results.

A growing portion of our revenue is derived from subscription and transaction based revenue arrangements

A growing portion of our revenue is being derived from subscription and transaction based arrangements. We believe that these arrangements have several advantages over perpetual license arrangements, including better predictability of revenue. However, there are also certain risks inherent with these transactions. For example, there is a risk that customers may elect not to renew these arrangements upon expiry or that they may aggressively attempt to renegotiate pricing or other significant contractual terms, either at or prior to the point of renewal, based on the economic conditions that exist at that time. Further, in respect of our hosted product offerings, customers often negotiate contractual termination rights in the event
 
 
26

 
of a contractual breach by us which, to the extent occurring, might permit the customer to exit the contract prior to the end of its term, generally without additional compensation to us. Our future revenue and overall growth rates depend significantly upon ongoing customer retention. To the extent we were unable to achieve desired customer retention rates, or in the event we were unable to retain customers on favorable economic terms, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.
 
Our future financial results will depend on our ability to manage growth effectively
 
Our ability to manage growth effectively will depend in part on our ability to continue to enhance our operating, financial and management information systems. If we are unable to manage growth effectively, the quality of our services, our ability to retain key personnel and our business, operating results and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
 
We face significant competition in our targeted markets, including competition from companies with significantly greater resources
 
In recent years, we have encountered increasing competition in our targeted markets. We compete with a wide range of companies, ranging from small start-up enterprises with limited resources, which compete principally on the basis of technology features or specific customer relationships, to large companies, which can leverage significant customer bases and financial resources. Given the size and nature of the markets we target, the implementation of our growth strategy and our success in competing for market share is dependent on our ability to grow our sales and marketing capabilities and maintain an appropriate level of financial resources.
 
We depend on key employees who are skilled in e-commerce, payment, cash and document management and invoice presentment methodology and Internet and other technologies
 
Our success depends upon the efforts and abilities of our executive officers and key technical and sales employees who are skilled in e-commerce, payment methodology and regulation, and Internet, database and network technologies. Our key employees are in high demand within the marketplace and many competitors, customers and industry organizations are able to offer considerably higher compensation packages than we currently provide. The loss of one or more of these individuals could have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, we currently do not maintain “key man” life insurance policies on any of our employees. While some of our executive officers have employment or retention agreements with us, the loss of the services of any of our executive officers or other key employees could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
 
Increased competition may result in price reductions and decreased demand for our product solutions
 
The markets in which we compete are intensely competitive and characterized by rapid technological change. Some competitors in our targeted markets have longer operating histories, significantly greater financial, technical, and marketing resources, greater brand recognition and a larger installed customer base than we do. We expect to face additional competition as other established and emerging companies enter the markets we address. In addition, current and potential competitors may make strategic acquisitions or establish cooperative relationships to expand their product offerings and to offer more comprehensive solutions. This growing competition may result in price reductions of our products and services, reduced revenues and gross margins and loss of market share, any one of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
 
Our success depends on our ability to develop new and enhanced products, services and strategic partner relationships
 
The markets in which we compete are subject to rapid technological change and our success is dependent on our ability to develop new and enhanced products, services and strategic partner relationships that meet evolving market needs. Trends that could have a critical impact on us include:
 
 
evolving industry standards, mandates and laws, such as those mandated by the National Automated Clearing House Association and the Association for Payment Clearing Services;
 
 
rapidly changing technology, which could cause our software to become suddenly outdated or could require us to make our products compatible with new database or network systems;
 
 
developments and changes relating to the Internet that we must address as we maintain existing products and introduce any new products; and
 
 
the loss of any of our key strategic partners who serve as a valuable network from which we can leverage industry expertise and respond to changing marketplace demands.
 
 
 
27

 
There can be no assurance that technological advances will not cause our products to become obsolete or uneconomical. If we are unable to develop and introduce new products or enhancements to existing products in a timely and successful manner, our business, operating results and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. Similarly, if our new products do not receive general marketplace acceptance, or if the sales cycle of any of our new products significantly delays the timing of revenue recognition, our results could be negatively affected.
 
Our products could be subject to future legal or regulatory actions, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results
 
Our software products and hosted services offerings facilitate the transmission of business documents and information including, in some cases, confidential financial data related to payments, invoices and cash management. Our web-based software products, and certain of our hosted services offerings, transmit this data electronically. While we believe that all of our product and service offerings comply with current regulatory and security requirements, there can be no assurance that future legal or regulatory actions will not impact our product and service offerings. To the extent that regulatory or legal developments mandate a change in any of our products or services, or alter the demand for or the competitive environment of our products and services, we might not be able to respond to such requirements in a timely or successful manner. If this were to occur, our business, operating results and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.
 
Any unanticipated performance problems or bugs in our product offerings could have a material adverse effect on our future financial results
 
If the products that we offer and continue to introduce do not sustain marketplace acceptance, our future financial results could be adversely affected. Since certain of our offerings are still in early stages of adoption and since most of our products are continually being enhanced or further developed in response to general marketplace demands, any unanticipated performance problems or bugs that we have not been able to detect could result in additional development costs, diversion of technical and other resources from our other development efforts, negative publicity regarding us and our products, harm to our customer relationships and exposure to potential liability claims. In addition, if our products do not enjoy wide commercial success, our long-term business strategy will be adversely affected, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

 
Catastrophic events may disrupt our business
 
We are a highly automated business and we rely on our network infrastructure, various software applications and many internal technology systems and data networks for our customer support, development, sales and marketing and accounting and finance functions. Further, our hosted offerings rely on certain of these systems from the perspective of the ongoing provision of services to our customers and potential customers.  A disruption or failure of these systems in the event of a natural disaster, telecommunications failure, cyber-attack, war, terrorist attack, or other catastrophic event could cause system interruptions, reputational harm, delays in product development, breaches of data security and loss of critical data.  Such an event could also prevent us from fulfilling our customer orders or maintaining certain service level requirements, particularly in respect of our hosted offerings.  While we have developed certain disaster recovery plans and backup systems to reduce the potentially adverse effect of such events, a catastrophic event that results in the destruction or disruption of any of our data centers or our critical business or information technology systems could severely affect our ability to conduct normal business operations and, as a result, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.
 
Security breaches or computer viruses could harm our business by disrupting the delivery of services, damaging our reputation, or resulting in material liability to us
 
Our products, particularly our hosted offerings, may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses and other disruptive problems. In the course of providing services to our customers, we may collect, store, process or transmit sensitive and confidential information. A security breach affecting us could damage our reputation and result in the loss of customers and potential customers.  Such an event could also result in material financial liability to us.
 
Privacy, security, and compliance concerns have continued to increase as technology has evolved to facilitate e-commerce. We may need to spend significant capital or other resources to ensure ongoing protection against the threat of security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by security concerns. Additionally, computer viruses could infiltrate our systems and disrupt our business and our provision of services, particularly our hosted offerings. Any such event could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition.
 
 
28

 
We could incur substantial costs resulting from warranty claims or product liability claims
 
Our product agreements typically contain provisions that afford customers a degree of warranty protection in the event that our products fail to conform to written specifications. These agreements typically contain provisions intended to limit the nature and extent of our risk of warranty and product liability claims. A court, however, might interpret these terms in a limited way or conclude that part or all of these terms were unenforceable. Furthermore, some of our agreements are governed by non-US law, and there is a risk that foreign law might provide us less or different protection. While we maintain general liability insurance, including coverage for errors and omissions, we cannot be sure that our existing coverage will continue to be available on reasonable terms or will be available in amounts sufficient to cover one or more large claims.
 
Our products facilitate the transmission of sensitive business documents and other confidential data related to payments, cash management and invoices.  Further, some of our products facilitate the transfer of cash or transmit instructions that initiate cash transfer.  Although we have not experienced any material warranty or product liability claims to date, a warranty or product liability claim, whether or not meritorious, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and our resources, which could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
 
We could be adversely affected if we are unable to protect our proprietary technology and could be subject to litigation regarding our intellectual property rights, causing serious harm to our business
 
We rely upon a combination of patent, copyright and trademark laws and non-disclosure and other intellectual property contractual arrangements to protect our proprietary rights. However, we cannot assure you that our patents, pending applications for patents that may issue in the future, or other intellectual property will be of sufficient scope and strength to provide meaningful protection to our technology or any commercial advantage to us, or that the patents will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented. We enter into agreements with our employees and customers that seek to limit and protect the distribution of proprietary information. Despite our efforts to safeguard and maintain our proprietary rights, there can be no assurance that such rights will remain protected or that we will be able to detect unauthorized use and take appropriate steps to enforce our intellectual property rights.
 
In recent years, there has been significant litigation in the United States involving patents and other intellectual property rights. We may be a party to litigation in the future to protect our intellectual property rights or as a result of an alleged infringement of the intellectual property rights of others. Any such claims, whether or not meritorious, could require us to spend significant sums in litigation, pay damages, delay product implementations, develop non-infringing intellectual property or acquire licenses to intellectual property that is the subject of the infringement claim. These claims could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
 
We engage off-shore development resources which may not be successful and which may put our intellectual property at risk
 
In order to optimize our research and development capabilities and to meet development timeframes, we contract with off-shore third party vendors in India and elsewhere for certain development activities. While our experience to date with these resources has been positive, there are a number of risks associated with off-shore development activities that include, but are not limited to, the following:
 
 
less efficient and less accurate communication and information flow as a consequence of time, distance and language barriers between our primary development organization and the off-shore resources, resulting in delays or deficiencies in development efforts;
 
 
disruption due to political or military conflicts around the world;
 
 
misappropriation of intellectual property from departing personnel, which we may not readily detect; and
 
 
currency exchange rate fluctuations that could adversely impact the cost advantages intended from these agreements.
 
To the extent that these or unforeseen risks occur, our operating results and financial condition could be adversely impacted.
 
Some anti-takeover provisions contained in our charter and under Delaware law could hinder a takeover attempt
 
We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware prohibiting, under some circumstances, publicly-held Delaware corporations from engaging in business combinations with some stockholders for a specified period of time without the approval of the holders of substantially all of our outstanding voting stock. Such provisions could delay or impede the removal of incumbent directors and could make more difficult a merger,
 
 
29

 
tender offer or proxy contest involving us, even if such events could be beneficial, in the short-term, to the interests of our stockholders. In addition, such provisions could limit the price that some investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions relating to the limitations of liability and indemnification of our directors and officers, dividing our board of directors into three classes of directors serving three-year terms and providing that our stockholders can take action only at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders.
 
We may incur significant costs from class action litigation as a result of expected volatility in our common stock
 
In the past, companies that have experienced market price volatility of their stock have been the targets of securities class action litigation. In August 2001, we were named as a party in one of the so-called “laddering” securities class action suits relating to the underwriting of our initial public offering. In April 2008, we acquired Optio Software, which is also a party in a “laddering” securities class action suit. We could incur substantial costs and experience a diversion of our management’s attention and resources in connection with any such litigation, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds
 
The following table provides information about purchases by us of our common stock during the three months ended September 30, 2009:
 
                         
Period
 
Total Number of
Shares Purchased
   
Average Price Paid
Per Share
   
Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs
   
Approximate
Dollar Value of
Shares That May
Yet be Purchased
Under The Plans
or Programs (1)
 
July 1, 2009 — July 31, 2009
    ----       ----       ----     $ 4,401,000  
August 1, 2009 — August 31, 2009
    ----       ----       ----     $ 4,401,000  
September 1, 2009 — September 30, 2009
    ----       ----       ----     $ 4,401,000  
Total
    ----       ----       ----     $ 4,401,000  
                                 
 


(1)
In April 2008, our board of directors authorized a repurchase program for the repurchase of up to $10.0 million of our common stock.   
 
Item 6. Exhibits
 
See the Exhibit Index for a list of exhibits filed as part of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.
 

 
30

 

SIGNATURE
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
  Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc.  
       
Date: November 9, 2009
By:
/s/ K EVIN M. D ONOVAN  
   
Kevin M. Donovan
 
   
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
 
   
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
31

 

EXHIBIT INDEX
 
     
Exhibit
Number
 
Description
     
  2.1 * †
Asset Purchase Agreement dated August 5, 2009 between the Registrant and Bank of America, N.A.
       
  4.1  
Warrant dated September 14, 2009 issued by the Registrant to Bank of America, N.A.
       
  4.2  
Registration Rights Agreement dated September 14, 2009 between the Registrant and Bank of America, N.A.
       
  10.1
Services Agreement dated September 14, 2009 between the Registrant and Bank of America, N.A.
       
  31.1  
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Principal Executive Officer
       
  31.2  
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Principal Financial Officer
       
  32.1  
Section 1350 Certification of Principal Executive Officer
       
  32.2  
Section 1350 Certification of Principal Financial Officer
 


 
* Certain schedules to this agreement were omitted by the Registrant.  The Registrant agrees to furnish any schedule to this agreement supplementally to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon written request.

 
† Indicates confidential treatment requested as to certain portions, which portions were omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a Confidential Treatment Request.
 


 
 
32

 

Exhibit 31.1
 
CERTIFICATIONS
 
I, Robert A. Eberle, certify that:
 
1. I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc.;
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
 
 
 
  Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc.  
       
Date: November 9, 2009
By:
/s/ R OBERT A. E BERLE  
   
Robert A. Eberle
 
   
Chief Executive Officer
 
   
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 

 
 
33

 

Exhibit 31.2
 
CERTIFICATIONS
 
I, Kevin M. Donovan, certify that:
 
1. I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc.;
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
 
 
 
 
  Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc.  
       
Date: November 9, 2009
By:
/s/ K EVIN M. D ONOVAN  
   
Kevin M. Donovan
 
   
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
 
   
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
34

 

Exhibit 32.1
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
In connection with the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc. (the “Company”) for the period ended September 30, 2009 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned, Robert A. Eberle, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that:
 
(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 
 
 
 
 
  Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc.  
       
Date: November 9, 2009
By:
/s/ R OBERT A. E BERLE  
   
Robert A. Eberle
 
   
Chief Executive Officer
 
   
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
35

 

Exhibit 32.2
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
In connection with the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc. (the “Company”) for the period ended September 30, 2009 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned, Kevin M. Donovan, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that:
 
(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 
 
 
 
  Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc.  
       
Date: November 9, 2009
By:
/s/ K EVIN M. D ONOVAN  
   
Kevin M. Donovan
 
   
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
 
   
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
 
 
 


 
36

 


Exhibit 31.1
 
CERTIFICATIONS
 
I, Robert A. Eberle, certify that:
 
1. I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc.;
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
 

Date: November 9, 2009
By:
/s/ ROBERT A. EBERLE
 
   
Robert A. Eberle
 
   
Chief Executive Officer
 
   
(Principal Executive officer)
 
 

 

Exhibit 31.2
 
CERTIFICATIONS
 
I, Kevin M. Donovan, certify that:
 
1. I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc.;
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
 
 
Date: November 9, 2009
By:
/s/ K EVIN M. D ONOVAN
 
   
Kevin M. Donovan
 
   
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
 
   
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
 

Exhibit 32.1
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
In connection with the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc. (the “Company”) for the period ended September 30, 2009 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned, Robert A. Eberle, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that:
 
(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 
 
Date: November 9, 2009
By:
/s/ ROBERT A. EBERLE
 
   
Robert A. Eberle
 
   
Chief Executive Officer
 
   
(Principal Executive officer)
 
 
 


 

Exhibit 32.2
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
In connection with the quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc. (the “Company”) for the period ended September 30, 2009 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned, Kevin M. Donovan, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that:
 
(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 
 
Date: November 9, 2009
By:
/s/ K EVIN M. D ONOVAN
 
   
Kevin M. Donovan
 
   
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
 
   
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
 
 

Exhibit 2.1
 
EXECUTION VERSION
Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Asterisks denote omissions.
 
ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
 
dated August 5, 2009
 
between
 
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (DE), INC.
 
and
 
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
 
 


TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
 
ARTICLE I  THE ASSET PURCHASE 
 
1.1
Purchase and Sale of Assets. 
 
 
1.2
Assumption of Liabilities. 
 
 
1.3
Purchase Price 
 
 
1.4
The Closing. 
 
 
1.5
Further Assurances 
 
 
1.6
Withholding 
 
 
1.7
Purchase Price Allocation 
 
 
ARTICLE II  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER 
 
2.1
Organization, Qualification and Corporate Power 
 
 
2.2
Authorization of Transaction 
 
 
2.3
Noncontravention 
 
 
2.4
Financial Summaries 
 
 
2.5
Absence of Certain Changes 
 
 
2.6
Undisclosed Liabilities 
 
 
2.7
Tax Matters. 
 
 
2.8
Ownership and Condition of Assets. 
 
 
2.9
Owned Real Property 
 
 
2.10
Real Property Leases 
 
 
2.11
Intellectual Property. 
 
 
2.12
Contracts. 
 
2.13
Insurance 
 
2.14
Litigation 
 
2.15
Warranties 
 
 
2.16
Employees. 
 
 
2.17
Employee Benefits. 
 
 
2.18
Environmental Matters. 
 
 
2.19
Legal Compliance 
 
 
2.20
Customers and Suppliers 
 
 
2.21
Permits 
 
 
2.22
Certain Business Relationships With Affiliates 
 
 
2.23
Brokers’ Fees 
 
2.24
Books and Records 
 
2.25
Disclosure 
 
 
2.26
Controls and Procedures 
 
 
2.27
Investment Representations. 
 
 
ARTICLE III  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER
 
3.1
Organization and Corporate Power 
 
 
3.2
Authorization of the Transaction 
 
 
3.3
Noncontravention 
 
 
3.4
Litigation 
 
 
3.5
Capitalization 
 
 
3.6
Legal Compliance 
 
 
3.7
SEC Reports; Financial Statements 
 
 
3.8
Listing and Maintenance Requirements 
 
 
3.9
Financing 
 
 
3.10
Brokers’ Fees 
 
 
3.11
Buyer’s Acknowledgement 
 
 
3.12
Projections 
 
 
3.13
Warrant. 
 
 
 

 
ARTICLE IV  PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS
 
4.1
Closing Efforts 
 
4.2
Governmental and Third-Party Notices and Consents. 
 
 
4.3
Operation of Business 
 
4.4
Maintenance 
 
4.5
Access to Information. 
 
4.6
Notice of Breaches. 
 
4.7
Exclusivity. 
 
 
4.8
Elimination of Intercompany Items 
 
 
ARTICLE V  CONDITIONS TO CLOSING 
 
5.1
Conditions to Obligations of the Buyer 
 
 
5.2
Conditions to Obligations of the Seller 
 
 
ARTICLE VI  TAX MATTERS 
 
6.1
Transfer Taxes; Prorations. 
 
 
6.2
Refunds. 
 
 
ARTICLE VII  POST-CLOSING COVENANTS 
 
7.1
Proprietary Information. 
 
 
7.2
Solicitation and Hiring. 
 
 
7.3
Non-Competition. 
 
 
7.4
Sharing of Data. 
 
 
7.5
Business Financial Statements 
 
 
7.6
Use of Name 
 
 
7.7
Cooperation in Litigation 
 
 
7.8
Employees. 
 
 
7.9
Adjustment for Tangible Assets 
 
 
ARTICLE VIII  INDEMNIFICATION 
 
8.1
Indemnification by the Seller 
 
 
8.2
Indemnification by the Buyer 
 
 
8.3
Indemnification Claims. 
 
 
8.4
Survival of Representations and Warranties 
 
 
8.5
Limitations. 
 
 
8.6
Treatment of Indemnity Payments 
 
 
 

 
ARTICLE IX  TERMINATION 
 
9.1
Termination of Agreement 
 
 
9.2
Effect of Termination 
 
 
ARTICLE X  DEFINITIONS 
 
ARTICLE XI  MISCELLANEOUS
 
11.1
Press Releases 
 
 
11.2
No Third Party Beneficiaries 
 
 
11.3
Entire Agreement 
 
 
11.4
Succession and Assignment 
 
 
11.5
Counterparts and Facsimile Signature 
 
 
11.6
Headings 
 
 
11.7
Notices 
 
 
11.8
Governing Law 
 
 
11.9
Amendments and Waivers 
 
 
11.10
Severability 
 
 
11.11
Expenses 
 
 
11.12
Submission to Jurisdiction 
 
 
11.13
Specific Performance 
 
 
11.14
Construction. 
 
 
Exhibits
 
Exhibit A -                      Bill of Sale
Exhibit B -                      Trademark Assignment
Exhibit C -                      Instrument of Assumption
Exhibit D -                      Services Agreement
Exhibit E -                      Transition Services Agreement
Exhibit F -                      Warrant
Exhibit G -                      Sublease Agreement
Exhibit H -                      Non-Exclusive License Agreement
Exhibit I -                      Registration Rights Agreement

 
Schedules
 
Schedule 1.1(a) -
Acquired Assets
Schedule 1.1(b) -
Excluded Assets
 
Disclosure Schedule
Schedule 2.12(c) -
Customer Contract Provisions
Schedule 5.1(f) -
Consents Required for Buyer’s Obligation to Close
Schedule 5.2(g) -
Consents Required for Seller’s Obligation to Close
Schedule 7.3(a) -
Existing Business Customers
Schedule 7.3(b) -
Designated Financial Institutions
Schedule 7.8(a) -
Available Employees
Schedule 7.8(g) -
Seller Severance Policy
Schedule 8.3(e) -
Optional Arbitration
Schedule 8.5(a) -
Specific Assets Excluded from Sufficiency Claims
Schedule 10A -
Customer Offerings
Schedule 10B -
Form of Financial Summary
 
 
 

 
 
ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
 
This Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of August 5, 2009 by and between Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Buyer”), and Bank of America, N. A., a national banking association (the “Seller”).
 
This Agreement contemplates a transaction in which the Buyer will purchase substantially all of the assets and related operations of the Seller’s PayMode Products business (the “Business”) and assume certain specified liabilities of the Business.
 
Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to them in Article X.
 
In consideration of the representations, warranties and covenants herein contained, the Parties agree as follows.
 
ARTICLE I
 
 
THE ASSET PURCHASE
 
1.1   Purchase and Sale of Assets .
 
(a)   Upon and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Buyer shall purchase from the Seller, and the Seller shall sell, transfer, convey, assign and deliver to the Buyer, at the Closing, for the consideration specified below in this Article I, all right, title and interest in, to and under the Acquired Assets.
 
(b)   Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1.1(a), the Acquired Assets shall not include the Excluded Assets.
 
1.2   Assumption of Liabilities .
 
(a)   Upon and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Buyer shall assume and become responsible for, from and after the Closing, the Assumed Liabilities.
 
(b)   Notwithstanding the terms of Section 1.2(a) or any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Buyer shall not assume or become responsible for, and the Seller shall remain liable for, the Retained Liabilities.
 
1.3   Purchase Price .  The Purchase Price to be paid by the Buyer for the Acquired Assets at the Closing shall be $17,000,000 (the “Cash Purchase Price”) and the Warrant.
 
1.4   The Closing .
 
(a)   The Closing shall take place at the offices of WilmerHale in Boston, Massachusetts commencing at 10:00 a.m. local time on the Closing Date or at such other place and time as the Parties may mutually agree.  All transactions at the Closing shall be deemed to take place simultaneously, and no transaction shall be deemed to have been completed and no
 
 
1

 
documents or certificates shall be deemed to have been delivered until all other transactions are completed and all other documents and certificates are delivered.
 
(b)   At the Closing:
 
(i)   the Seller shall deliver to the Buyer the various certificates, instruments and documents referred to in Section 5.1;
 
(ii)   the Buyer shall deliver to the Seller the various certificates, instruments and documents referred to in Section 5.2;
 
(iii)   the Seller shall execute and deliver to the Buyer a bill of sale in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , one or more trademark assignments in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B , and such other instruments of conveyance as the Buyer may reasonably request in order to effect the sale, transfer, conveyance and assignment to the Buyer of valid ownership of the Acquired Assets;
 
(iv)   the Buyer shall execute and deliver to the Seller an instrument of assumption in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C and such other instruments as the Seller may reasonably request in order to effect the assumption by the Buyer of the Assumed Liabilities;
 
(v)   the Buyer shall deliver to the Seller the Warrant;
 
(vi)   the Buyer and the Seller shall execute and deliver to each other the Transition Services Agreement, the Non-Exclusive License Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Services Agreement and the Sublease Agreement;
 
(vii)   the Buyer shall pay to the Seller, payable by wire transfer or other delivery of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Seller, the Cash Purchase Price;
 
(viii)   the Seller shall deliver to the Buyer, or otherwise put the Buyer in possession and control of, all of the Acquired Assets of a tangible nature; and
 
(ix)   the Buyer and the Seller shall execute and deliver to each other a cross-receipt evidencing the transactions referred to above.
 
1.5   Further Assurances .  At any time and from time to time after the Closing, at the request of the Buyer and without further consideration, the Seller shall execute and deliver such other instruments of sale, transfer, conveyance and assignment and take such actions as the Buyer may reasonably request to more effectively transfer, convey and assign to the Buyer, and to confirm the Buyer’s rights to, title in and ownership of, the Acquired Assets and to place the Buyer in actual possession and operating control thereof.
 
1.6   Withholding .  The Buyer shall be entitled to deduct, withhold, and pay over to the applicable Governmental Entity from the consideration otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement to any recipient of a payment hereunder such minimum amounts as it is required to
 
 
2

 
deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code, or any provision of state, local or foreign tax law.  To the extent that amounts are so withheld by the Buyer, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the applicable recipient in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made by the Buyer and the Buyer covenants to have such withholding paid to the applicable Governmental Entity when such amount is due.
 
1.7   Purchase Price Allocation .  No later than 120 days after the Closing Date, the Buyer shall prepare and deliver to the Seller for its review, comment and consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) a statement setting forth the allocation of the sum of the Purchase Price, plus any related assumed liabilities, plus any other amounts as required by applicable Tax law among the assets of the Business, which allocation shall be made in accordance with Section 1060 of the Code and any applicable U.S. Treasury regulations (the “Purchase Price Allocation”).  The Seller shall notify the Buyer in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Purchase Price Allocation of any disagreement or reasonable objections the Seller may have with the Purchase Price Allocation, in which case the Buyer and the Seller shall use their good faith efforts to reach agreement thereon.  In the event the Buyer and the Seller fail to so agree within thirty (30) days after the Seller’s notice of disagreement has been delivered, then the Buyer and the Seller shall promptly engage an accounting firm of national reputation to resolve the dispute within sixty (60) days of the engagement.  The Purchase Price Allocation finally determined pursuant to this Section 1.7 shall be used by the Seller and the Buyer for all purposes, including preparation and filing of IRS Form 8594, and no party hereto shall take or assert any position inconsistent therewith.
 
ARTICLE II
 
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER
 
The Seller represents and warrants to the Buyer that, except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, the statements contained in this Article II are true and correct as of the date of this Agreement and will be true and correct as of the Closing as though made as of the Closing, except to the extent such representations and warranties are specifically made as of a particular date (in which case such representations and warranties will be true and correct as of such date).  The Disclosure Schedule shall be arranged in sections and subsections corresponding to the numbered and lettered sections and subsections contained in this Article II.  The disclosures in any section or subsection of the Disclosure Schedule shall qualify other sections and subsections in this Article II only to the extent it is reasonably apparent from a reading of the disclosure that such disclosure is applicable to such other sections and subsections. For purposes of this Article II, the phrase “to the knowledge of the Seller” or any phrase of similar import shall be deemed to refer to the actual knowledge of employees of the Seller with management or operational responsibility for the Business at a level of Senior Vice President or above, as well as any other knowledge which such persons would have possessed had they made reasonable inquiry of appropriate employees and agents of the Seller with respect to the matter in question.
 
2.1   Organization, Qualification and Corporate Power .  The Seller is a national banking association, duly organized, validly existing and in corporate good standing under the laws of the United States.  The Seller is duly qualified to conduct business and is in corporate
 
 
3

 
good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where the character of the properties owned, leased or operated by it or the nature of its activities, in each case as they relate exclusively or primarily to the Business, makes such qualification necessary, except for any such failure to be qualified or in good standing that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Business Material Adverse Effect.  The Seller has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on the Business and to own and use the properties owned and used by it.
 
2.2   Authorization of Transaction .  The Seller has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements, the Transition Services Agreement, the Non-Exclusive License Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Services Agreement and the Sublease Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder.  The execution and delivery by the Seller of this Agreement, the performance by the Seller of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements, the Transition Services Agreement, the Non-Exclusive License Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Services Agreement and the Sublease Agreement and the consummation by the Seller of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Seller.  This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Seller and constitutes, and each of the Ancillary Agreements, the Transition Services Agreement, the Non-Exclusive License Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Services Agreement and the Sublease Agreement, upon its execution and delivery by the Seller, will constitute, a valid and binding obligation of the Seller, enforceable against the Seller in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by Enforceability Exceptions.
 
2.3   Noncontravention .  Except as set forth in Section 2.3 of the Disclosure Schedule, neither the execution and delivery by the Seller of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements, the Transition Services Agreement, the Non-Exclusive License Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Services Agreement or the Sublease Agreement nor the consummation by the Seller of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, will (a) conflict with or violate any provision of the Articles of Association or by-laws of the Seller, (b) require on the part of the Seller any notice to or filing with, or any permit, authorization, consent or approval of, any Governmental Entity, except for any filing, permit, authorization, consent or approval which if not obtained or made would not reasonably be expected to result in a Business Material Adverse Effect; (c) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, result in the acceleration of obligations under, create in any party the right to terminate, modify or cancel, or require any notice, consent or waiver under, any contract or instrument to which the Seller is a party or by which the Seller is bound or to which any of its assets is subject, except for (i) any conflict, breach, default, acceleration, termination, modification or cancellation which, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Business Material Adverse Effect and would not reasonably be expected to adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or (ii) any notice, consent or waiver the absence of which, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Business Material Adverse Effect and would not reasonably be expected to adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, (d) result in the imposition of any Security Interest upon any assets of the Business or (e) violate any order, writ, injunction, decree, statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Seller or any of its respective properties or assets, except for any violation that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Business Material Adverse Effect.
 
4

 
2.4   Financial Summaries .  The Seller has provided to the Buyer the Financial Summaries.  The Financial Summaries are consistent with the books and records of the Business and fairly present, in all material respects, the fixed assets and income and expenses of the Business as of the respective dates thereof and for the periods referred to therein.
 
2.5   Absence of Certain Changes .  Since the Measurement Date, (a) there has occurred no event or development which, individually or in the aggregate, has had, or could reasonably be expected to have in the future, a Business Material Adverse Effect, and (b) the Seller has not taken any of the actions set forth in paragraphs (a) through (j) of Section 4.3.
 
2.6   Undisclosed Liabilities .  The Business does not have any liability of a nature which is material to the Business, except for liabilities which have arisen since the Measurement Date in the Ordinary Course of Business and the Retained Liabilities.
 
2.7   Tax Matters .
 
(a)   The Seller has properly filed on a timely basis all Tax Returns that it was required to file with regard to the Business, and all such Tax Returns were true, correct and complete.  The Seller has paid on a timely basis all material Taxes that are related to the Business that were due and payable.  The Seller is not currently the beneficiary of any extension of time within which to file any Tax Return related to the Business.  All Taxes that the Seller was required by law to withhold or collect with regard to the Business have been duly withheld or collected and, to the extent required, have been properly paid to the appropriate Governmental Entity.
 
(b)   No claim has ever been made by an authority in a jurisdiction where the Seller does not file Tax Returns with regard to the Business that the Seller is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction. With regard to the Business, the Seller has not waived any statute of limitations with respect to Taxes or agreed to extend the period for assessment or collection of any Taxes.
 
(c)   None of the Assumed Liabilities is an obligation to make a payment that is not deductible under Section 280G of the Code.
 
(d)   None of the assets of the Business (i) is property that is required to be treated as being owned by any other person pursuant to the provisions of former Section 168(f)(8) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, (ii) is “tax-exempt use property” within the meaning of Section 168(h) of the Code, (iii) directly or indirectly secures any debt the interest on which is tax exempt under Section 103(a) of the Code or (iv) is subject to a lease under Section 7701(h) of the Code or under any predecessor section.
 
(e)   The Seller, with regard to the Business, is not a party to a lease that is treated as a “Section 467 rental agreement” within the meaning of Section 467(d) of the Code.
 
(f)   There are no liens or other encumbrances with respect to Taxes upon any of the assets or properties of the Business, other than with respect to Taxes not yet due and payable.
 
 
 
5

 
2.8   Ownership and Condition of Assets .
 
(a)   The Seller is the true and lawful owner, and has good title to, all of the Acquired Assets, free and clear of all Security Interests, except as set forth in Section 2.8(a)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule.  Upon execution and delivery by the Seller to the Buyer of the instruments of conveyance referred to in Section 1.4(b)(iii), the Buyer will become the true and lawful owner of, and will receive good title to, the Acquired Assets, free and clear of all Security Interests other than those set forth in Section 2.8(a)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule.
 
(b)   Assuming the Buyer has employees (including any Hired Employees) with sufficient skill to operate the Business following the Closing, the Sublease Agreement, the Acquired Assets and those Excluded Assets being made available in accordance with the terms of the Transition Services Agreement and the Non-Exclusive License Agreement are sufficient for the conduct of the Business as presently conducted and as described in Schedule 10A in all material respects (the foregoing representation and warranty of the Seller being referred to in this Agreement as the “Asset Sufficiency Rep”) and constitute all of the assets used by the Seller primarily or exclusively in the Business.  No representation or warranty is given with respect to the condition or state of repair of any tangible Acquired Asset.  The Business Continuity Plan used in the Business has been provided to Buyer.
 
(c)   Section 2.8(c) of the Disclosure Schedule lists individually (i) all Acquired Assets which are fixed assets (within the meaning of GAAP), and (ii) all other Acquired Assets of a tangible nature (other than inventories).
 
(d)   Section 2.8(d) of the Disclosure Schedule identifies individually all assets which are material to the operation of the Business but which are not being conveyed to the Buyer under this Agreement (including, by way of example, network infrastructure, monitoring tools, software management tools, ticketing systems and similar assets).
 
2.9   Owned Real Property .  The Seller does not own any real property that is used exclusively or primarily in the Business.
 
2.10   Real Property Leases .  Section 2.10 of the Disclosure Schedule lists all Leases and lists the term of each such Lease, any extension and expansion options, and the rent payable thereunder.  The Seller has delivered to the Buyer complete and accurate copies of the Leases.  With respect to each Lease:
 
(a)   such Lease is in full force and effect and is legal, valid, binding and enforceable against the Seller, and to the knowledge of the Seller, the other parties thereto;
 
(b)   such Lease is assignable by the Seller to the Buyer without the consent or approval of any party (except as set forth in Section 2.3 of the Disclosure Schedule and except to the extent the failure to obtain such consent or approval would not be reasonably likely to result in a Business Material Adverse Effect) and such Lease will continue to be legal, valid, binding, enforceable and in full force and effect immediately following the Closing in accordance with the terms thereof as in effect immediately prior to the Closing;
 
 
6

 
(c)   neither the Seller nor, to the knowledge of the Seller, any other party, is in breach or violation of, or default under, any such Lease, and no event has occurred, is pending or, to the knowledge of the Seller, is threatened, which, after the giving of notice, with lapse of time, or otherwise, would constitute a breach or default by the Seller or, to the knowledge of the Seller, any other party under such Lease;
 
(d)   there are no disputes, oral agreements or forbearance programs in effect as to such Lease;
 
(e)   the Seller has not has assigned, transferred, conveyed, mortgaged, deeded in trust or encumbered any interest in the leasehold or subleasehold;
 
(f)   to the knowledge of the Seller, all facilities leased or subleased thereunder are supplied with utilities and other services adequate for the operation of said facilities as currently conducted; and
 
(g)   the Seller is not aware of any Security Interest, easement, covenant or other restriction applicable to the real property subject to such lease which would reasonably be expected to materially impair the current uses or the occupancy by the Business of the property subject thereto.
 
2.11   Intellectual Property .
 
(a)            Seller Registrations .  Section 2.11(a) of the Disclosure Schedule lists all Seller Registrations, in each case enumerating specifically the applicable filing or registration number, title, jurisdiction in which filing was made or from which registration issued, date of filing or issuance, names of all current applicant(s) and registered owners(s), as applicable.  All assignments of Seller Registrations to the Seller have been properly executed and recorded.  To the knowledge of the Seller, all Seller Registrations are valid and enforceable and all issuance, renewal, maintenance and other payments that are or have become due with respect thereto have been timely paid by or on behalf of the Seller.
 
(b)            Prosecution Matters .  There are no inventorship challenges, opposition or nullity proceedings or interferences declared, commenced or provoked, or to the knowledge of the Seller, threatened, with respect to any Patent Rights included in the Seller Registrations.  As relates to Seller Registrations, the Seller has complied with any applicable duty of candor and disclosure to the United States Patent and Trademark Office and any relevant foreign patent office with respect to all patent and trademark applications filed by or on behalf of the Seller and has made no material misrepresentation in such applications.  The Seller has no knowledge of any information that would preclude the Seller from having clear title to the Seller Registrations or affecting the enforceability of any Seller Registrations.
 
(c)            Ownership; Sufficiency .  Except to the extent forming part of Excluded Assets and the items set forth in Section 2.11(c) of the Disclosure Schedule, each item of Seller Intellectual Property will be owned or, subject to the consent requirements in the applicable agreements with the vendors listed in Section 2.11(c)(1) of the Disclosure Schedule, available for use by the Buyer immediately following the Closing on substantially identical terms and conditions as it was immediately prior to the Closing, and such Seller Intellectual Property is
 
 
7

 
sufficient for the conduct of the Business as presently conducted and as described in Schedule 10A in all material respects.  The Seller is the sole and exclusive owner of all Seller Owned Intellectual Property, free and clear of any Security Interests and, all joint owners of the Seller Owned Intellectual Property, if any, are listed in Section 2.11(c) of the Disclosure Schedule.  Except to the extent forming part of Excluded Assets and the items set forth in Section 2.11(c), the Seller Intellectual Property constitutes all Intellectual Property necessary (i) to Exploit the Customer Offerings in the manner so done by the Seller prior to the Closing Date, (ii) to Exploit the Internal Systems in the manner so done by the Seller prior to the Closing Date, and (iii) otherwise to conduct the Seller’s business in all material respects in the manner currently conducted by the Seller.
 
(d)            Protection Measures .  The Seller has taken reasonable measures to protect the proprietary nature of each item of Seller Owned Intellectual Property, and to maintain in confidence all trade secrets and confidential information comprising a part thereof.  To the knowledge of the Seller, the Seller has complied in all material respects with all applicable contractual and legal requirements pertaining to information privacy and security with respect to information processed or used by the Business.  No complaint relating to an improper use or disclosure of, or a breach in the security of, any such information has been made or, to the knowledge of the Seller, threatened against the Seller.  To the knowledge of the Seller, there has been no: (i) unauthorized disclosure of any third party proprietary or confidential information processed or used in the Business that is or was in the possession, custody or control of the Seller or (ii) breach of the Seller’s security procedures wherein confidential information processed or used in the Business has been disclosed to a third person, except for such disclosure or breach that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Business Material Adverse Effect.  The Seller has actively policed the quality of all goods and services sold, distributed or marketed under each of the Business Trademarks and has enforced adequate quality control measures to ensure that no Business Trademarks that it has licensed to others, if any, shall be deemed to be abandoned.
 
(e)            Infringement by Seller .  None of the Customer Offerings, or the Exploitation thereof by the Seller or by any reseller, distributor, customer or user thereof, or any other activity of the Seller, to the knowledge of the Seller after reasonable diligence, infringes or violates, or constitutes a misappropriation of, the Intellectual Property rights described in Section 2.11(e) of the Disclosure Schedule or, to the knowledge of Seller, infringes or violates, or constitutes a misappropriation of  the Intellectual Property rights of  any other third party.  None of the Internal Systems, or the Seller’s past or current Exploitation thereof, or any other activity undertaken by them in connection with the Business, to the knowledge of the Seller after reasonable diligence, infringes or violates, or constitutes a misappropriation of, the Intellectual Property rights described in Section 2.11(e) of the Disclosure Schedule or, to the knowledge of Seller,  infringes or violates, or constitutes a misappropriation of the Intellectual Property rights of any other third party. Section 2.11(e) of the Disclosure Schedule lists any complaint, claim or notice, or threat of any of the foregoing (including any notification that a license under any patent is or may be required), received by the Seller alleging any such infringement, violation or misappropriation and any request or demand for indemnification or defense received by the Seller from any reseller, distributor, customer, user or any other third party; and the Seller has provided to the Buyer copies of all such complaints, claims, notices, requests, demands or threats, as well as any legal opinions, studies, market surveys and analyses, if any, relating to any
 
 
8

 
alleged or potential infringement, violation or misappropriation.  For the purposes of this Section 2.11(e) only, the phrase “to the knowledge of the Seller” shall be deemed to refer to  the actual knowledge of (i) the in-house attorney of the Seller who has principal responsibility for the legal affairs of the Business and (ii) other  employees of the Seller with management or operational responsibility for the Business at a level of Senior Vice President or above, as well as any other knowledge which such persons would have possessed had such person made reasonable inquiry of appropriate employees and agents of the Seller with respect to any claim(s) of infringement, violation or misappropriation or the Intellectual Property Rights of any other third party that name the Customer Offerings, or the Exploitation thereof, as the basis for the claim(s).  For purposes of clarification, the references above to “reasonable diligence” shall also mean with respect to claim(s) of infringement, violation or misappropriation of the Intellectual Property Rights of any other third party that name the Customer Offerings, or the Exploitation thereof, as the basis for the claim(s).
 
(f)            Infringement of Rights .  Except as set forth in Section 2.11(f) of the Disclosure Schedule, to the knowledge of the Seller, no person (including any current or former employee or consultant of the Seller) is infringing, violating or misappropriating any of the Seller Owned Intellectual Property or any Seller Licensed Intellectual Property which is exclusively licensed to the Seller.  The Seller has provided to the Buyer copies of all correspondence, analyses, legal opinions, complaints, claims, notices or threats concerning the infringement, violation or misappropriation of any Seller Owned Intellectual Property.
 
(g)            Outbound IP Agreements .  Except for the Customer Contracts, Section 2.11(g) of the Disclosure Schedule identifies each license, covenant or other agreement, if any, pursuant to which the Seller has assigned, transferred, licensed, distributed or otherwise granted any right or access to any person, or covenanted not to assert any right, with respect to any past, existing or future Seller Intellectual Property.  Except in its agreements with its customers, the Seller has not agreed to indemnify any person against any infringement, violation or misappropriation of any Intellectual Property rights with respect to any Customer Offerings or any third party Intellectual Property rights relating to the Business.  Except as set forth in Section 2.11(g) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Seller is not a member of or party to any patent pool, industry standards body, trade association or other organization pursuant to the rules of which it is obligated to license any existing or future Intellectual Property relating to the Business to any person.
 
(h)            Inbound IP Agreements .  Section 2.11(h) of the Disclosure Schedule identifies (i) each item of Seller Licensed Intellectual Property (excluding currently-available, off the shelf software programs that are part of the Internal Systems and are licensed by the Seller pursuant to “shrink wrap” licenses, the total fees associated with which are less than $10,000) and (ii) except for agreements and/or assignments with Business employees and independent contractors of the Seller, each agreement, contract, assignment or other instrument pursuant to which the Seller has obtained any joint or sole ownership interest in or to each item of Seller Owned Intellectual Property.  Except as set forth in Section 2.11(h) of the Disclosure Schedule, none of the Customer Offerings or Internal Systems includes “shareware,” “freeware” or other Software or other material that was obtained by the Seller from third parties other than pursuant to the license agreements listed in Section 2.11(h) of the Disclosure Schedule or pursuant to license agreements exempt from disclosure pursuant to Section 2.11(h)(i) above.
 
 
9

 
(i)            Source Code .  The Seller has not licensed, distributed or disclosed, and knows of no distribution or disclosure by others (including its employees and contractors) of, the Seller Source Code to any person, except pursuant to the agreements listed in Section 2.11(i) of the Disclosure Schedule, and the Seller has taken all reasonable physical and electronic security measures to prevent disclosure of such Seller Source Code.  No event has occurred, and no circumstance or condition exists, that (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) will, or would reasonably be expected to, nor will the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, result in the disclosure or release of such Seller Source Code by the Seller, its escrow agent(s) or any other person to any third party.
 
(j)            Authorship .  Except as set forth in Sections 2.11(h) and 2.11(k) of the Disclosure Schedule (and except for those items of Seller Licensed Intellectual Property   exempt from disclosure pursuant to Section 2.11(h)(i) above), all of the Software and Documentation comprising, incorporated in or bundled with the Customer Offerings or Internal Systems have been designed, authored, tested and debugged by Business Employees of the Seller within the scope of their employment or by independent contractors of the Seller who have assigned their rights in such copyrightable materials to the Seller.
 
(k)            Open Source Code .  Section 2.11(k) of the Disclosure Schedule (A) lists all Open Source Materials that Seller has utilized in any way in the Exploitation of the Customer Offerings or Internal Systems and (i) require, as a condition of the Exploitation of such Open Source Materials, that other Software or data incorporated into, derived from or distributed with such Open Source Materials be (x) disclosed or distributed in source code form, (y) licensed for the purpose of making derivative works, or (z) redistributable at no charge or (ii) purport to grant, to any third party, any rights or immunities under Intellectual Property rights used exclusively or primarily in the Business, and (B) describes the manner in which such Open Source Materials have been utilized.
 
(l)            Employee and Contractor Assignments . Each Business Employee and each independent contractor of the Seller who has been involved in the design, development or creation of Customer Offerings or Internal Systems has agreed to be bound to assignment provisions substantially equivalent in all material respects to those provisions in the form agreement provided to the Buyer that assigns to the Seller all right, title and interest in any inventions and works of authorship, whether or not patentable, invented, created, developed, conceived and/or reduced to practice during the term of such employee's employment or such independent contractor's work for the Seller, and all Intellectual Property rights therein.
 
(m)            Quality .  As of the Closing Date, the Customer Offerings and the Internal Systems are free from significant defects in design, workmanship and materials and conform in all material respects to the written Documentation and specifications therefor.  To the knowledge of the Seller, the Customer Offerings and the Internal Systems do not contain any disabling device, virus, worm, back door, Trojan horse or other disruptive or malicious code that may or are intended to impair their intended performance or otherwise permit unauthorized access to, hamper, delete or damage any computer system, software, network or data.  Within the past year, the Seller has not received any warranty claims, contractual terminations or requests for settlement or refund due to the failure of the Customer Offerings to meet their specifications.  The Seller warrants that the Customer Offerings offered as of the Closing Date conform to or
 
 
10

 
exceed, in all material respects, the descriptions set forth in Schedule 10A .  The Seller represents and warrants that neither performance nor functionality of the Customer Offerings is or will be affected by dates prior to, during and after the year 2000.
 
(n)            Support and Funding .  Other than implementation fees for services rendered, the Seller has neither sought, applied for nor received any support, funding, resources or assistance from any federal, state, local or foreign governmental or quasi-governmental agency or funding source in connection with the Exploitation of the Customer Offerings, the Internal Systems or any facilities or equipment used in connection therewith.
 
2.12   Contracts .
 
(a)   Section 2.12(a) of the Disclosure Schedule lists the following agreements (written or oral) to which the Seller is a party as of the date of this Agreement (other than any Customer Contracts) that relate exclusively or primarily to the Business or are necessary for the conduct of the Business:
 
(i)   any agreement (or group of related agreements) for the lease of personal property from or to third parties providing for lease payments in excess of $25,000 per annum and having a remaining term longer than 12 months;
 
(ii)   any agreement (or group of related agreements) for the purchase of products or for the furnishing or receipt of services (A) which calls for performance over a period of more than one year, which involves more than the sum of $25,000 per annum over the remaining term of the agreement and cannot be canceled by the Seller on 90 days or less notice, or (B) in which the Seller has granted marketing or distribution rights relating to any products or territory or has agreed to purchase a minimum quantity of goods or services or has agreed to purchase goods or services exclusively from a certain party;
 
(iii)   any agreement concerning the establishment or operation of a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company;
 
(iv)   any agreement (or group of related agreements) under which it has created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed (or may create, incur, assume or guarantee) indebtedness (including capitalized lease obligations) involving remaining payments of more than $25,000 or under which it has imposed (or may impose) a Security Interest on any of the assets, tangible or intangible, of the Business;
 
(v)   any agreement for the disposition of any significant portion of the assets or business of the Business (other than sales of products in the Ordinary Course of Business) or any agreement for the acquisition of the assets or business of any other entity (other than purchases of inventory or components in the Ordinary Course of Business);
 
(vi)   any agreement concerning exclusivity;
 
(vii)   any employment or consulting agreement;
 
(viii)   any severance, “stay pay” or termination agreement;
 
 
11

 
(ix)   any agreement involving any current or former management employee or key employee of the Business;
 
(x)   any agreement under which the consequences of a default or termination would reasonably be expected to have a Business Material Adverse Effect;
 
(xi)   any agreement which contains any provisions requiring the Seller to indemnify any other party (excluding indemnities contained in agreements for the purchase, sale or license of products entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business, including vendor agreements);
 
(xii)   any agreement that could reasonably be expected to have the effect of prohibiting or materially restricting the conduct of the Business as currently conducted;
 
(xiii)   any agreement under which the Seller is restricted in any material respect from selling, licensing or otherwise distributing any of the technology or products of the Business, or providing services of the Business to, customers or potential customers or any class of customers, in any geographic area, during any period of time or any segment of the market or line of business;
 
(xiv)   any agreement which would entitle any third party to receive a license or any other right to intellectual property of the Buyer or any of the Buyer’s Affiliates following the Closing; and
 
(xv)   any Assigned Contract.
 
(b)   Seller has delivered to the Buyer a complete and accurate copy of each Assigned Contract and, except as described in Section 2.12(b) of the Disclosure Schedule, each other agreement listed in Section 2.11 or Section 2.12(a) of the Disclosure Schedule.  With respect to each agreement so listed:  (i) the agreement is in full force and effect and is legal, valid, binding and enforceable against the Seller and, to the knowledge of the Seller, the other parties thereto; (ii) for those agreements to which the Seller is a party, the agreement is assignable by the Seller to the Buyer without the consent or approval of any party (except as set forth in Section 2.3 of the Disclosure Schedule and except to the extent the failure to obtain such consent or approval would not be reasonably likely to result in a Business Material Adverse Effect) and will continue to be legal, valid, binding and enforceable and in full force and effect immediately following the Closing in accordance with the terms thereof as in effect immediately prior to the Closing; and (iii) neither the Seller nor, to the knowledge of the Seller, any other party, is in breach or violation of, or default under, any such agreement, and no event has occurred, is pending or, to the knowledge of the Seller, is threatened which, after the giving of notice, with lapse of time, or otherwise, would constitute a breach or default by the Seller or, to the knowledge of the Seller, any other party under such agreement.
 
(c)   Section 2.12(c) of the Disclosure Schedule identifies and describes any material deviation from, or material omission of, the provisions set forth (i) in the Terms of Use included on Schedule 2.12(c)(i) existing in any Customer Contract entered into on or after August 5, 2006 and (ii) in the Terms of Use included on Schedule 2.12(c)(ii) existing in any Customer Contract entered into prior to August 5, 2006.
 
 
12

 
2.13   Insurance .  The Seller does not have any insurance policy (including fire, theft, casualty, comprehensive general liability, workers compensation, business interruption, environmental, product liability and automobile insurance policies and bond and surety arrangements) that relates exclusively or primarily to the Business.  There is no material claim with respect to the Business that is pending under any insurance policy (including fire, theft, casualty, comprehensive general liability, workers compensation, business interruption, environmental, product liability and automobile insurance policies and bond and surety arrangements) to which the Seller is a party (a) as to which coverage has been questioned, denied or disputed by the underwriter of such policy or (b) which would reasonably be expected to result in a Business Material Adverse Effect.
 
2.14   Litigation .  There is no Legal Proceeding which is pending or has been threatened in writing against the Seller that relates exclusively or primarily to the Business and which (a) seeks either damages in excess of $100,000 or equitable relief or (b) in any manner challenges or seeks to prevent, enjoin, alter or delay the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  There are no judgments, orders or decrees outstanding against the Seller with respect to the Business.
 
2.15   Warranties .  No product or service of the Business is subject in any material respect to any guaranty, warranty, right of credit or other indemnity other than (i) the applicable standard terms and conditions of sale, license or lease of the Seller, which are set forth in Section 2.15 of the Disclosure Schedule, and (ii) manufacturers’ warranties for which the Seller has no liability.  Section 2.15 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth the aggregate expenses incurred by the Seller in fulfilling its obligations under its guaranty, warranty, right of credit and other indemnity provisions during each of the fiscal years and the interim period covered by the Financial Summaries; and as of the date of this Agreement, the Seller does not know of any such expenses incurred in 2009 since the last date of the Financial Summaries that would result in any significant increase in warranty expense as a percentage of sales for fiscal year 2009.
 
2.16   Employees .
 
(a)   Section 2.16 of the Disclosure Schedule contains a list of all Available Employees and the position of each such Available Employee, and the Seller has made available to Buyer the annual rate of compensation of each such person.  All of the Available Employees are employees of the Seller engaged exclusively or primarily in the Business, provided, however, that the Parties have agreed that not all Business Employees will be Available Employees.  Each current or past Business Employee has agreed to be bound to the confidentiality and inventions assignment provisions contained in the Code of Ethics of the Seller, which Code of Ethics has previously been made available to the Buyer.  Section 2.16 of the Disclosure Schedule contains a list of all Available Employees who are a party to a non-competition agreement with the Seller; copies of such agreements have previously been made available to the Buyer. Each such agreement referenced in the two preceding sentences to which the Seller is a party is assignable by the Seller to the Buyer without the consent or approval of any party and will continue to be legal, valid, binding and enforceable and in full force and effect immediately following the Closing in accordance with the terms thereof as in effect immediately prior to the Closing.  Section 2.16 of the Disclosure Schedule contains a list of all Business Employees who are not citizens of the United States.
 
 
13

 
(b)   The Seller is not a party to or bound by any collective bargaining agreement relating to the Business, nor has any of them experienced with respect to the Business any strikes, grievances, claims of unfair labor practices or other collective bargaining disputes.  The Seller has no knowledge of any organizational effort made or threatened, either currently or within the past two years, by or on behalf of any labor union with respect to Business Employees.
 
(c)   The Available Employees (together with temporary employees provided by Adecco and by Zerochaos and used in the Business by Seller and the senior management of Seller that manage other lines of business for Seller in addition to the Business) are sufficient to conduct the Business as presently conducted.
 
2.17   Employee Benefits .
 
(a)   Buyer shall have no liability or responsibility for benefits earned under the Business Benefit Plans through the Closing.  All of the Business Benefit Plans are sponsored by the Seller.
 
(b)   The Business Benefit Plans that are intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code have received determination letters from the Internal Revenue Service to the effect that such Business Benefit Plans are qualified and the plans and the trusts related thereto are exempt from federal income Taxes under Sections 401(a) and 501(a), respectively, of the Code, or the period for obtaining such a determination letter has not yet closed.
 
(c)   Neither the Seller nor any ERISA Affiliate has ever maintained or been required to contribute to any “employee pension benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA) that is subject to Title IV of ERISA or to any “multiemployer plan” (as defined in Section 4001(a)(e) of ERISA).
 
2.18   Environmental Matters .
 
(a)   The Seller has complied with all applicable Environmental Laws with respect to the Business’ operations at the Business Properties, except for violations of Environmental Laws that, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Business Material Adverse Effect.  There is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Seller, threatened civil or criminal litigation, written notice of violation, formal administrative proceeding, or investigation, inquiry or information request by any Governmental Entity, relating to any Environmental Law involving the Seller with respect to the Business’ operations or the Business Properties.
 
(b)   No Materials of Environmental Concern have been Released by the Seller at any Business Property in violation of applicable Environmental Law, except for any such Release that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Business Material Adverse Effect.
 
(c)   There is no pending civil or criminal litigation, written notice of violation or formal administrative proceeding, investigation or claim relating to any Environmental Law involving any of the Business Properties or any property formerly owned or operated by the
 
 
14

 
Seller in connection with the Business, except for any such litigation, notice, proceeding, investigation or claim that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Business Material Adverse Effect.
 
(d)   The Seller is not a party to or bound by any court order, administrative order, consent order or other agreement with any Governmental Entity entered into in connection with any legal obligation or liability arising under any Environmental Law that is exclusively or primarily related to the Business.
 
(e)   The Seller has those permits, licenses and approvals required under Environmental Law to operate the Business Properties as currently operated by the Seller, except for any such permits, licenses or approvals the absence of which would not reasonably be expected to result in a Business Material Adverse Effect.
 
2.19   Legal Compliance .  The Seller is in compliance with all applicable laws (including rules and regulations thereunder) of any federal, state or foreign government, or any Governmental Entity, currently in effect with respect to the Business, except where the failure to comply therewith has not resulted and would not reasonably be expected to result in a Business Material Adverse Effect.  The Seller has not received written notice of any pending action, suit, proceeding, hearing, investigation, claim, demand or notice relating to the Business alleging any failure to so comply.
 
2.20   Customers and Suppliers .  Section 2.20 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of (a) the top 10 customers (on a redacted basis), by consolidated revenue, of the Business during the last full fiscal year and the amount of revenues accounted for by such customer during such period and (b) each supplier (other than any software vendors) that is the sole supplier of any significant product or service to the Business pursuant to a contract that will be included in the Acquired Assets.  Since January 1, 2009, no such supplier has delivered written notice to Seller indicating that such supplier is either (i) terminating its relationship with Seller prior to the expiration of the term of the applicable contract with Seller, or (ii) significantly decreasing the rate of supplying products or services to Seller in 2009.
 
2.21   Permits .  Section 2.21 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of all Permits required in connection with the Business as presently conducted.  Such listed Permits are the only Permits that are required for, and material to, the conduct of the Business as presently conducted.  Each such Permit is in full force and effect; the Seller is in compliance with the terms of each such Permit; and, to the knowledge of the Seller, no suspension or cancellation of such Permit is threatened.
 
2.22   Certain Business Relationships With Affiliates .  No Affiliate of the Seller owns any material property or right, tangible or intangible, which is used primarily or exclusively in the Business.  Section 2.22 of the Disclosure Schedule describes any transactions or relationships between the Seller and any Affiliate thereof that are primarily or exclusively related to the Business and material to the Business and which occurred or have existed since January 1, 2008.
 
 
15

 
2.23   Brokers’ Fees .  The Seller has no liability or obligation to pay any fees or commissions to any broker, finder or agent with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement that would constitute an Assumed Liability.
 
2.24   Books and Records .  The books and records of the Seller since January 1, 2008 that relate exclusively or primarily to the Business accurately reflect in all material respects the assets, liabilities, business and results of operations of the Business and have been maintained in accordance with good business and bookkeeping practices.
 
2.25   Disclosure .  No representation or warranty by the Seller contained in this Agreement, and no statement contained in the Disclosure Schedule or any other document, certificate or other instrument delivered or to be delivered by or on behalf of the Seller pursuant to this Agreement, contains or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omits or will omit to state any material fact necessary, in light of the circumstances under which it was or will be made, in order to make the statements herein or therein not misleading.
 
2.26   Controls and Procedures .  With respect to the Business:
 
(a)   The Seller maintains accurate books and records reflecting the assets and liabilities and maintains proper and adequate internal control over financial reporting which provide assurance that (i) transactions are executed with management’s authorization, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the consolidated financial statements of the Seller and to maintain accountability for the Seller’s consolidated assets and (iii) access to assets of the Business is permitted only in accordance with management’s authorization. Neither the Seller nor, to the knowledge of the Seller, any director, officer, employee or agent of the Seller has made any unlawful contributions or gifts related to the Business.
 
(b)    The Seller maintains accurate books and records reflecting the transactional data it processes on behalf of its customers and persons and entities constituting part of the Vendor Network.  The Seller regularly and promptly reconciles transactional data and retains auditable records that provide management, customers and the persons and entities constituting part of the Vendor Network with a full and accurate accounting in all material respects of all transactions conducted by the Business.
 
2.27   Investment Representations.
 
(a)   The Seller is acquiring the Warrant, and (if and when it exercises the Warrant) it will acquire the Warrant Shares, for its own account for investment and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof, nor with any present intention of distributing or selling the same, and the Seller has no present or contemplated agreement, undertaking, arrangement, obligation, indebtedness or commitment providing for the disposition thereof.
 
(b)   The Seller has made such inquiry concerning the Buyer and its business and personnel as it has deemed appropriate, and has sufficient knowledge and experience in finance and business such that it is capable of evaluating the risks and merits of its investment in the Buyer.
 
 
16

 
(c)   The Seller understands that the Warrant and the Warrant Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act and are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and that the Warrant and the Warrant Shares cannot be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is then available.
 
ARTICLE III
 
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER
 
The Buyer represents and warrants to the Seller that the statements contained in this Article III are true and correct as of the date of this Agreement and will be true and correct as of the Closing as though made as of the Closing.
 
3.1   Organization and Corporate Power .  The Buyer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Buyer is duly qualified to conduct business and is in corporate good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where the character of the properties owned, leased or operated by it or the nature of its activities, makes such qualification necessary, except for any such failure to be qualified or in good standing that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  The Buyer has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on the businesses in which it is engaged and to own and use the properties owned and used by it.
 
3.2   Authorization of the Transaction .  The Buyer has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements, the Transition Services Agreement, the Non-Exclusive License Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Services Agreement, the Sublease Agreement and the Warrant, and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder.  The execution and delivery by the Buyer of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements, the Transition Services Agreement, the Non-Exclusive License Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Services Agreement, the Sublease Agreement and the Warrant and the consummation by the Buyer of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Buyer.  This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Buyer and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Buyer, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by Enforceability Exceptions.
 
3.3   Noncontravention .  Neither the execution and delivery by the Buyer of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements, the Transition Services Agreement, the Non-Exclusive License Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Services Agreement, the Sublease Agreement or the Warrant, nor the consummation by the Buyer of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, will (a) conflict with or violate any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or by-laws of the Buyer, (b) require on the part of the Buyer any filing with, or permit, authorization, consent or approval of, any Governmental Entity (other than the filing of one or more Forms 8-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission, filings with The NASDAQ Global Market relating to the Warrant or the Warrant Shares or similar filings), (c) conflict with, result in breach of, constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or
 
 
17

 
both) a default under, result in the acceleration of obligations under, create in any party any right to terminate, modify or cancel, or require any notice, consent or waiver under, any contract or instrument to which the Buyer is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its assets is subject, except for (i) any conflict, breach, default, acceleration, termination, modification or cancellation which would not adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or (ii) any notice, consent or waiver the absence of which would not adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (d) violate any order, writ, injunction, decree, statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Buyer or any of its properties or assets.
 
3.4   Litigation .  There is no Legal Proceeding which is pending or has been threatened in writing against the Buyer that (a) the adverse determination of which would reasonably be likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (b) in any manner challenges or seeks to prevent, enjoin, alter or delay the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. There are no judgments, orders or decrees outstanding against the Buyer which have had, or are reasonably likely to have, a Material Adverse Effect.
 
3.5   Capitalization .  The authorized capitalization of the Buyer as of the Closing Date (after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereunder) consists of 50,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.001 par value per share (“Buyer Common Stock”), and 4,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $.001 par value per share (“Buyer Preferred Stock”). As of the close of business on the third business day prior to the date of this Agreement (the “Buyer Capitalization Date”), (i) 25,121,801 shares of Buyer Common Stock were issued and outstanding, (ii) 2,205,755 shares of Buyer Common Stock were held in the treasury of the Buyer and (iii) no shares of Buyer Preferred Stock were outstanding. As of the close of business on the Buyer Capitalization Date, there were 4,259,309 shares of Buyer Common Stock subject to outstanding options or other awards or rights granted under the Buyer Stock Plans and 2,093,443 shares of Buyer Common Stock reserved for future issuance under the Buyer Stock Plans.  Buyer has not issued a material number of shares of Buyer Common Stock during the period of time from the Buyer Capitalization Date to the date of this Agreement or to the Closing Date.  Except as set forth in this Section 3.5 and except for the Warrant, (i) there are no equity securities of any class of the Buyer, or any security exchangeable into or exercisable for such equity securities, issued, reserved for issuance or outstanding and (ii) there are no options, warrants, equity securities, calls, rights, commitments or agreements of any character to which the Buyer is a party or by which the Buyer is bound obligating the Buyer to issue, exchange, transfer, deliver or sell, or cause to be issued, exchanged, transferred, delivered or sold, additional shares of capital stock or other equity interests of the Buyer or any security or rights convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any such shares or other equity interests, or obligating the Buyer to grant or enter into any such option, warrant, equity security, call, right, commitment or agreement.  The Buyer does not have any outstanding stock appreciation rights, phantom stock or similar rights or obligations. All outstanding shares of Buyer Common Stock has been duly and validly authorized and issued and is fully paid and nonassessable.
 
3.6   Legal Compliance .  The Buyer is in compliance with all applicable laws (including rules and regulations thereunder) of any federal, state or foreign government, or any Governmental Entity, currently in effect with respect to its business, except where the failure to comply therewith has not resulted and would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material
 
 
18

 
Adverse Effect.  The Buyer has not received written notice of any pending action, suit, proceeding, hearing, investigation, claim, demand or notice relating to its business alleging any failure to so comply.
 
3.7   SEC Reports; Financial Statements .  The Buyer has filed all reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, including pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) thereof, for the two years preceding the date hereof (the foregoing materials being collectively referred to herein as the “SEC Reports”) on a timely basis or has received a valid extension of such time of filing and has filed any such SEC Reports prior to the expiration of any such extension.  As of their respective dates, the SEC Reports complied in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.  The financial statements of the Buyer included in the SEC Reports comply in all material respects with applicable accounting requirements and the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC with respect thereto as in effect at the time of filing.  Such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, except as may be otherwise specified in such financial statements or the notes thereto, and fairly present in all material respects the financial position of the Buyer and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of and for the dates thereof and the results of operations and cash flows for the periods then ended, subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to normal, immaterial, year-end audit adjustments.
 
3.8   Listing and Maintenance Requirements .  The Buyer is in compliance with all applicable listing and maintenance requirements of the NASDAQ Global Market.
 
3.9   Financing .  The Buyer has or will have sufficient cash, available lines of credit or other sources of immediately available funds to enable it to make payment of the Cash Purchase Price hereunder on the date when the conditions set forth in Section 5.1 have been satisfied.
 
3.10   Brokers’ Fees .  The Buyer has no liability or obligation to pay any fees or commissions to any broker, finder or agent with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
 
3.11   Buyer’s Acknowledgement .  The Buyer acknowledges that the representations and warranties by the Seller in this Agreement constitute the sole and exclusive representations and warranties of the Seller to the Buyer in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and the Buyer understands, acknowledges and agrees that all other representations and warranties of any kind or nature expressed or implied (including any relating to the future or historical financial condition, results of operations, assets or liabilities of the Business or the quality, quantity or condition of the assets of the Business) are specifically disclaimed by the Seller, provided, however, that such disclaimer shall not in any event be applicable to claims attributable to actual fraud on the part of the Seller. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Seller does not make or provide, and the Buyer hereby waives, any warranty or representation, express or implied, as to the quality, merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, conformity to samples, or condition of the Seller’s assets or any part thereto.
 
3.12   Projections .  In connection with the Buyer’s investigation of the Seller and the Business, the Buyer has received from or on behalf of the Seller certain projections, including projected statements of operating revenues and income from operations of the Business and
 
 
19

 
certain business plan information.  The Buyer acknowledges that there are uncertainties inherent in attempting to make such estimates, projections and other forecasts and plans, that the Buyer is familiar with such uncertainties, that the Buyer is taking full responsibility for making its own evaluation of the adequacy and accuracy of all estimates, projections and other forecasts and plans so furnished to it (including the reasonableness of the assumptions underlying such estimates, projections and forecasts), and that the Buyer shall have no claim against the Seller with respect thereto.
 
3.13   Warrant .
 
(a)           The Warrant Shares have been duly and validly reserved for issuance.  The Warrant has been, and when issued in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement, the Warrant and the Certificate of Incorporation of the Buyer, the Warrant Shares will be, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and will be free of any liens or encumbrances other than liens and encumbrances pursuant to actions taken by the holder of such Warrant or Warrant Shares.

(b)           Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Seller contained in Section 2.28 hereof, the offer, sale and issuance of the Warrant and the Warrant Shares will be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and will be issued and sold in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

(c)           The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the issuance of the Warrant and the Warrant Shares will not result in any holder of any capital stock of the Buyer (or of any rights to acquire capital stock of the Buyer) having any rights to purchase or receive additional or other securities of the Buyer.  The issuance and sale of the Warrant hereunder does not contravene the rules and regulations of the NASDAQ Global Market and no approval of the Buyer’s stockholders is required for the Buyer to fulfill its obligations under the Warrant.

ARTICLE IV
 
 
PRE-CLOSING COVENANTS
 
4.1   Closing Efforts .  Each of the Parties shall use its Reasonable Best Efforts to take all actions and to do all things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including using its Reasonable Best Efforts to cause (i) its representations and warranties to remain true and correct in all material respects through the Closing Date and (ii) the conditions to the obligations of the other Party to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be satisfied.
 
4.2   Governmental and Third-Party Notices and Consents .
 
(a)   Each Party shall use its Reasonable Best Efforts to obtain, at its expense, all waivers, permits, consents, approvals or other authorizations from Governmental Entities, and to effect all registrations, filings and notices with or to Governmental Entities, as may be required for such Party to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to otherwise comply with all applicable laws and regulations in connection with the consummation
 
 
20

 
of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided, however, that the Seller shall have no obligation to pay any material amounts or incur any material liability or obligation to any Governmental Entity as a condition or inducement for obtaining any such waivers, consents and approvals.
 
(b)   As further provided in Schedule 4.2(b) , the Seller shall use its Reasonable Best Efforts to obtain, at its expense, all such waivers, consents or approvals from third parties, and to give all such notices to third parties, as listed or are required to be listed in the Disclosure Schedule; provided, however, that the Seller shall have no obligation to pay any material amounts or incur any material liability or obligation to any third party as a condition or inducement for obtaining any such waivers, consents and approvals. Schedule 4.2(b) lists the software or online subscriptions which are material to the Business and, with respect to each such asset, lists whether it will be (i) made available (subject to obtaining any necessary consent) to the Buyer for a transition period under the Transition Services Agreement, (ii) transferred to the Buyer as of the Closing, or (iii) purchased prior to or as of Closing, at the Seller’s expense, in the Buyer’s name for the Buyer’s use in the Business.  In the event that the Seller is unable to transfer to Buyer any software or online subscription listed in Schedule 4.2(b)(ii) as of the Closing, Buyer may elect to have the Seller purchase (or reimburse Buyer for) such item prior to or as of Closing, at the Seller’s expense, in the Buyer’s name for the Buyer’s use in the Business, in accordance with clause (iii) of this Section 4.2(b).
 
(c)   Subject to the Buyer’s right to elect to have Seller purchase certain software or online subscription items pursuant to the last sentence of Section 4.2(b), if (i) any of the Assigned Contracts or other assets or rights constituting Acquired Assets may not be assigned and transferred by the Seller to the Buyer (as a result of either the provisions thereof or applicable law) without the consent or approval of a third party, (ii) the Seller, after using its Reasonable Best Efforts, is unable to obtain such consent or approval prior to the Closing and (iii) the Closing occurs nevertheless, then (A) such Assigned Contracts and/or other assets or rights shall not be assigned and transferred by the Seller to the Buyer at the Closing and the Buyer shall not assume the Seller’s liabilities or obligations with respect thereto at the Closing, (B) the Seller shall continue for a period of 90 days to use its Reasonable Best Efforts to obtain the necessary consent or approval as soon as practicable after the Closing, and (C) upon the obtaining of such consent or approval, the Buyer and the Seller shall execute such further instruments of conveyance (in substantially the form executed at the Closing) as may be necessary to assign and transfer such Assigned Contracts and/or other assets or rights (and the associated liabilities and obligations of the Seller) to the Buyer.
 
4.3   Operation of Business .  Except as contemplated by this Agreement, during the period from the date of this Agreement to the Closing, the Seller shall conduct the operations of the Business in the Ordinary Course of Business (subject to Section 4.4 below) and in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and, to the extent consistent therewith, use its Reasonable Best Efforts to keep the physical assets of the Business in good working condition, keep available the services of the current Business Employees and preserve its relationships with customers, suppliers and others having business dealings with the Business to the end that the Business shall not be impaired in any material respect.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, prior to the Closing, the Seller shall not, without the written consent of the Buyer:
 
 
21

 
(a)   create, incur, guarantee or assume any indebtedness for borrowed money relating exclusively or primarily to the Business;
 
(b)   increase in any material manner (except for normal increases in the Ordinary Course of Business) the compensation or benefits of, or materially modify the employment terms of, the Business Employees, generally or individually, or pay any bonus or other benefit to Business Employees or hire any new Business Employees (except, in each case, in the Ordinary Course of Business);
 
(c)   sell, assign or transfer any portion of the Acquired Assets or any of the assets of the Business in a single transaction or series of related transactions in an aggregate amount in excess of $25,000, except for sales in the Ordinary Course of Business and sales, assignments or transfers of assets not used in or useful in the Business;
 
(d)   mortgage or pledge any of the property or assets of the Business or subject any such property or assets to any Security Interest;
 
(e)   change its accounting methods, principles or practices insofar as they relate to the Business, except to the extent required by a generally applicable change in GAAP, or make any new elections, or changes to any current elections, with respect to Taxes that affect the Acquired Assets;
 
(f)   enter into, amend, terminate, take or omit to take any action that would constitute a violation of or default under, or waive any rights under, any contract or agreement of a nature listed or required to be listed in Section 2.10, Section 2.11 or Section 2.12(a) of the Disclosure Schedule;
 
(g)   institute any Legal Proceeding related primarily to the Business or settle any Legal Proceeding where such settlement would involve ongoing liabilities or obligations on the part of the Business;
 
(h)   take any action or fail to take any action permitted by this Agreement with the knowledge that such action or failure to take action would result in (i) any of the representations and warranties of the Seller set forth in this Agreement not being true and correct at the Closing in any material respect or (ii) any of the conditions to the Closing set forth in Article V not being satisfied; or
 
(i)   agree in writing or otherwise to take any of the foregoing actions.
 
 
22

 
4.4   Maintenance .  During the period from the date of this Agreement to the Closing, the Seller shall use Reasonable Best Efforts to (i) ensure any maintenance contracts for software and hardware relating primarily to the Business remains in effect, (ii) monitor system performance and (iii) ensure that no material deterioration occurs in the Business’s current service levels.
 
4.5   Access to Information .
 
(a)   The Seller shall permit representatives of the Buyer to have full access (at all reasonable times, upon reasonable advance notice, and in a manner so as not to interfere with the normal business operations of the Seller) to all premises, properties, financial, tax and accounting records (including the work papers of the Seller's independent accountants, provided that the Buyer shall execute a customary agreement in form and substance acceptable to such accountants in order to gain access to such work papers), contracts, other records and documents, and personnel, of or pertaining primarily or exclusively to the Business for the purpose of performing such inspections and tests as the Buyer deems reasonably necessary or appropriate; provided, that the Buyer shall not contact or communicate with any employee of the Seller concerning the transactions contemplated by this Agreement without the prior express consent of the Seller.
 
(b)   Within 45 days after July 31, 2009 and the end of each month ending after the date of this Agreement and prior to the Closing, beginning with August 2009, the Seller shall furnish to the Buyer Pre-Closing Financial Summaries for the applicable monthly period. The Pre-Closing Financial Summaries shall be consistent with the books and records of the Business and fairly present, in all material respects, the fixed assets and income and expenses of the Business as of the respective dates thereof and for the periods referred to therein; provided, however, that the statements of income and expense contained in the Pre-Closing Financial Summaries are subject to year-end adjustments and do not include allocations of corporate expenses that are made on a periodic basis.
 
4.6   Notice of Breaches .
 
(a)           From the date of this Agreement until the Closing, the Seller shall promptly deliver to the Buyer supplemental information concerning events or circumstances occurring subsequent to the date hereof which would render any representation, warranty or statement in this Agreement or the Disclosure Schedule inaccurate or incomplete in any material respect at any time after the date of this Agreement until the Closing.  No such supplemental information shall be deemed to avoid or cure any misrepresentation or breach of warranty or constitute an amendment of any representation, warranty or statement in this Agreement or the Disclosure Schedule.

(b)           From the date of this Agreement until the Closing, the Buyer shall promptly deliver to the Seller supplemental information concerning events or circumstances occurring subsequent to the date hereof which would render any representation or warranty in this Agreement inaccurate or incomplete in any material respect at any time after the date of this Agreement until the Closing.  No such supplemental information shall be deemed to avoid or
 
 
23

 
cure any misrepresentation or breach of warranty or constitute an amendment of any representation or warranty in this Agreement.

4.7   Exclusivity .
 
(a)   The Seller shall not, and the Seller shall require each of its officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents not to, directly or indirectly, (i) initiate, solicit, encourage or otherwise facilitate any inquiry, proposal, offer or discussion with any party (other than the Buyer) concerning any merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, business combination, liquidation, dissolution, share exchange, sale of stock, sale of assets (other than sales of non-material assets in the Ordinary Course of Business) or similar business transaction in each such case that primarily or exclusively involves the sale of the Business, (ii) furnish any non-public information concerning the Business to any party (other than the Buyer) in connection with any such transaction other than as required by applicable law, (iii) engage in discussions or negotiations with any party (other than the Buyer) concerning any such transaction, or (iv) enter into any agreement with any party (other than the Buyer) concerning any such transaction.
 
(b)   The Seller shall immediately notify any party with which discussions or negotiations of the nature described in paragraph (a) above were pending that the Seller is terminating such discussions or negotiations with respect to the Business and the Acquired Assets.  If the Seller receives any inquiry, proposal or offer of the nature described in paragraph (a) above, the Seller shall, within one business day after such receipt, notify the Buyer of such inquiry, proposal or offer, including the identity of the other party.
 
4.8   Elimination of Intercompany Items .  Effective as of the Closing, all payables, receivables, liabilities and other obligations between the Business, on the one hand, and the Seller and any of its Affiliates, on the other hand, shall be eliminated except to the extent expressly provided for herein.
 
ARTICLE V
 
 
CONDITIONS TO CLOSING
 
5.1   Conditions to Obligations of the Buyer .  The obligation of the Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be consummated at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:
 
(a)   the Seller shall have executed and delivered to the Buyer the Ancillary Agreements, the Transition Services Agreement, the Non-Exclusive License Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Sublease Agreement and the Services Agreement;
 
(b)   the Seller shall have delivered to the Buyer the Financial Statements in unaudited form;
 
(c)   the Seller shall have obtained at its own expense (and shall have provided copies thereof to the Buyer) all of the waivers, permits, consents, approvals or other
 
 
24

 
authorizations, and effected all of the registrations, filings and notices, referred to in Section 4.2 which are required on the part of the Seller;
 
(d)   the representations and warranties of the Seller set forth in the first sentence of Section 2.1 and in Section 2.2 and any representations and warranties of the Seller set forth in this Agreement that are qualified as to materiality shall be true and correct in all respects, and all other representations and warranties of the Seller set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects, in each case as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing as though made as of the Closing, except (i) to the extent that the failure of such representations and warranties to be true and correct in all respects or all material respects, as the case may be, has not caused a Business Material Adverse Effect and (ii) to the extent such representations and warranties are specifically made as of a particular date (in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such date);
 
(e)   the Seller shall have performed or complied with its agreements and covenants required to be performed or complied with under this Agreement as of or prior to the Closing;
 
(f)   the Seller shall have obtained consents to the assignment of the agreements listed on Schedule 5.1(f) to the Buyer;
 
(g)   no Legal Proceeding shall be pending or threatened in writing wherein an unfavorable judgment, order, decree, stipulation or injunction would (i) prevent consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) cause the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be rescinded following consummation or (iii) affect adversely the right of the Buyer to own, operate or control any of the Acquired Assets, or to operate the Business as currently conducted following the Closing, and no such judgment, order, decree, stipulation or injunction shall be in effect;
 
(h)   the Seller shall have delivered to the Buyer the Seller Certificate and the Secretary’s Certificate;
 
(i)   the Seller shall have delivered to the Buyer an update, as of the date prior to the Closing Date, of each list contained in the Disclosure Schedule that lists or describes Acquired Assets (including the lists set forth in Sections 2.8, 2.10, 2.11, 2.12, 2.15, 2.16, 2.20 and 2.21 of the Disclosure Schedule) and of the list contained on Schedule 7.3(a) ;
 
(j)   except as otherwise required by applicable law, the Hired Employees shall have ceased to participate in or accrue further benefits under the Business Benefit Plans, and Hired Employees who participate in the Seller’s 401(k) plan(s) shall cease to participate in said plan(s);
 
(k)   the Seller shall have settled or cancelled any rights of Hired Employees under any Seller equity incentive, bonus or other compensation plans;
 
(l)   a number of Available Employees that are sufficient (assuming for purposes of this subsection (l) the continued use of the temporary employees provided through Adecco or through Zerochaos) for the conduct of the Business as presently conducted in all
 
 
25

 
material respects shall have accepted offers of at will employment from Buyer (such offers to be contingent and effective upon the Closing);
 
(m)   the Seller shall have delivered to the Buyer documents evidencing the release or termination of all Security Interests on the Acquired Assets, if any, and copies of filed UCC termination statements with respect to all UCC financing statements evidencing Security Interests or payoff letters from the applicable secured party agreeing to release the related Security Interests upon payment at the Closing of any amounts due to the secured party, other than Security Interests which are listed in Section 2.8(a) of the Disclosure Schedule under the heading “Permitted Security Interests”;
 
(n)   the Buyer shall, in good faith, have reasonably concluded that the transition services and Intellectual Property required to conduct the Business as presently conducted and as described in Schedule A to the Services Agreement are available to it after Closing upon reasonably satisfactory terms;
 
(o)   the Buyer shall have received such other certificates and instruments (including certificates of good standing of the Seller in its jurisdiction of organization, certificates as to the incumbency of officers and the adoption of authorizing resolutions) as it shall reasonably request in connection with the Closing; and
 
(p)   there shall not have occurred a Business Material Adverse Effect.
 
5.2   Conditions to Obligations of the Seller .  The obligation of the Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be consummated at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:
 
(a)   The Buyer shall have executed and delivered to the Seller the Ancillary Agreements, the Transition Services Agreement, the Non-Exclusive License Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Sublease Agreement, the Services Agreement and the Warrant;
 
(b)   the representations and warranties of the Buyer set forth in the first sentence of Section 3.1 and in Section 3.2 and any representations and warranties of the Buyer set forth in this Agreement that are qualified as to materiality shall be true and correct in all respects, and all other representations and warranties of the Buyer set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects, in each case as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing as though made as of the Closing, except (i) to the extent that the failure of such representations and warranties to be true and correct in all respects or all material respects, as the case may be, has not caused a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) to the extent such representations and warranties are specifically made as of a particular date (in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such date);
 
(c)   the Buyer shall have performed or complied with its agreements and covenants required to be performed or complied with under this Agreement as of or prior to the Closing;
 
 
26

 
(d)   no Legal Proceeding shall be pending or threatened in writing wherein an unfavorable judgment, order, decree, stipulation or injunction would (i) prevent consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (ii) cause the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be rescinded following consummation, and no such judgment, order, decree, stipulation or injunction shall be in effect;
 
(e)   the Buyer shall have delivered to the Seller the Buyer Certificate and the Secretary’s Certificate;
 
(f)   the Seller shall have received such other certificates and instruments (including certificates of good standing of the Buyer in its jurisdiction of organization, certificates as to the incumbency of officers and the adoption of authorizing resolutions) as it shall reasonably request in connection with the Closing;
 
(g)   the Seller shall have received evidence that those waivers, permits, consents, approvals or other authorizations listed on Schedule 5.2(g) have been obtained; and
 
(h)   there shall not have occurred a Material Adverse Effect.
 
ARTICLE VI
 
 
TAX MATTERS
 
6.1   Transfer Taxes; Prorations .
 
(a)   The Seller shall be responsible for the payment of any and all transfer, sales, use, stamp, conveyance, value added, recording, registration, documentary, filing and other non-income taxes and administrative fees (including notary fees) arising in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
 
(b)   Liability for any and all real property Taxes, personal property Taxes, assessments, and similar Taxes applicable to the Acquired Assets that are payable for any taxable period that includes but does not end on the Closing Date shall be apportioned to the Seller based on the number of days of such taxable period up to and including the Closing Date and to the Buyer the number of days of such taxable period after the Closing Date.  The Seller shall promptly reimburse the Buyer for the proportionate amount of any such Taxes that is attributable to the portion of the taxable period ending on the Closing Date following delivery by the Buyer to the Seller of reasonable documentation supporting the amounts owed by the Seller pursuant to this Section 6.1(b).
 
6.2   Refunds .
 
(a)   The Seller shall be entitled to any refunds of Taxes (or credits in lieu thereof, and including any interest paid thereon) with respect to the Business for which Seller is liable under this Article VI.
 
 
27

 
(b)   The Buyer and/or its Affiliates, as the case may be, shall be entitled to any refunds of Taxes (or credits in lieu thereof, and including any interest paid thereon) with respect to the Business for which the Buyer is liable under this Article VI.
 
(c)   The Buyer shall promptly forward to or reimburse the Seller for any such refunds after receipt thereof, and the Seller shall promptly forward to or reimburse the Buyer for any such refunds after receipt thereof.
 
ARTICLE VII
 
 
POST-CLOSING COVENANTS
 
7.1   Proprietary Information .
 
(a)   Prior to the Closing Date and after any termination of this Agreement, each Party shall hold and shall cause its officers, directors, employees, accountants, counsel, consultants and advisors (collectively, “Representatives”) to hold, in confidence, all confidential documents and information concerning the other Party furnished to the first Party or its Representatives in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in the manner specified in the Mutual Non-Disclosure Agreement, dated as of June 24, 2008, by and among the Buyer and the Seller (the “Confidentiality Agreement”); provided that each Party may make any public disclosure it believes in good faith is required by applicable law, regulation or stock market rule (in which case the disclosing Party shall use reasonable efforts to advise the other Party and provide it with a copy of the proposed disclosure and an opportunity to review and comment on it prior to making the disclosure). The Confidentiality Agreement did not terminate as of the first anniversary of its execution and shall not terminate upon the execution of this Agreement notwithstanding provisions therein to the contrary.  Notwithstanding the terms contained therein, the Confidentiality Agreement shall remain in effect until the earlier of (i) the Closing and (ii) the date that is six months following the execution of this Agreement.
 
(b)   From and after the Closing, the Seller shall not disclose or make use of (except to pursue its rights, under this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements, the Transition Services Agreement, the Non-Exclusive License Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Sublease Agreement or the Services Agreement), and shall use efforts similar to what it uses to protect its own confidential information to cause all of its Affiliates not to disclose or make use of, any knowledge, information or documents of a confidential nature or not generally known to the public with respect to Acquired Assets, the Business or the Buyer or its business (including the financial information, technical information or data relating to the products of the Business), as well as filings and testimony (if any) presented in the course of any arbitration of a Dispute pursuant to Section 8.3 and the arbitral award and the Arbitrator’s reasons therefor relating to the same), except to the extent that such knowledge, information or documents shall have become public knowledge other than through improper disclosure by the Seller or an Affiliate and provided that the Seller may make any public disclosure it believes in good faith is required by applicable law, regulation or stock market rule (in which case the Seller shall use reasonable efforts to advise the Buyer and provide it with a copy of the proposed disclosure and an opportunity to review and comment on it prior to making the disclosure).
 
 
28

 
(c)   From and after the Closing, the Buyer shall not disclose or make use of (except to pursue its rights, under this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements, the Transition Services Agreement, the Non-Exclusive License Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Sublease Agreement or the Services Agreement), and shall use efforts similar to what is uses to protect its own confidential information to cause all of its Affiliates not to disclose or make use of, any knowledge, information or documents of a confidential nature or not generally known to the public with respect to Excluded Assets, the Retained Liabilities or the Seller or its business, as well as filings and testimony (if any) presented in the course of any arbitration of a Dispute pursuant to Section 8.3 and the arbitral award and the Arbitrator’s reasons therefor relating to the same), except to the extent that such knowledge, information or documents shall have become public knowledge other than through improper disclosure by the Buyer or an Affiliate and provided that the Buyer may make any public disclosure it believes in good faith is required by applicable law, regulation or stock market rule (in which case the Buyer shall use reasonable efforts to advise the Seller and provide it with a copy of the proposed disclosure and an opportunity to review and comment on it prior to making the disclosure).
 
7.2   Solicitation and Hiring .
 
(a)   For a period of one year after the Closing Date (or if this Agreement is terminated, until January 19, 2010), the Seller shall not, either directly or indirectly (including through an Affiliate), solicit to hire or hire for employment in Seller’s Global Product Solutions division any Buyer Restricted Employee; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prohibit a general solicitation of employment by the Seller that is not specifically directed at such employees and shall not apply to any individual whose employment with the Buyer has been terminated for a period of six months or longer.  The Seller shall enforce, for the benefit of the Buyer, all confidentiality, non-solicitation and non-hiring assignments and similar agreements between the Seller and any other party relating to Business Employees which are not Assigned Contracts.
 
(b)   For a period of one year after the Closing Date (or if this Agreement is terminated, until January 19, 2010), the Buyer shall not, either directly or indirectly (including through an Affiliate), solicit to hire or hire for employment any Seller Restricted Employee; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prohibit a general solicitation of employment by the Seller that is not specifically directed at such employees and shall not apply to any individual whose employment with the Seller has been terminated for a period of six months or longer.
 
7.3   Non-Competition .
 
(a)   For a period of five years after the Closing Date, neither the Buyer nor any of its Related Entities shall directly or indirectly in any capacity whatsoever, sell, license or lease any PayMode Products (including for purposes of this Section 7.3, any enhancements or modifications to, or newer versions of, PayMode Products) to the Business customers of the Seller listed on Schedule 7.3(a).
 
(b)   For a period of two years after the Closing Date, neither the Buyer nor any of its Related Entities shall directly or indirectly in any capacity whatsoever (i) sell, license or lease any PayMode Products (including for purposes of this Section 7.3, any enhancements or
 
 
29

 
modifications to, or newer versions of, PayMode Products) or (ii) provide any of the services provided by the Business as of the Closing Date, in each case to the financial institutions listed on Schedule 7.3(b).
 
(c)   The Buyer acknowledges that the provisions of this Section 7.3 are an integral part of this Agreement and that the Seller would not have entered into this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby without the inclusion of this Section.  The Buyer agrees that the scope and duration of the non-competition provisions set forth in this Section 7.3 are reasonable and that, as contemplated by Section 11.12, specific performance shall be available to enforce a Party’s rights under this Section 7.3.  Without limitation to Section 11.9, in the event that any court determines that the duration of either provision is unreasonable and that such provision is to that extent unenforceable, the Parties agree that such provision shall remain in full force and effect for the greatest time period that would not render it unenforceable.
 
(d)   The obligations of the Buyer under this Section 7.3 shall terminate in their entirety in the event the Services Agreement is terminated by the Buyer under sections 15.2(a),  15.2(b) or 15.2(g), or by the Seller under Section 15.3, of the Services Agreement.
 
7.4   Sharing of Data .
 
(a)   The Seller shall have the right for a period of seven years following the Closing Date to have reasonable access to such books, records and accounts, including financial and tax information, correspondence, production records, employment records and other records exclusively or primarily related to the Business that are transferred to the Buyer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement for the limited purposes of concluding its involvement in the Business and for complying with its obligations under applicable securities, tax, environmental, employment or other laws and regulations.  The Buyer shall have the right for a period of seven years following the Closing Date to have reasonable access to those books, records and accounts, including financial and accounting records (including the work papers of the Seller's independent accountants provided the Buyer shall execute a customary agreement in form and substance acceptable to such accountants in order to gain access to such work papers), tax records, correspondence, production records, employment records and other records exclusively or primarily related to the Business that are retained by the Seller pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to the extent that any of the foregoing is needed by the Buyer for the purpose of conducting the Business after the Closing and complying with its obligations under applicable securities, tax, environmental, employment or other laws and regulations.  Neither the Buyer nor the Seller shall destroy any such books, records or accounts retained by it without first providing the other Party with the opportunity to obtain or copy such books, records, or accounts at such other Party's expense.
 
(b)   Promptly upon request by the Buyer made at any time following the Closing Date, the Seller shall authorize the release to the Buyer of all files pertaining to the Acquired Assets or the Business (other than files relating exclusively or primarily to Excluded Assets or Retained Liabilities) held by any federal, state, county or local authorities, agencies or instrumentalities.
 
 
30

 
7.5   Business Financial Statements .  Without limitation of the provisions of Section 7.4, within 60 days following the Closing Date, the Seller shall prepare and deliver to the Buyer the Financial Statements.  The Seller shall provide to the Buyer and the Buyer’s auditors all consents, management representation letters, engagement letters and similar documentation reasonably requested by the Buyer or the Buyer’s auditors in connection with the Buyer’s review of such Financial Statements.  The Buyer acknowledges and agrees that the Financial Statements will be prepared on a basis different from the basis used to prepare the Financial Summaries.
 
7.6   Use of Name .  The Seller shall not use, and shall not permit any Affiliate to use, the name PayMode or any name reasonably similar thereto after the Closing Date in connection with any business related to, competitive with, or an outgrowth of, the Business as conducted on the date of this Agreement, other than in accordance with the Services Agreement.
 
7.7   Cooperation in Litigation .  From and after the Closing Date, each Party shall fully cooperate with the other in the defense or prosecution of any litigation or proceeding already instituted or which may be instituted hereafter against or by such other Party relating to or arising out of the conduct of the Business prior to or after the Closing Date (other than litigation among the Parties and/or their Affiliates arising out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement).  The Party requesting such cooperation shall pay the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in providing such cooperation (including legal fees and disbursements) by the Party providing such cooperation and by its officers, directors, employees and agents, but shall not be responsible for reimbursing such Party or its officers, directors, employees and agents, for their time spent in such cooperation.
 
7.8   Employees .
 
(a)   Effective as of the Closing, the Seller shall terminate the employment of each of its employees designated on Schedule 7.8(a) attached hereto (which may be updated prior to the Closing by the mutual agreement of the Buyer and the Seller) (the “Available Employees”).  The Buyer shall interview all Available Employees who are actively at work and offer employment to substantially all of such Available Employees, terminable at the will of the Buyer.  The Seller hereby consents to the hiring of any such Available Employees by the Buyer and waives, with respect to the employment by the Buyer of such Available Employees, any claims or rights the Seller may have against the Buyer or any such Available Employee under any non-competition, confidentiality or employment agreement.
 
(b)   All offers of employment to the Available Employees shall provide for: [**]; provided, however, the foregoing shall not require the Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates to maintain any compensation levels for any particular period or restrict the Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates from changing any of the terms and conditions of such employment after the Closing Date or restrict the Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates from amending or terminating any Buyer employee benefit plans or fringe benefits.
 
(c)   All Available Employees who accept employment with the Buyer (“Hired Employees”) shall be eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans and other fringe benefits of the Buyer on the same basis as such plans and benefits are offered to employees of the Buyer with comparable positions with the Buyer.  The Buyer shall credit such Hired
 
 
31

 
Employees for their length of service with the Seller or its Affiliates for all purposes under each employee benefit and fringe benefit plan to be provided by the Buyer to such Hired Employees, to the same extent such service was recognized under a similar plan of the Seller.  However, such service need not be counted for purposes of calculating accrued benefits under a pension benefit plan or where duplicative benefits would otherwise result.  For purposes of this paragraph (c), “employee benefit plans and other fringe benefits” includes pension and profit sharing plans, retirement and post retirement welfare benefits, severance, health insurance benefits (medical, dental and vision), short-term disability, long-term disability, life and accident insurance, sickness benefits, and vacation.
 
(d)   The Seller is responsible for timely payment as required by law of all wages, salaries, bonuses, if any, and other compensation with respect to service completed on or prior to the Separation Date (other than compensation for accrued but unused vacation time of Hired Employees). Hired Employees will be eligible to earn vacation according to the schedule specified in the Buyer’s policy, with credit for service with the Seller as described in paragraph (c), if applicable.
 
(e)   The Seller shall retain the responsibility for payment of all medical, dental, vision, health and disability claims incurred by any Hired Employee prior to his or her Separation Date, and the Buyer does not assume any liability with respect to such claims.  On or after the applicable Separation Date, all medical, dental, vision, health and disability claims incurred by Hired Employees in the Buyer’s employ will be determined under the Buyer’s benefit plans.  The Buyer agrees that Hired Employees and their eligible dependents will receive credit for their periods of coverage under the Seller’s health or disability plans towards satisfying any preexisting condition clause in any of the Buyer’s health or disability plans, provided such Hired Employee or eligible dependent is enrolled in the Seller’s plans on the Closing Date.  The Buyer also agrees that it shall use Reasonable Best Efforts, upon presentation of an Explanation of Benefits (EOB) by the Hired Employee, Hired Employees and their eligible dependents, to cause them to receive credit under the Buyer’s health care plans for any amounts paid toward deductibles and out-of-pocket maximums by such Hired Employee and enrolled dependents for the portion of the current plan year preceding the Closing under a health care plan maintained by the Seller.
 
(f)   The Seller will be responsible for providing any Hired Employee whose “qualifying event,” within the meaning of Section 4980B(f) of the Code, occurs on or prior to his or her Separation Date (and such Hired Employee’s “qualified beneficiaries” within the meaning of Section 4980B(g) of the Code) with the continuation of group health coverage required by Section 4980B(f) of the Code (“Continuation Coverage”) under the terms of the health plan maintained by Seller.  The Buyer will be responsible for Continuation Coverage to any Hired Employee in the Buyer’s employ (and such Hired Employee’s qualified beneficiaries) whose qualifying event occurs after his or her Separation Date to the extent required by law.
 
(g)   Effective as of the applicable Separation Date, the Buyer will assume liability for severance pay and similar obligations payable to any Hired Employee who accepts employment with the Buyer and who is terminated by the Buyer on or after the applicable Separation Date.  Such payment shall be made pursuant to the Buyer’s normal severance policy, if any, (“Buyer’s Severance Policy”) and the Buyer shall compute severance pay by giving Hired
 
 
32

 
Employees full credit for all years of service that would have been recognized under the applicable Seller severance policy.  In  addition, for a Hired Employee who does not receive severance pay from the Seller at his or her Separation Date, whose job with the Buyer is eliminated within 12 months of his or her Separation Date, and who signs a release agreement, the Buyer agrees to pay to such employee: [**].
 
(h)   The Buyer is responsible for advising Available Employees of the details of any offers and terms of employment with the Buyer, and answering any questions relating thereto, but the Seller will be allowed to review and approve, prior to its distribution, (i) any communication with Available Employees prior to the applicable Separation Date, and (ii) any communication with such Available Employees after the applicable Separation Date which describes or refers to any of the Seller’s benefits or policies.
 
(i)   For the remainder of the calendar year in which the Closing occurs, the Buyer shall maintain health care and dependent care flexible spending accounts established under Section 125 of the Code (“Buyer FSA”) under which Hired Employees may contribute pre-tax dollars and be reimbursed for qualifying health and dependent care expenses.  The Hired Employees shall be credited immediately following the Closing Date under the Buyer FSA with the amounts available for reimbursement equal to such positive or negative amounts as were credited under Bank of America’s health care and dependent care flexible spending accounts (“Seller FSA”) with respect to such persons immediately prior to the Closing Date.  The Buyer shall honor and give effect under the Buyer FSA to any elections made by Hired Employees under the Seller FSA for the year in which the Closing occurs, except as such elections may be superseded by an election made by a Hired Employee following the Closing Date pursuant to the terms of the Buyer FSA.  Within 10 business days following the Closing Date, the Seller shall provide the Buyer a list of each Hired Employees who as of the Closing Date is a participant in the Seller FSA, which list shall include an accounting with respect to each listed individual as follows: the total annual goal amount elected, the amount contributed as of the Closing Date, and the amount reimbursed as of the Closing Date.  The Seller shall pay to the Buyer the net balance of the total Hired Employees contributions minus the total Hired Employee reimbursements if the balance is a positive number, and the Buyer shall pay such amount to the Seller if the balance is a negative number.  It is understood and agreed that these amounts may be subject to adjustment in the transition of the Hired Employees to the Buyer FSA.
 
(j)   The Buyer shall notify the Seller no less than ten Business Days prior to the Closing Date of the names of the temporary employees used in the Business that the Buyer desires to employ as of the Closing Date.
 
7.9   Adjustment for Tangible Assets .  The Seller shall promptly reimburse the Buyer for up to $400,000 in purchases of tangible assets by the Buyer, provided that the Buyer submits a reasonably detailed invoice or invoices to the Seller within 90 days after the Closing Date.
 
 
33

 
 
ARTICLE VIII
 
 
INDEMNIFICATION
 
8.1   Indemnification by the Seller .  The Seller shall indemnify the Buyer in respect of, and hold the Buyer harmless against, any and all Damages incurred or suffered by the Buyer or any Affiliate thereof resulting from, relating to or constituting:
 
(a)   any breach, as of the date of this Agreement or as of the Closing Date, of any representation or warranty of the Seller contained in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement;
 
(b)   any failure to perform any covenant or agreement of the Seller contained in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement;
 
(c)   any Retained Liabilities; or
 
(d)   any Taxes of the Seller with respect to any Tax year or portion thereof ending on or before the Closing Date (or for any Tax year beginning before and ending after the Closing Date to the extent allocable to the portion of the period beginning before and ending on the Closing Date) and any Taxes imposed on Seller pursuant to Article VI.
 
8.2   Indemnification by the Buyer .  The Buyer shall indemnify the Seller in respect of, and hold it harmless against, any and all Damages incurred or suffered by the Seller resulting from, relating to or constituting:
 
(a)   any breach, as of the date of this Agreement or as of the Closing Date, of any representation or warranty of the Buyer contained in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement;
 
(b)   any failure to perform any covenant or agreement of the Buyer contained in this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement;
 
(c)   any Assumed Liabilities;
 
(d)   any Taxes for which the Buyer is liable pursuant to Article VI; or
 
(e)   the operation of the Business after the Closing to the extent such Damages do not arise from Retained Liabilities or from matters for which the Seller is obligated to indemnify the Buyer for hereunder.
 
8.3   Indemnification Claims .
 
(a)   An Indemnified Party shall give written notification to the Indemnifying Party of the commencement of any Third Party Action.  Such notification shall be given within 15 days after receipt by the Indemnified Party of notice of such Third Party Action, and shall describe in reasonable detail (to the extent known by the Indemnified Party) the facts constituting the basis for such Third Party Action and the amount of the claimed Damages; provided,
 
 
34

 
however, that no delay or failure on the part of the Indemnified Party in so notifying the Indemnifying Party shall relieve the Indemnifying Party of any liability or obligation hereunder except to the extent of any damage or liability caused by or arising out of such failure.  Within 30 days after delivery of such notification, the Indemnifying Party may, upon written notice thereof to the Indemnified Party, assume control of the defense of such Third Party Action with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party; provided that (i) the Indemnifying Party may only assume control of such defense if (A) it acknowledges in writing to the Indemnified Party that any damages, fines, costs or other liabilities that may be assessed against the Indemnified Party in connection with such Third Party Action constitute Damages for which the Indemnified Party shall be indemnified in accordance with the terms, conditions and limitations set forth in this Article VIII and (B) the ad damnum is less than or equal to the amount of Damages for which the Indemnifying Party is liable under this Article VIII and (ii) the Indemnifying Party may not assume control of the defense of Third Party Action involving criminal liability or in which equitable relief is sought against the Indemnified Party.  If the Indemnifying Party does not, or is not permitted under the terms hereof to, so assume control of the defense of a Third Party Action, the Indemnified Party shall control such defense.  The Non-controlling Party may participate in such defense at its own expense.  The Controlling Party shall keep the Non-controlling Party advised of the status of such Third Party Action and the defense thereof and shall consider in good faith recommendations made by the Non-controlling Party with respect thereto.  The Non-controlling Party shall furnish the Controlling Party with such information as it may have with respect to such Third Party Action which is requested by the Controlling Party (including copies of any summons, complaint or other pleading which may have been served on such party and any written claim, demand, invoice, billing or other document evidencing or asserting the same) and shall otherwise cooperate with and assist the Controlling Party in the defense of such Third Party Action.  The fees and expenses of counsel to the Indemnified Party with respect to a Third Party Action shall be considered Damages for purposes of this Agreement if (i) the Indemnified Party controls the defense of such Third Party Action pursuant to the terms of this Section 8.3(a) or (ii) the Indemnifying Party assumes control of such defense and the Indemnified Party reasonably concludes, after consultation with legal counsel, that the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party have conflicting interests or different defenses available with respect to such Third Party Action.  The Indemnifying Party shall not agree to any settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any Third Party Action without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided the Indemnifying Party shall not be required to obtain such consent if (I) there is no finding or admission of any violation of law or any violation of the rights of any person or entity and (II) the sole relief provided is monetary damages that are paid in full by the Indemnifying Person.  The Indemnified Party shall not agree to any settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third Party Action without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, provided the Indemnified Party shall not be required to obtain such consent if (I) there is no finding or admission of any violation of law or any violation of the rights of any person or entity and (II) the sole relief provided is monetary damages that are paid in full by the Indemnified Person without any recourse against the Indemnifying Person.
 
(b)   In order to seek indemnification under this Article VIII, an Indemnified Party shall deliver a Claim Notice to the Indemnifying Party.
 
 
35

 
(c)   Within 30 days after delivery of a Claim Notice, the Indemnifying Party shall deliver to the Indemnified Party a Response, in which the Indemnifying Party shall:  (i) agree that the Indemnified Party is entitled to receive all of the Claimed Amount (in which case the Response shall be accompanied by a payment by the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party of the Claimed Amount, by check or by wire transfer), (ii) agree that the Indemnified Party is entitled to receive the Agreed Amount (in which case the Response shall be accompanied by a payment by the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party of the Agreed Amount, by check or by wire transfer) or (iii) dispute that the Indemnified Party is entitled to receive any of the Claimed Amount.
 
(d)   During the 30-day period following the delivery of a Response that reflects a Dispute, the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall use good faith efforts to resolve the Dispute.  If the Dispute is not resolved within such 30-day period, the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall discuss in good faith whether to submit the Dispute to binding arbitration, and if the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party agree in writing to submit the Dispute to such arbitration, then the provisions of Section 8.3(e) shall become effective with respect to such Dispute.  The provisions of this Section 8.3(d) shall not obligate the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party to submit to arbitration or any other alternative dispute resolution procedure with respect to any Dispute, and in the absence of an agreement by the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party to arbitrate any Dispute, such Dispute shall be resolved in a state or federal court sitting in Delaware, in accordance with Section 11.11.
 
(e)   If, as set forth in Section 8.3(d), the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party agree to submit any Dispute to binding arbitration, the arbitration shall be conducted by the Arbitrator in accordance with the Commercial Rules in effect from time to time and the provisions set forth on Schedule 8.3(e) .
 
(f)   Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 8.3, if a third party asserts (other than by means of a lawsuit) that an Indemnified Party is liable to such third party for a monetary or other obligation which may constitute or result in Damages for which such Indemnified Party may be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article VIII, and such Indemnified Party reasonably determines that it has a valid business reason to fulfill such obligation, then (i) such Indemnified Party shall be entitled to satisfy such obligation, without prior notice to or consent from the Indemnifying Party, (ii) such Indemnified Party may subsequently make a claim for indemnification in accordance with the provisions of this Article VIII, and (iii) such Indemnified Party shall be reimbursed, in accordance with the terms, conditions and limitations set forth in this Article VIII, for any such Damages for which it is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article VIII (subject to the right of the Indemnifying Party to dispute the Indemnified Party’s entitlement to indemnification, or the amount for which it is entitled to indemnification, under the terms of this Article VIII).
 
8.4   Survival of Representations and Warranties .  All representations and warranties that are covered by the indemnification agreements in Section 8.1(a) and Section 8.2(a) shall (a) survive the Closing and (b) shall expire on the date 18 months following the Closing Date, except that (i) the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 2.1, 2.2, 3.1 and 3.2 shall survive the Closing without limitation, (ii) the representations and warranties set forth in Section
 
 
36

 
2.11 shall expire on the date four years following the Closing Date and (iii) the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 2.7, 2.17 and 2.18 and the covenants contained in Article VI and 8.1(d) shall survive until 30 days following expiration of all statutes of limitation applicable to the matters referred to therein.  If an Indemnified Party delivers to an Indemnifying Party, before expiration of a representation or warranty, either a Claim Notice based upon a breach of such representation or warranty, or an Expected Claim Notice based upon a breach of such representation or warranty, then the applicable representation or warranty shall survive until, but only for purposes of, the resolution of the matter covered by such notice.  If the legal proceeding or written claim with respect to which an Expected Claim Notice has been given is definitively withdrawn or resolved in favor of the Indemnified Party, the Indemnified Party shall promptly so notify the Indemnifying Party.
 
8.5   Limitations .
 
(a)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (i) the aggregate liability of the Seller for Damages under Section 8.1(a) shall not exceed $8,500,000, (ii) the Seller shall not be liable for indemnification with respect to any individual Damage under Section 8.1(a) (excluding for all purposes of this subpart (ii) any claims relating to a breach of the Asset Sufficiency Rep with respect to the sufficiency of Acquired Assets that are tangible assets), unless such Damage is greater than $25,000 and unless such Damage, together with all other Damages under Section 8.1(a) that are greater than $25,000, exceeds $200,000, in which case the Buyer shall be entitled to indemnification only for Damages in the amount of such e xcess of $200,000 and (iii) the Seller shall not be liable for indemnification with respect to any individual Damage under Section 8.1(a) relating to a breach of the Asset Sufficiency Rep with respect to the sufficiency of Acquired Assets that are tangible assets, unless such Damage is greater than $25,000 and unless such Damage, together with all other Damages under Section 8.1(a) that are greater than $25,000 relating to a breach of the Asset Sufficiency Rep with respect to the sufficiency of Acquired Assets that are tangible assets, exceeds $400,000; provided that the limitations set forth in this sentence shall not apply to a claim pursuant to Section 8.1(a) relating to a breach of the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.7; and provided further that the limitations set forth in this sentence shall not apply to a claim pursuant to Section 8.1(d) relating to pre-Closing Date Taxes or to a breach of the Tax covenants in Article VI. For purposes solely of this Article VIII, all representations and warranties of the Seller in Article II (other than Sections 2.5 and 2.25) shall be construed as if the term “material” and any reference to “Business Material Adverse Effect” (and variations thereof) were omitted from such representations and warranties.  In addition to the foregoing limitations, in no event shall the Seller be liable for indemnification with respect to any individual Damage under Section 8.1(a) relating to a breach of the Asset Sufficiency Rep or to a breach of a representation in Section 2.11(c), in each case with respect to any of the assets (whether tangible or otherwise) listed on Schedule 8.5(a) .
 
(b)   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (i) the aggregate liability of the Buyer for Damages under Section 8.2(a) shall not exceed $8,500,000 and (ii) the Buyer shall not be liable for indemnification with respect to any individual Damage under Section 8.1(a), unless such Damage is greater than $25,000 and unless such Damage, together with all other Damages under Section 8.1(a) that are greater than $25,000, exceeds $200,000 in which case the Buyer shall be entitled to indemnification only for Damages in the amount of such
 
 
37

 
excess of $200,000; provided that the limitation set forth in this sentence shall not apply to a claim pursuant to Section 8.2(a) relating to a breach of the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 3.1 or 3.2.  For purposes solely of this Article VIII, all representations and warranties of the Buyer in Article III shall be construed as if the term “material” and any reference to “Material Adverse Effect” were omitted from such representations and warranties.
 
(c)   Except with respect to claims based on fraud and except for the remedy of specific performance, after the Closing, the rights of the Indemnified Parties under this Article VIII and Section 11.12 shall be the exclusive remedy of the Indemnified Parties with respect to claims resulting from or relating to any misrepresentation, breach of warranty or failure to perform any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement.
 
(d)   The amount of any Damages subject to indemnification hereunder or of any claim therefor shall be calculated net of (i) any Tax benefit actually received and used by the Buyer or any of its Affiliates on account of such Damages and (ii) insurance proceeds (net of direct collection expenses) received or receivable by the Indemnified Party on account of such Damages.
 
8.6   Treatment of Indemnity Payments .  Any payments made to an Indemnified Party pursuant to this Article VIII shall be treated as an adjustment to the Purchase Price for Tax purposes.
 
ARTICLE IX
 
TERMINATION
 
9.1   Termination of Agreement .  The Parties may terminate this Agreement prior to the Closing, as provided below:
 
(a)   the Parties may terminate this Agreement by mutual written consent;
 
(b)   the Buyer may terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to the Seller in the event the Seller is in breach of any representation, warranty or covenant contained in this Agreement, and such breach (i) individually or in combination with any other such breach, would cause the conditions set forth in clauses (d) or (e) of Section 5.1 not to be satisfied and (ii) is not cured within 20 days following delivery by the Buyer to the Seller of written notice of such breach;
 
(c)   the Seller may terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to the Buyer in the event the Buyer is in breach of any representation, warranty or covenant contained in this Agreement, and such breach (i) individually or in combination with any other such breach, would cause the conditions set forth in clauses (b) or (c) of Section 5.2 not to be satisfied and (ii) is not cured within 20 days following delivery by the Seller to the Buyer of written notice of such breach;
 
(d)   the Buyer may terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to the Seller if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before November 15, 2009 by reason of the failure of any condition precedent under Section 5.1 (unless the failure results primarily from a
 
 
38

 
breach by the Buyer of any representation, warranty or covenant contained in this Agreement); or
 
(e)   the Seller may terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to the Buyer if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before November 15, 2009 by reason of the failure of any condition precedent under Section 5.2 (unless the failure results primarily from a breach by the Seller of any representation, warranty or covenant contained in this Agreement).
 
9.2   Effect of Termination .  If either Party terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.1, all obligations of the Parties hereunder shall terminate without any liability of either Party to the other Party other than Section 7.1(a) (Proprietary Information), 7.2 (Solicitation and Hiring), this Section 9.2, Section 11.1 (Press Releases) and the rest of Article XI, each of which shall survive the termination of this Agreement), except for any liability of a Party for willful breaches of this Agreement.
 
ARTICLE X

 
DEFINITIONS
 
For purposes of this Agreement, each of the following terms shall have the meaning set forth below.
 
AAA ” shall mean the American Arbitration Association.
 
Acquired Assets ”  shall mean all of the fixed assets listed on Schedule 1.1(a) and all other assets, properties and rights of the Seller existing as of the Closing (other than any Excluded Assets) which are utilized exclusively or primarily by Seller in the Business, including:
 
(a)   all computers, servers, software, databases, backup and recovery plans, business continuity plans, SAS 70 audits, machinery, equipment, furniture, fixtures, supplies, leasehold improvements, motor vehicles and other tangible personal property;
 
(b)   all Seller Source Code, technical information, trade secrets, technology, know-how, specifications, designs, drawings and processes and quality control data;
 
(c)   all Seller Owned Intellectual Property;
 
(d)   all Seller Licensed Intellectual Property listed on Schedule 1.1(d) ;
 
(e)   the Vendor Network;
 
(f)   all rights under Assigned Contracts;
 
(g)   all claims, prepayments, deposits, refunds, causes of action, choses in action, rights of recovery, rights of setoff and rights of recoupment (other than those that are exclusively or primarily related to Excluded Assets or Retained Liabilities);
 
(h)   all Permits to the extent assignable;
 
 
39

 
(i)   all books, records, accounts, ledgers, files, documents, correspondence, lists (including customer and prospect lists), manufacturing and procedural manuals, Intellectual Property records, sales and promotional materials, studies, reports and other printed or written materials; and
 
(j)   all goodwill.
 
Affiliate ” shall mean any affiliate, as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act.
 
Agreed Amount ” shall mean part, but not all, of the Claimed Amount.
 
Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph hereof.
 
Ancillary Agreements ” shall mean the bill of sale and other instruments of conveyance referred to in Section 1.4(b)(iii) and the instrument of assumption and other instruments referred to in Section 1.4(b)(iv).
 
Arbitrator ” shall mean a single arbitrator selected by the Buyer and the Seller in accordance with the Commercial Rules.
 
Asset Sufficiency Rep ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(b) hereof.
 
Assigned Contracts ” shall mean any contracts, agreements or instruments to which the Seller is a party and which are related exclusively or primarily to the Business, including any agreements or instruments securing any amounts owed to the Seller under such contracts, agreements or instruments, maintenance agreements, any leases or subleases of real or personal property, any licenses or sublicenses relating to Intellectual Property, and contracts with persons and entities constituting part of the Vendor Network but excluding Customer Contracts, other than the extent to which such Customer Contracts relate to and govern the relationship with Customers in their capacity as billers or collectors, and employment contracts.
 
Assumed Liabilities ” shall mean all of the following liabilities of the Seller which are related exclusively or primarily to the Business, in each case solely to the extent arising after the Closing:
 
(a)   all obligations arising under the Permits transferred to the Buyer pursuant to Section 1.1(a);
 
(b)   all obligations of the Seller under the Assigned Contracts; and
 
(c)   all obligations of the Seller with respect to any accrued but unused vacation time of Hired Employees.
 
Available Employees ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.8(a).
 
Business ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
 
 
40

 
Business Benefit Plan ” shall mean any “employee pension benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), any “employee welfare benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA), and any other written or oral plan, agreement or arrangement involving direct or indirect compensation, including insurance coverage, severance benefits, disability benefits, deferred compensation, bonuses, stock options, stock purchase, phantom stock, stock appreciation or other forms of incentive compensation or post-retirement compensation, in each case that is made available to current or former Business Employees.
 
Business Continuity Plan ” shall mean the policies and procedures that describe contingency plans, recovery plans, and proper risk controls used by the Seller in the Business as presently conducted.
 
Business Employees ” shall mean (a) the employees of the Seller engaged exclusively or primarily in the Business and (b) any additional employees of the Seller listed on Schedule 7.8(a) .
 
Business Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean any material adverse change, event, circumstance or development with respect to, or material adverse effect on, (i) the business, assets, liabilities, condition (financial or other), or results of operations of the Business, (ii) the ability of the Buyer to operate the Business immediately after the Closing or (iii) the performance by the Seller of its obligations under the Transition Services Agreement or the Services Agreement; provided , that, for purposes of clause (i) of this definition, a Business Material Adverse Effect shall not include the effect of (a) changes to the industry or markets in which the Business operates, so long as such changes do not adversely affect the Business in a materially disproportionate manner relative to other similarly situated businesses in the industry or market in which the Business operates, (b) the announcement or disclosure of the transactions contemplated herein, (c) general economic, regulatory or political conditions or changes, so long as such changes do not adversely affect the Business in a materially disproportionate manner relative to other similarly situated businesses in the industry or market in which the Business operates, (d) military action or any act of terrorism, (e) changes in law or GAAP after the date hereof, so long as such changes do not adversely affect the Business in a materially disproportionate manner relative to other similarly situated businesses in the industry or market in which the Business operates, (f) an earthquake or other natural disaster or (g) the failure of the Seller or the Business to meet or achieve the results set forth in any internal projection, provided that such failure does not result from another change, event, circumstance, development or effect that would in itself be or have a Business Material Adverse Effect under this definition. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties agree that the terms “material”, “materially” or “materiality” as used in this Agreement with an initial lower case “m” shall have their respective customary and ordinary meanings, without regard to the meaning ascribed to Business Material Adverse Effect.
 
Business Property ” shall mean any real property that is subject to a Lease.
 
Business Trademarks ” shall mean Trademarks used exclusively or primarily in the Business.
 
Buyer ” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.
 
 
41

 
Buyer Capitalization Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.5.
 
Buyer Common Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.5.
 
Buyer Certificate ” shall mean a certificate to the effect that each of the conditions specified in clauses (b) through (d) (insofar as clause (d) relates to Legal Proceedings involving the Buyer) of Section 5.2 is satisfied in all respects.
 
Buyer FSA ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.8(i).
 
Buyer Preferred Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.5.
 
Buyer Restricted Employee ” shall mean any person who is an employee of the Buyer on either the date of this Agreement or the Closing Date and either (i) is employed by the Buyer at a level of Director or higher or (ii) of whom the Seller became aware in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
 
Buyer Stock Plans ” shall mean the following equity compensation plans of the Buyer: the Amended and Restated 1997 Stock Incentive Plan, the 1998 Director Plan, the 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, the 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended and the 2000 Stock Incentive Plan.
 
Buyer’s Severance Policy ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.8(g).
 
Cash Purchase Price ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3.
 
CERCLA ” shall mean the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended.
 
Claim Notice ” shall mean written notification which contains (i) a description of the Damages incurred or reasonably expected to be incurred by the Indemnified Party and the Claimed Amount of such Damages, to the extent then known, (ii) a statement that the Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification under Article VIII for such Damages and a reasonable explanation of the basis therefor, and (iii) a demand for payment in the amount of such Damages.
 
Claimed Amount ” shall mean the amount of any Damages incurred or reasonably expected to be incurred by the Indemnified Party.
 
Closing ” shall mean the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
 
Closing Date ” shall mean the date two business days after the satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions to the obligations of the Parties to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby (excluding the delivery at the Closing of any of the documents set forth in Article V), or such other date as may be mutually agreeable to the Parties.
 
Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
 
42

 
Commercial Rules ” shall mean the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the AAA.
 
Common Stock ” shall mean the common stock, $.001 par value per share, of the Buyer.
 
Confidentiality Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(a).
 
Continuation Coverage ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.8(f).
 
Controlling Party ” shall mean the party controlling the defense of any Third Party Action.
 
Customer ” shall mean an existing customer of Bank listed on Schedule 7.3(a) attached hereto, as the same may be amended as of the Closing.
 
Customer Contracts ” shall mean agreements, contracts and other instruments providing for the provision of PayMode Products to Customers of the Business.
 
Customer Offerings ” shall mean (a) the products of the Business (including Software and Documentation) that the Seller (i) currently markets, distributes, makes available, sells or licenses to third parties, or (ii) if applicable, has developed, manufactured, marketed, distributed, made available, sold or licensed to third parties within the previous three (3) years and (b) the services of the Business that the Seller (i) currently provides or makes available to third parties, or (ii) if applicable, has provided or made available to third parties within the previous three (3) years.  A true and complete list of the current Customer Offerings is set forth in Section 1 of Schedule 10A and a true and complete description of the Customer Offerings is set forth in Schedule 10A .
 
Damages ” shall mean any and all (x) debts, obligations and other liabilities, monetary damages, (y) consequential, incidental and punitive damages but solely to the extent awarded to a third party in a Third Party Action, and (z) fines, fees, penalties, interest obligations, deficiencies, losses and expenses (including amounts paid in settlement, interest, court costs, costs of investigators, fees and expenses of attorneys, accountants, financial advisors and other experts, and other expenses of litigation), excluding in all cases (i) those costs and expenses of arbitration of a Dispute which are to be borne as set forth in Section 8.3 and (ii) any liability for lost profits, diminution in value or the like.
 
Disclosure Schedule ” shall mean the disclosure schedule provided by the Seller to the Buyer on the date hereof and accepted in writing by the Buyer, as the same may be supplemented pursuant to Section 4.5.
 
Dispute ” shall mean the dispute resulting if the Indemnifying Party in a Response disputes its liability for all or part of the Claimed Amount.
 
Documentation ” shall mean printed, visual or electronic materials, reports, white papers, documentation, specifications, designs, flow charts, code listings, instructions, user manuals, frequently asked questions, release notes, recall notices, error logs, diagnostic reports, marketing materials, packaging, labeling, service manuals and other information describing the use,
 
 
43

 
operation, installation, configuration, features, functionality, pricing, marketing or correction of a product, whether or not provided to end user.
 
Enforceability Exceptions ” means (a) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and other similar laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (b) general equity principles.
 
Environmental Law ” shall mean any federal, state or local law, statute, rule, order, directive, judgment, Permit or regulation or the common law relating to the environment, occupational health and safety, or exposure of persons or property to Materials of Environmental Concern, including any statute, regulation, administrative decision or order pertaining to:  (i) the presence of or the treatment, storage, disposal, generation, transportation, handling, distribution, manufacture, processing, use, import, export, labeling, recycling, registration, investigation or remediation of Materials of Environmental Concern or documentation related to the foregoing; (ii) air, water and noise pollution; (iii) groundwater and soil contamination; (iv) the release, threatened release, or accidental release into the environment, the workplace or other areas of Materials of Environmental Concern, including emissions, discharges, injections, spills, escapes or dumping of Materials of Environmental Concern; (v) transfer of interests in or control of real property which may be contaminated; (vi) community or worker right-to-know disclosures with respect to Materials of Environmental Concern; (vii) the protection of wild life, marine life and wetlands, and endangered and threatened species; (viii) storage tanks, vessels, containers, abandoned or discarded barrels and other closed receptacles; and (ix) health and safety of employees and other persons.  As used above, the term “release” shall have the meaning set forth in CERCLA.
 
ERISA ” shall mean  the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
 
ERISA Affiliate ” shall mean any entity which is, or at any applicable time was, a member of (1) a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Section 414(b) of the Code), (2) a group of trades or businesses under common control (as defined in Section 414(c) of the Code), or (3) an affiliated service group (as defined under Section 414(m) of the Code or the regulations under Section 414(o) of the Code), any of which includes or included the Seller or a Subsidiary.
 
Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
Excluded Assets ” shall mean:
 
(a)   all cash and cash equivalents or similar investments, bank accounts, commercial paper, certificates of deposit, Treasury bills and other marketable securities;
 
(b)   all rights relating to refunds, recovery or recoupment of Taxes, except as provided in Article VI;
 
(c)   all rights to insurance claims, related refunds and proceeds arising from or related to the Excluded Assets and Retained Liabilities;
 
 
44

 
(d)   all actions, claims, causes of action, rights of recovery, choses in action and rights of setoff of any kind arising before, on or after the Closing relating to the Excluded Assets or Retained Liabilities;
 
(e)   all books, records, accounts, ledgers, files, documents, correspondence, studies, reports and other printed or written materials related exclusively or primarily to any Excluded Assets or Retained Liabilities;
 
(f)   any of the rights of the Seller under this Agreement or under the Ancillary Agreements, the Transition Services Agreement, the Non-Exclusive License Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Services Agreement, Sublease Agreement or Warrant;
 
(g)   all real property, leaseholds and subleaseholds in real property, and easements, rights-of-way and other appurtenants thereto;
 
(h)   all trade and other accounts receivable balances of the Business and notes and loans receivable that are payable to the Seller in respect of the Business, and all rights to unbilled amounts for products delivered or services provided by the Business, together with any security held by the Seller for the payment thereof;
 
(i)   all Customer Contracts and all Intellectual Property of the Seller primarily associated with or primarily derived from such Customer Contracts, including Confidential Information (as that term is used in the Services Agreement) of the Seller;
 
(j)   all employment records;
 
(k)   all Excluded Patents; and
 
(l)   those other assets listed on Schedule 1.1(b) attached hereto.
 
Excluded Patents ” means those Patent Rights in those letters patent listed on Schedule 1.1(b) attached hereto.
 
Expected Claim Notice ” shall mean a notice that, as a result of a legal proceeding instituted by or written claim made by a third party, an Indemnified Party reasonably expects to incur Damages for which it is entitled to indemnification under Article VIII.
 
Exploit ” shall mean develop, design, test, modify, make, use, sell, have made, used and sold, import, reproduce, market, distribute, commercialize, support, maintain, correct and create derivative works of.
 
Financial Statements ” shall mean audited statements of assets acquired and statements of revenues and direct expenses for the period(s) required by Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X, in accordance with the letter from the Securities and Exchange Commission to Buyer dated March 18, 2009.
 
Financial Summaries ” shall mean unaudited financial information of the Business in substantially the form contained in Schedule 10B hereto, including statements of revenue and
 
 
45

 
expense, for and as of the end of (i) the year ended December 31, 2008 and (ii) each full month completed from the Measurement Date through and including the month ending June 30, 2009.
 
GAAP ” shall mean United States generally accepted accounting principles.
 
Governmental Entity ” shall mean any court, arbitrational tribunal, administrative agency or commission or other governmental or regulatory authority or agency.
 
Hired Employees ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.8(b).
 
Indemnified Party ” shall mean a party entitled, or seeking to assert rights, to indemnification under Article VII of this Agreement.
 
Indemnifying Party ” shall mean the party from whom indemnification is sought by the Indemnified Party.
 
Intellectual Property ” shall mean the following subsisting throughout the world:
 
(a)   Patent Rights;
 
(b)   Trademarks and all goodwill in the Trademarks;
 
(c)   copyrights, designs, data and database rights and registrations and applications for registration thereof, including moral rights of authors;
 
(d)   mask works and registrations and applications for registration thereof;
 
(e)   source code, inventions, invention disclosures, statutory invention registrations,  trade secrets and confidential business information, know-how, manufacturing and product processes and techniques, research and development information, financial, marketing and business data, pricing and cost information, business and marketing plans and customer and supplier lists and information, whether patentable or nonpatentable, whether copyrightable or noncopyrightable and whether or not reduced to practice; and
 
(f)   other proprietary rights relating to any of the foregoing (including remedies against infringement thereof and rights of protection of interest therein under the laws of all jurisdictions).
 
Intellectual Property Registrations ” means Patent Rights, registered Trademarks, registered copyrights and designs and mask work registrations, in each case that are used primarily or exclusively in the Business, and applications for each of the foregoing.
 
Internal Systems ” shall mean the Software and Documentation and the computer, communications and network systems (both desktop and enterprise-wide), currently used primarily or exclusively by the Seller in the Business or to develop, manufacture, fabricate, assemble, provide, distribute, support, maintain or test the Customer Offerings, whether located on the premises of the Seller or hosted at a third party site.
 
 
46

 
Lease ” shall mean any lease or sublease pursuant to which the Seller leases or subleases from another party any real property that is used exclusively or primarily in the Business.
 
Legal Proceeding ” shall mean any action, suit, proceeding, claim, arbitration or investigation before any Governmental Entity or before any arbitrator.
 
Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean a material adverse change, event, circumstance or development with respect to, or material adverse effect on, (i) the business, assets, liabilities, capitalization, condition (financial or other), or results of operations of the Buyer, (ii) the ability of the Buyer to operate the Business immediately after the Closing or (iii) the performance by the Buyer of its obligations under the Services Agreement; provided , that, for purposes of clause (i) of this definition, a Material Adverse Effect shall not include the effect of (a) changes to the industry or markets in which the Buyer operates, so long as such changes do not adversely affect the Buyer in a materially disproportionate manner relative to other similarly situated businesses in the industry or market in which the Buyer operates, (b) the announcement or disclosure of the transactions contemplated herein, (c) general economic, regulatory or political conditions or changes, so long as such changes do not adversely affect the Buyer in a materially disproportionate manner relative to other similarly situated businesses in the industry or market in which the Buyer operates, (d) military action or any act of terrorism, (e) changes in law or GAAP after the date hereof, so long as such changes do not adversely affect the Buyer in a materially disproportionate manner relative to other similarly situated businesses in the industry or market in which the Buyer operates, (f) an earthquake or other natural disaster or (g) the failure of the Buyer to meet or achieve the results set forth in any internal projection, provided that such failure does not result from another change, event, circumstance, development or effect that would in itself be or have a Material Adverse Effect under this definition.  For the avoidance of doubt, the parties agree that the terms “material”, “materially” or “materiality” as used in this Agreement with an initial lower case “m” shall have their respective customary and ordinary meanings, without regard to the meaning ascribed to Material Adverse Effect.
 
Materials of Environmental Concern ” shall mean any:  pollutants, contaminants or hazardous substances (as such terms are defined under CERCLA), pesticides (as such term is defined under the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act), solid wastes and hazardous wastes (as such terms are defined under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act), chemicals, other hazardous, radioactive or toxic materials, oil, petroleum and petroleum products (and fractions thereof), or any other material (or article containing such material) listed or subject to regulation under any law, statute, rule, regulation, order, Permit, or directive due to its potential, directly or indirectly, to harm the environment or the health of humans or other living beings.
 
Measurement Date ” shall mean December 31, 2008.
 
Non-controlling Party ” shall mean the party not controlling the defense of any Third Party Action.
 
Non-Exclusive License Agreement ” shall mean a non-exclusive license agreement between the Buyer and Seller substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit H .
 
 
47

 
Open Source Materials ” means all Software, Documentation or other material that is distributed as “free software”, “open source software” or under a similar licensing or distribution model, including the GNU General Public License (GPL), GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL), Mozilla Public License (MPL), or any other license described by the Open Source Initiative as set forth on www.opensource.org .
 
Ordinary Course of Business ” shall mean the ordinary course of business consistent with past custom and practice (including with respect to frequency and amount) in all material respects.
 
Owned Real Property ” shall mean all owned real property that is used exclusively or primarily in the Business.
 
Parties ” shall mean the Buyer and the Seller.
 
Patent Rights ” shall mean all patents, patent applications, utility models, design registrations and certificates of invention and other governmental grants for the protection of inventions or industrial designs (including all related continuations, continuations-in-part, divisionals, reissues and reexaminations).
 
PayMode Products ” shall mean the following products of the Seller:
 
PayMode
PayMode Plus
PayMode for Reimbursement
PayMode Payer Invoice Management
PayMode Concentrator
PayMode for Employees
PayMode Out of Network ACH
PayMode Out of Network Wires
Other Translation Services (as defined in Section 2.K of Schedule 10A )
PayMode Bill Payment Service

Permits ” shall mean all permits, licenses, registrations, certificates, orders, approvals, franchises, variances and similar rights issued by or obtained from any Governmental Entity (including those issued or required under Environmental Laws and those relating to the occupancy or use of owned or leased real property).
 
Pre-Closing Financial Summaries ” shall mean unaudited financial information of the Business in substantially the form contained in Schedule 10B hereto, including statements of income and expense, a list of fixed assets of the Business and related information, for and as of July 31, 2009 and the end of each full month completed since the date of this Agreement through the Closing Date, beginning with August 2009.
 
Purchase Price ” shall mean the purchase price to be paid by the Buyer for the Acquired Assets at the Closing, as set forth in Section 1.3.
 
Purchase Price Allocation ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.7.
 
 
48

 
Reasonable Best Efforts ” shall mean best efforts, to the extent commercially reasonable.
 
Registration Rights Agreement ” shall mean a registration rights agreement between the Buyer and Seller in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit I .
 
Related Entity ” means, with respect to a particular entity, a person, corporation, partnership, or other entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such entity.  For the purposes of this definition, the word “control” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “controlled by” or “under the common control with”) means the actual power, either directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such entity by (i) the ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of such entity, (ii) the right to elect more than 50% of its directors (or members of a similar governing body) or (iii) contract.
 
Release ” shall mean any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, or disposing into the environment (including the abandonment or discarding of barrels, containers, and other closed receptacles containing any Materials of Environmental Concern).
 
Representatives ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1(a).
 
Response ” shall mean a written response containing the information provided for in Section 8.3(c).
 
Retained Liabilities ” shall mean any and all liabilities or obligations (whether known or unknown, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, due or to become due and accrued or unaccrued, and whether claims with respect thereto are asserted before or after the Closing) of the Seller which are not Assumed Liabilities, including all liabilities and obligations:
 
(a)   relating exclusively or primarily to the Excluded Assets;
 
(b)   for any and all Taxes of the Seller, including any taxes for which the Seller is liable pursuant to Article VI;
 
(c)   for any accounts payable outstanding as of the Closing Date;
 
(d)   under the Customer Contracts;
 
(e)   arising prior to the Closing under the Assigned Contracts, and all liabilities for any breach, act or omission by the Seller prior to the Closing under any Assigned Contract;
 
(f)   for repair, replacement or return of products manufactured or sold prior to the Closing, except as set forth in the Services Agreement;
 
(g)   under this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements, the Transition Services Agreement, the Non-Exclusive License Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Sublease Agreement and the Services Agreement;
 
 
49

 
(h)   for costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;
 
(i)   arising out of events, conduct or conditions existing or occurring prior to the Closing that constitute a violation of or non-compliance with any law, rule or regulation (including Environmental Laws), any judgment, decree or order of any Governmental Entity, or any Permit or that give rise to liabilities or obligations with respect to Materials of Environmental Concern;
 
(j)   to pay severance benefits, if any, to any employee of the Seller who does not accept employment with the Buyer or whose employment is terminated (or treated as terminated) as of the Closing in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and all liabilities resulting from the termination of employment of employees of the Seller prior to the Closing that arose under any federal or state law or under any Business Benefit Plan established or maintained by the Seller;
 
(k)   to indemnify any person or entity by reason of the fact that such person or entity was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Seller or was serving at the request of the Seller as a partner, trustee, director, officer, employee, or agent of another entity (whether such indemnification is for judgments, damages, penalties, fines, costs, amounts paid in settlement, losses, expenses, or otherwise and whether such indemnification is pursuant to any statute, charter document, bylaw, agreement, or otherwise);
 
(l)   injury to or death of persons or damage to or destruction of property occurring prior to the Closing (including any workers compensation claim);
 
(m)   for medical, dental and disability (both long-term and short-term benefits), whether insured or self-insured, owed to Business Employees or former Business Employees due to (A) exposure to conditions in existence prior to the Closing or (B) disabilities existing prior to the Closing (including any such disabilities which may have been aggravated following the Closing);
 
(n)   relating to any current or former employee pension benefit plans or employee welfare benefit plans sponsored by or maintained by Seller or any ERISA Affiliate or to which Seller or any ERISA Affiliate has or ever had any obligation to contribute, including the Business Benefit Plans and any liabilities or obligations to provide continuation of medical benefits to any current or former employee of the Seller or any ERISA Affiliate; and
 
(o)   relating to benefits earned under the Business Benefit Plans.
 
Secretary’s Certificate ” means a certificate executed by the Secretary of the applicable Party certifying (i) the names of the officers of such Party authorized to sign this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements, the Transition Services Agreement, the Non-Exclusive License Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Sublease Agreement, the Services Agreement and (in the case of the Buyer) the Warrant, together with the true signatures of such officers and (ii) copies of resolutions of the Board of Directors (or, in the case of the Seller, other appropriate corporate authority) authorizing the appropriate officers of such Party to execute and
 
 
50

 
deliver the foregoing documents and all other agreements, documents and instruments contemplated thereby, and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby.
 
Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
Security Interest ” shall mean any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, charge or other lien (whether arising by contract or by operation of law), other than (i) mechanic’s, materialmen’s, and similar liens, (ii) liens arising under worker’s compensation, unemployment insurance, social security, retirement, and similar legislation and (iii) liens on goods in transit incurred pursuant to documentary letters of credit, in each case arising in the Ordinary Course of Business of the Business and not material to the Business.
 
Seller ” shall have the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.
 
Seller Certificate ” shall mean a certificate to the effect that each of the conditions specified in clauses (d) through (e) and clause (g) (insofar as clause (g) relates to Legal Proceedings involving the Seller) of Section 5.1 is satisfied in all respects.
 
Seller FSA ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.8(i).
 
Seller Intellectual Property ” shall mean the Seller Owned Intellectual Property and the Seller Licensed Intellectual Property.
 
Seller Licensed Intellectual Property ” shall mean all Intellectual Property that is licensed to the Seller by any third party and used exclusively or primarily in the Business.
 
Seller Owned Intellectual Property ” shall mean all Intellectual Property owned or purported to be owned by the Seller, in whole or in part, and used exclusively or primarily in the Business.
 
Seller Registrations ” shall mean Intellectual Property Registrations that are registered or filed in the name of the Seller, alone or jointly with others, and held exclusively or primarily for the benefit of the Business.
 
Seller Restricted Employee ” shall mean any person who is an employee of the Seller whose activities support the Business on either the date of this Agreement or the Closing Date, who is not a Business Employee, and either (i) is employed by the Seller at a level of Vice President or higher or (ii) of whom the Buyer became aware in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
 
Seller Source Code ” shall mean the source code for any Software included in the Customer Offerings or Internal Systems or other confidential information constituting, embodied in or pertaining to such Software.
 
Separation Date ” shall mean, with respect to an Available Employee, the date that such Available Employee terminates employment with the Seller.
 
 
51

 
Services Agreement ” shall mean an agreement between the Buyer and Seller in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D .
 
Software ” shall mean computer software code, applications, utilities, development tools, diagnostics, databases and embedded systems, whether in source code, interpreted code or object code form.
 
Sublease Agreement ” shall mean a sublease agreement between the Buyer and Seller in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit G , regarding the Seller’s sublease of space 65 Gannett Road, South Portland, Maine to the Buyer.
 
Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company or other non-corporate business enterprise in which the Seller (or another Subsidiary) holds stock or other ownership interests representing (a) more than 50% of the voting power of all outstanding stock or ownership interests of such entity or (b) the right to receive more than 50% of the net assets of such entity available for distribution to the holders of outstanding stock or ownership interests upon a liquidation or dissolution of such entity.
 
Taxes ” shall mean any and all taxes, charges, fees, duties, contributions, levies or other similar assessments or liabilities in the nature of a tax, including income, gross receipts, corporation, ad valorem, premium, value-added, net worth, capital stock, capital gains, documentary, recapture, alternative or add-on minimum, disability, estimated, registration, recording, excise, real property, personal property, sales, use, license, lease, service, service use, transfer, withholding, employment, unemployment, insurance, social security, national insurance, business license, business organization, environmental, workers compensation, payroll, profits, severance, stamp, occupation, windfall profits, customs duties, franchise and other taxes of any kind whatsoever imposed by the United States of America or any state, local or foreign government, or any agency or political subdivision thereof, and any interest, fines, penalties, assessments or additions to tax imposed with respect to such items or any contest or dispute thereof.
 
Tax Returns ” shall mean any and all reports, returns, declarations, or statements relating to Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto and any related or supporting work papers or information with respect to any of the foregoing, including any amendment thereof.
 
Third Party Action ” shall mean any suit or proceeding by a person or entity other than a Party for which indemnification may be sought by a Party under Article VIII.
 
Trademarks ” shall mean all registered trademarks and service marks, trade names, logos, Internet domain names, corporate names and doing business designations and all registrations and applications for registration of the foregoing, common law trademarks and service marks and trade dress.
 
Transition Services Agreement ” shall mean an agreement between the Buyer and Seller substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit E .
 
Vendor Network ” shall mean the Seller’s PayMode relationship with those persons and entities who currently use one or more of the PayMode Products to bill or collect amounts owed
 
 
52

 
to them (each, a “ Vendor ”), along with the information about each Vendor not supplied by Customers that is used by the Seller to electronically enable billing and collection using the PayMode Products.
 
Warrant ” shall mean a warrant to purchase 1,000,000 shares of Buyer Common Stock in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit F .
 
Warrant Shares ” shall mean the shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon exercise of the Warrant.
 
ARTICLE XI

 
MISCELLANEOUS
 
11.1   Press Releases .  Each Party shall approve the other Party’s press releases regarding the signing of this Agreement and the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby, in each case prior to dissemination of such press releases.  Neither Party shall issue any press release relating to the subject matter of this Agreement without the prior written approval of the other Party; provided , however , that press releases will be issued upon signing and closing, subject to the first sentence of this Section 11.1, and that either Party may make any public disclosure it believes in good faith is required by applicable law, regulation or stock market rule (in which case the disclosing Party shall use reasonable efforts to advise the other Party and provide it with a copy of the proposed disclosure and an opportunity to review and comment on it prior to making the disclosure).
 
11.2   No Third Party Beneficiaries .  This Agreement shall not confer any rights or remedies upon any person other than the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
 
11.3   Entire Agreement .  This Agreement (including the documents referred to herein) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes any prior understandings, agreements, or representations by or between the Parties, written or oral, with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided that the Non-Disclosure Agreement dated June 24, 2008 between the Buyer and the Seller shall remain in effect in accordance with its terms, as modified by the Section 7.1(a) hereof.
 
11.4   Succession and Assignment .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties named herein and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Neither Party may assign either this Agreement or any of its rights, interests, or obligations hereunder without the prior written approval of the other Party; provided that the Buyer may assign some or all of its rights, interests and/or obligations hereunder to one or more Affiliates of the Buyer. Any attempted assignment in contravention of this provision shall be void.
 
11.5   Counterparts and Facsimile Signature .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signature.
 
 
53

 
11.6   Headings .  The section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
 
11.7   Notices .  All notices, requests, demands, claims, and other communications hereunder shall be in writing (including facsimile transmission) and shall be given, in each case to the intended recipient as set forth below:
 

If to the Seller :
 
Bank of America Corporation
100 N. Tryon Street
Charlotte, NC  28255
Attn:  General Counsel
Fax:  (704) 409-0781
Copy to :
 
Moore & Van Allen PLLC
100 N. Tryon Street, Suite 4700
Charlotte, NC  28255
Attn:  Hal A. Levinson
Fax:  (704) 378-2050
 
If to the Buyer :
 
Robert A. Eberle
President and CEO
Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc.
325 Corporate Drive
Portsmouth, NH 03801
Fax: (603) 436-0300
Copy to :
 
John A. Burgess, Esq.
Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale & Dorr LLP
60 State Street
Boston, MA 02109
Fax: (617) 526-5000

All such notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received on a business day in the place of receipt prior to 5:00 p.m. in the place of receipt.  Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed not to have been received until the next succeeding business day in the place of receipt.  Either Party may change the address to which notices, requests, demands, claims, and other communications hereunder are to be delivered by giving the other Party notice in the manner herein set forth.
 
11.8   Governing Law .  This Agreement (including the validity and applicability of the arbitration provisions of this Agreement, the conduct of any arbitration of a Dispute, the enforcement of any arbitral award made hereunder and any other questions of arbitration law or procedure arising hereunder) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would  cause the application of laws of any jurisdictions other than those of the State of Delaware.
 
11.9   Amendments and Waivers .  The Parties may mutually amend any provision of this Agreement at any time prior to the Closing.  No amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be valid unless the same shall be in writing and signed by each of the Parties.  No waiver by either Party of any right or remedy hereunder shall be valid unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Party giving such waiver.  No waiver by either Party with respect
 
 
54

 
to any default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder shall be deemed to extend to any prior or subsequent default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder or affect in any way any rights arising by virtue of any prior or subsequent such occurrence.
 
11.10   Severability .  Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction.  If the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction declares that any term or provision hereof is invalid or unenforceable, the Parties agree that the court making the determination of invalidity or unenforceability shall have the power to limit the term or provision, to delete specific words or phrases, or to replace any invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a term or provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid or unenforceable term or provision, and this Agreement shall be enforceable as so modified.
 
11.11   Expenses .  Except as set forth in Article VIII, each Party shall bear its own costs and expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
11.12   Submission to Jurisdiction .  Each Party (a) submits to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court sitting in Delaware in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements (including any action or proceeding for the enforcement of any arbitral award made in connection with any arbitration of a Dispute hereunder), (b) agrees that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court, (c) waives any claim of inconvenient forum or other challenge to venue in such court, (d) agrees not to bring any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements in any other court and (e) waives any right it may have to a trial by jury with respect to any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements; provided in each case that, solely with respect to any arbitration of a Dispute, the Arbitrator shall resolve all threshold issues relating to the validity and applicability of the arbitration provisions of this Agreement, contract validity, applicability of statutes of limitations and issue preclusion, and such threshold issues shall not be heard or determined by such court.  Each Party agrees to accept service of any summons, complaint or other initial pleading made in the manner provided for the giving of notices in Section 11.7, provided that nothing in this Section 11.12 shall affect the right of either Party to serve such summons, complaint or other initial pleading in any other manner permitted by law.
 
11.13   Specific Performance .  Each Party acknowledges and agrees that the other Party would be damaged irreparably in the event any of the provisions of this Agreement (including Sections 7.1, 7.2 and 7.3) are not performed in accordance with their specific terms or otherwise are breached.  Accordingly, each Party agrees that the other Party shall be entitled to an injunction or other equitable relief to prevent breaches of the provisions of this Agreement and to enforce specifically this Agreement and the terms and provisions hereof in any action instituted in any court of the United States or any state thereof having jurisdiction over the Parties and the matter, in addition to any other remedy to which it may be entitled, at law or in equity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parties agree that if a Dispute is submitted to arbitration in
 
 
55

 
 
accordance with Section 8.3(d) and Section 8.3(e), then the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.12 shall not apply to such Dispute, and the provisions of Section 8.3(d) and Section 8.3(e) shall govern availability of injunctive relief, specific performance or other equitable relief with respect to such Dispute.
 
11.14   Construction .
 
(a)   The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the Parties to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against either Party.
 
(b)   Any reference to any federal, state, local, or foreign statute or law shall be deemed also to refer to all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise.
 
(c)   Any reference herein to "including" shall be interpreted as "including without limitation".
 
(d)   Any reference to any Article, Section or paragraph shall be deemed to refer to an Article, Section or paragraph of this Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
 
 
 
 
56

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
 
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (DE), INC.
 
 
By:__    /s/ Robert Eberle ___________________
 
 
Name:__ Robert Eberle ___________________
 
 
Title:___ President and CEO ________________
 

 
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
 
 
By:____   /s/ Leonard Heckwolf _____________
 
 
Name:___ Leonard Heckwolf ____________
 
Title:____ Senior Vice President ____________
 
 
57

 
 
Schedule 8.3(e)
Optional Arbitration

(i)           In the event of any conflict between the Commercial Rules in effect from time to time and the provisions of the Agreement, the provisions of the Agreement shall prevail and be controlling.

(ii)           The parties shall commence the arbitration by jointly filing a written submission with the New York Regional Office of the AAA in accordance with Commercial Rule 5 (or any successor provision).

(iii)           No Dispute may be pursued by either Party in arbitration which is barred by the applicable statute of limitations (unless Section 8.4 of the Agreement provides for a longer survival period) and the resolution of any statute of limitations defense to any claim asserted shall be decided by a court having jurisdiction thereof and not by the arbitrator(s).

(iv)           If the arbitration involves claims or counterclaims, either of which exceeds $250,000, the dispute shall be heard by three arbitrators, one selected by each side with those two selecting a third arbitrator.

(v)           No depositions or other discovery shall be conducted in connection with the arbitration unless the claim or counterclaim exceeds $100,000, in which case the parties shall have the right to take the deposition of the other party or its representative(s) who have knowledge of any facts relating to the claims or counterclaims asserted or the defenses related thereto.

(vi)           The arbitrator(s) shall award the costs of the arbitration and any related litigation to the prevailing party, including their reasonable attorney’s fees.

(vii)           Testimony by affidavit shall not be permitted in the arbitration.

(viii)           Hearsay evidence shall not be presented by the Parties or considered by the arbitrator(s), except that which would be permissible under the Delaware Rules of Evidence in effect at the time of the arbitration.

(ix)           The arbitrator shall resolve any disputes concerning the relevance of documents to be produced.

(x)           The arbitration shall be private and all documents produced or relied upon by either Party and any award rendered by the arbitrator(s) shall be kept confidential by the Parties, it being agreed that any claims arising out of or relating to this obligation, or the breach thereof by any party, shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party may make any public disclosure it believes in good faith is required by applicable law, regulation or stock market rule (in which case such Party shall use reasonable efforts to advise the other Party and provide it with a copy of the proposed disclosure and an opportunity to review and comment on it prior to making the disclosure).
 
 
1


(xi)           Where one Party intends to rely upon the testimony of an expert or experts, the expert(s) must be disclosed at least ninety days in advance of the arbitration hearing and the other Party shall have the right within thirty days thereafter to take the deposition of the expert upon payment of the expert’s reasonable fees for the in-deposition time of the expert.

(xii)           Either Party may disclose a rebuttal expert within thirty days of the deposition of the other Party’s expert and the other Party shall be entitled to a deposition of the expert upon payment of the expert’s reasonable fee for the in-deposition time of the expert.

(xiii)           The arbitrator(s) shall be required to consider the law presented by either Party which that Party considers to be applicable to any claim presented and shall issue a reasoned award with respect to that issue upon the request of either Party.

(xiv)           The Federal Arbitration Act shall apply to the construction, interpretation, and enforcement of this arbitration provision.

(xv)           Not later than 30 days after the conclusion of the arbitration hearing, the Arbitrator shall prepare and distribute to the parties a writing setting forth the arbitral award and the Arbitrator’s reasons therefor.  Any award rendered by the Arbitrator shall be final, conclusive and binding upon the parties, and judgment thereon may be entered and enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction (subject to Section 11.12 of the Agreement), provided that the Arbitrator shall have no power or authority to grant injunctive relief, specific performance or other equitable relief.

(xvi)           The Arbitrator shall have no power or authority, under the Commercial Rules or otherwise, to (x) modify or disregard any provision of this Agreement, including the provisions of Section 8.3(e) of the Agreement, or (y) address or resolve any issue not submitted by the Parties.
 
 
2




 

Exhibit 4.1
 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUED UPON ITS
EXERCISE ARE SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON
             TRANSFER SET FORTH IN SECTION 5 OF THIS WARRANT        
 
Number of Shares: 1,000,000
(subject to adjustment)
 
Date of Issuance: September 14, 2009
Original Issue Date (as defined in subsection 2(a)): September 14, 2009
 
 
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (DE), INC.
 
Common Stock Purchase Warrant
 
(Void after September 14, 2019)
 
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (DE), INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), for value received, hereby certifies that BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., or its registered assigns (the “Registered Holder”), is entitled, subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, to purchase from the Company, at any time or from time to time on or after the date of issuance and on or before 5:00 p.m. (Boston time) on September 14, 2019, 1,000,000 shares of common stock, $.001 par value per share, of the Company (“Common Stock”), at a purchase price of $8.50 per share.  The shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant, and the purchase price per share, each as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Warrant, are hereinafter referred to as the “Warrant Shares” and the “Purchase Price,” respectively.
 
1.   Exercise .
 
(a)   Exercise for Cash .  The Registered Holder may, at its option, elect to exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part and at any time or from time to time, by surrendering this Warrant, with the purchase form appended hereto as Exhibit I duly executed by or on behalf of the Registered Holder, at the principal office of the Company, or at such other office or agency as the Company may designate, accompanied by payment in full, in lawful money of the United States, of the Purchase Price payable in respect of the number of Warrant Shares purchased upon such exercise.
 
(b)   Exercise Date .  Each exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to have been effected immediately prior to the close of business on the day on which this Warrant shall have been surrendered to the Company as provided in subsection 1(a) above (the “Exercise Date”).  At such time, the person or persons in whose name or names any certificates for Warrant Shares shall be issuable upon such exercise as provided in subsection 1(c) below shall be deemed to have become the holder or holders of record of the Warrant Shares represented by such certificates.
 
(c)   Issuance of Certificates .  As soon as practicable after the exercise of this Warrant in whole or in part, and in any event within 10 days thereafter, the Company, at its
 
 

 
expense, will cause to be issued in the name of, and delivered to, the Registered Holder, or as the Registered Holder may direct:
 
(i)   a certificate or certificates for the number of full Warrant Shares to which the Registered Holder shall be entitled upon such exercise plus, in lieu of any fractional share to which the Registered Holder would otherwise be entitled, cash in an amount determined pursuant to Section 3 hereof; and
 
(ii)   in case such exercise is in part only, a new warrant or warrants (dated the date hereof) of like tenor, calling in the aggregate on the face or faces thereof for the number of Warrant Shares equal (without giving effect to any adjustment therein) to the number of such shares called for on the face of this Warrant minus the number of Warrant Shares for which this Warrant was so exercised.
 
(d)   The Company shall pay all stamp taxes attributable to the initial issuance of shares or other securities issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant or issuable pursuant to Section 2 hereof, excluding any tax or taxes which may be payable because of the transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of any certificates for shares or other securities in a name other than that of the Registered Holder in respect of which such shares or securities are issued.
 
2.   Adjustments .
 
(a)   Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations .  If the Company shall at any time or from time to time after the date on which this Warrant was first issued (or, if this Warrant was issued upon partial exercise of, or in replacement of, another warrant of like tenor, then the date on which such original warrant was first issued) (either such date being referred to as the “Original Issue Date”) effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the Purchase Price then in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased.  If the Company shall at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Purchase Price then in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased.  Any adjustment under this paragraph shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.
 
(b)   Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions .  In the event the Company at any time, or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the Purchase Price then in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Purchase Price then in effect by a fraction:
 
(1)   the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and
 
(2)   the denominator of which shall be the total number of
 
 

 
shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution;
 
provided, however, that if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Purchase Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and
thereafter the Purchase Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this paragraph as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions.

(c)   Adjustment in Number of Warrant Shares .  When any adjustment is required to be made in the Purchase Price pursuant to subsections 2(a) or 2(b), the number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be changed to the number determined by dividing (i) an amount equal to the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment, by (ii) the Purchase Price in effect immediately after such adjustment.
 
  (d)   Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions .  In the event the Company at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Company (other than shares of Common Stock) or in cash or other property (other than regular cash dividends paid out of earnings or earned surplus, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles), then and in each such event provision shall be made so that the Registered Holder shall receive upon exercise hereof, in addition to the number of shares of Common Stock issuable hereunder, the kind and amount of securities of the Company, cash or other property which the Registered Holder would have been entitled to receive had this Warrant been exercised on the date of such event and had the Registered Holder thereafter, during the period from the date of such event to and including the Exercise Date, retained any such securities receivable during such period, giving application to all adjustments called for during such period under this Section 2 with respect to the rights of the Registered Holder.
 
(e)   Adjustment for Reorganization and Other Events .
 
(i)   If there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Company in which the Common Stock is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by subsections 2(a), 2(b) or 2(d)) (collectively, a “Reorganization”), then, following such Reorganization, the Registered Holder shall receive upon exercise hereof the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which the Registered Holder would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such Reorganization assuming such exercise had taken place immediately prior to such Reorganization. In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”)) shall be made in the application of the provisions set forth herein with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the Registered Holder, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 2 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Purchase Price)
 
 

 
shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities, cash or other property thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of this Warrant.
 
(ii)   In the event of any Reorganization (other than a reincorporation) involving: (a) any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity as a result of which all of the Common Stock of the Company is converted into or exchanged for the right to receive cash, securities or other property or is cancelled, (b) any transfer or disposition of all of the Common Stock of the Company for cash, securities or other property pursuant to a share exchange or other transaction or (c) any liquidation or dissolution of the Company, then (1) the Registered Holder shall be provided with all notices and other information contemporaneously with its provision to the other stockholders of the Company, (2) notwithstanding anything in this Warrant to the contrary, this Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised effective immediately prior the consummation of such Reorganization and in connection with the closing of such Reorganization, subject to payment by the Registered Holder of the Exercise Price in accordance with the provisions of Section 1 above, and (3) the Registered Holder shall receive upon exercise and payment hereunder the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which the Registered Holder would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such Reorganization, assuming such exercise had taken place immediately prior to such Reorganization.
 
(iii)   In the event of a proposed sale of a majority of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company in one transaction or a series of related transactions (other than as part of a Reorganization) (a “Change of Control Event”), then (a) then  the Registered Holder shall be provided with all notices and other information related thereto contemporaneously with its provision to the other stockholders of the Company, and (b) notwithstanding anything in this Warrant to the contrary, the Registered Holder shall be entitled to elect to exercise this Warrant and to sell, offer to sell or contract to sell all or any portion of the Warrant Shares, in which event this Warrant  shall be deemed to have been exercised effective immediately prior the consummation of such Change of Control Event, subject to payment by the Registered Holder of the Exercise Price in accordance with the provisions of Section 1 above.
 
(f)   Certificate as to Adjustments .
 
(i)   Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Purchase Price pursuant to this Section 2, the Company at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than 10 days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to the Registered Holder a certificate signed by the chief financial officer setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property for which this Warrant shall be exercisable and the Purchase Price) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.
 
(ii)   The Company shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of the Registered Holder (but in any event not later than 10 days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to the Registered Holder a certificate setting forth (i) the Purchase Price then in effect and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the
 
 

 
amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the exercise of this Warrant.
 
(g)   No Impairment .  The Company will not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization, recapitalization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, share exchange, dissolution or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, including without limitation the adjustments required under this Section 2 hereof, and will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect the rights of the Registered Holder against impairment.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and notwithstanding any other provision of this Warrant to the contrary, the Company (a) will not increase the par value of any shares of Common Stock receivable on the exercise of this Warrant above the amount payable therefor on such exercise and (b) will take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate so that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of this Warrant.
 
3.   Fractional Shares; Fair Market Value per Share of Common Stock .
 
(a)   Fractional Shares .  The Company shall not be required upon the exercise of this Warrant to issue any fractional shares, but shall pay the value thereof to the Registered Holder in cash on the basis of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock (as hereinafter defined) as of the Exercise Date.
 
(b)   Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock .  As used herein, “Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock” as of a determination date means the following:  (i) if the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange or another nationally recognized trading system as of the determination date, the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock shall be deemed to be the average of the daily volume weighted average price (VWAP), as reported by Bloomberg Financial Markets (or, if Bloomberg Financial Markets is not then reporting such prices, by a comparable reporting service of national reputation selected by the Registered Holder and reasonably satisfactory to the Company), for the 10 consecutive trading days ending on the fifth trading day before the determination date; and (ii) if the Common Stock is not listed on a national securities exchange or another nationally recognized trading system as of the determination date, the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock shall be deemed to be the amount determined effective as of the most recent quarter end in good faith by the Board to represent the fair market value per share of the Common Stock based upon an arm’s length sale of the Company on such date (including its ownership interest in all Persons) as an entirety, such sale being between a willing buyer and a willing seller and determined without reference to any discount for minority interest, restrictions on transfer, disparate voting rights among classes of capital stock or lack of marketability with respect to capital stock. For purposes of making the determination referred to in clause (ii) of the preceding sentence, the Board shall rely in good faith on a valuation report prepared by an independent investment banking firm or other firm with expertise in performing company valuations which is reasonably acceptable to the Holder.
 
4.   Investment Representations .  The initial Registered Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:
 
 

 
(a)   Investment .  It is acquiring the Warrant, and (if and when it exercises this Warrant) it will acquire the Warrant Shares, for its own account for investment and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof, nor with any present intention of distributing or selling the same; and the Registered Holder has no present or contemplated agreement, undertaking, arrangement, obligation, indebtedness or commitment providing for the disposition thereof.
 
(b)   Accredited Investor .  The Registered Holder is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”).
 
(c)   Experience .  The Registered Holder has made such inquiry concerning the Company and its business and personnel as it has deemed appropriate; and the Registered Holder has sufficient knowledge and experience in finance and business that it is capable of evaluating the risks and merits of its investment in the Company.
 
5.   Transfers, etc .
 
(a)   The Registered Holder agrees that it shall not transfer the Warrant itself as part of any strategy to hedge, short or otherwise manipulate the value of the Common Stock provided that this restriction shall not apply to, or otherwise restrict any transfer of, the Warrant Shares.
 
(b)   In addition to the restrictions set forth in subsection 5(a), during any calendar month, the Registered Holder shall not offer, sell or contract to sell in excess of an aggregate number of Warrant Shares equal to 20% of the number of Warrant Shares initially issuable pursuant to this Warrant (as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Warrant),  provided that nothing in this Section 5 shall limit or restrict the Registered Holder’s right to exercise this Warrant and to sell, offer to sell or contract to sell the Warrant Shares as set forth in subsection 2(e) herein.
 
(c)   In addition to the restrictions set forth in subsections 5(a) and 5(b), this Warrant and the Warrant Shares shall not be sold or transferred unless either (i) they first shall have been registered under the Act, or (ii) an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Act exists, provided, that the Company may request, at its expense, that the Registered Holder deliver an opinion of legal counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such sale or transfer is exempt from the registration requirements of the Act.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no registration or opinion of counsel shall be required for (i) a transfer by a Registered Holder which is an entity to an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Act) of such entity, a transfer by a Registered Holder which is a partnership to a partner of such partnership or a retired partner of such partnership or to the estate of any such partner or retired partner, or a transfer by a Registered Holder which is a limited liability company to a member of such limited liability company or a retired member or to the estate of any such member or retired member, provided that the transferee in each case agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of this Section 5, or (ii) a transfer made in accordance with Rule 144 under the Act.
 

 
(d)   Each certificate representing Warrant Shares shall bear a legend substantially in the following form:
 
“The securities represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and may not be offered, sold or otherwise transferred, pledged or hypothecated unless and until such securities are registered under such Act or an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company is obtained to the effect that such registration is not required.”
 
The foregoing legend shall be removed from the certificates representing any Warrant Shares, at the request of the holder thereof, at such time as (i) a period of at least six months, as determined in accordance with paragraph (d) of Rule 144 under the Act, has elapsed since the later of the date the Warrant Shares were acquired from the Company or an affiliate of the Company, or (ii) the Warrant Shares become eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144(b)(1)(i) under the Act.
 
Each certificate representing Warrant Shares shall also bear a legend substantially in the following form:
 
“The securities represented by this certificate are subject to certain restrictions on transfer as set forth in a Common Stock Purchase Warrant dated September 14, 2009.”
 
(e)   The Company will maintain a register containing the name and address of the Registered Holder of this Warrant.  The Registered Holder may change its address as shown on the warrant register by written notice to the Company requesting such change.
 
(f)   Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, this Warrant and all Warrant Shares and other rights hereunder are transferable, in whole or in part, (i) to a Related Entity (as defined below) of the Registered Holder at any time, (ii) subject to the restrictions with respect to Warrant Shares set forth in Section 5(b), to any other party on or after the earlier to occur of (A) the date that is one year after the Original Issue Date and (B) the date on which the OCC Notice (as defined in Section 9 below) is given, and (iii) notwithstanding any other provision of this Warrant, as permitted in accordance with the terms of Section 2(e) above, in each case upon surrender of this Warrant with a properly executed assignment (in the form of Exhibit II hereto) at the principal office of the Company (or, if another office or agency has been designated by the Company for such purpose, then at such other office or agency).  As used herein, “Related Entity” means, with respect to a particular entity, a person, corporation, partnership, or other entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such entity.  For the purposes of this definition, the word “control” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “controlled by” or “under the common control with”) means the actual power, either directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such entity by (i) the ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of such entity, (ii) the right to elect more than 50% of its directors (or members of a similar governing body) or (iii) contract.
 
 

 
6.   Notices of Record Date, etc.   In the event:
 
(a)   the Company shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other stock or securities at the time deliverable upon the exercise of this Warrant) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other right; or
 
(b)   of any capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Company, any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the surviving entity and its Common Stock is not converted into or exchanged for any other securities or property), or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or
 
(c)   of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company,
 
then, and in each such case, the Company will send or cause to be sent to the Registered Holder a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other stock or securities at the time deliverable upon the exercise of this Warrant) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up.  Such notice shall be sent at least 20 days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice.

7.   Reservation of Stock .  The Company will at all times reserve and keep available, solely for issuance and delivery upon the exercise of this Warrant, such number of Warrant Shares and other securities, cash and/or property, as from time to time shall be issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant.
 
8.   Exchange or Replacement of Warrants .
 
(a)   Upon the surrender by the Registered Holder, properly endorsed, to the Company at the principal office of the Company, the Company will, subject to the provisions of Section 5 hereof, issue and deliver to or upon the order of the Registered Holder, at the Company’s expense, a new Warrant or Warrants of like tenor, in the name of the Registered Holder or as the Registered Holder (upon payment by the Registered Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct, calling in the aggregate on the face or faces thereof for the number of shares of Common Stock (or other securities, cash and/or property) then issuable upon exercise of this Warrant.
 
(b)   Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and (in the case of loss, theft or destruction) upon delivery of an indemnity agreement (with surety if reasonably required) in an amount
 
 

 
reasonably satisfactory to the Company, or (in the case of mutilation) upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company will issue, in lieu thereof, a new Warrant of like tenor.
 
9.   OCC Compliance .  The Company does not engage in activities that are not set forth in 12 C.F.R. § 5.34(e)(5)(v) or in applicable OCC precedent.  In the event the Company becomes aware that it is engaging in activities not set forth in 12 CFR § 5.34(e)(5)(v) or applicable OCC precedent, the Company agrees to provide prior written notice (the “OCC Notice”) to the Registered Holder.  If the Registered Holder becomes aware that the Company is engaging in activities not set forth in 12 CFR § 5.34(e)(5)(v) or applicable OCC precedent, the Registered Holder may provide a written notice (also a “OCC Notice ”)  to the Company which shall be binding upon the parties hereto unless the Company promptly and reasonably demonstrates to the Registered Holder that the Company is not engaging in activities not set forth in 12 CFR § 5.34(e)(5)(v) or applicable OCC precedent.
 
10.   Regulatory Requirements and Restrictions . In the event of any reasonable determination by the Registered Holder that, by reason of any existing or future federal or state law, statute, rule, regulation, guideline, order, court or administrative ruling, request or directive (whether or not having the force of law and whether or not failure to comply therewith would be unlawful) (collectively, a “Regulatory Requirement”), the Registered Holder is effectively restricted or prohibited from holding this Warrant or the Warrant Shares (including any shares of capital stock   or other securities distributable to the Registered Holder in any merger, reorganization, readjustment or other reclassification), or otherwise realizing upon or receiving the benefits intended under this Warrant, the Company shall use its best efforts, to the extent commercially reasonable, to take such action as the Registered Holder and the Company shall jointly agree in good faith to be necessary to permit the Registered Holder to comply with such Regulatory Requirement.  The reasonable costs of taking such action, whether by the Company, the Registered Holder or otherwise, shall be borne by the Registered Holder.
 
11.   Validly Issued Shares .  The Company covenants that all shares of Common Stock that may be issued upon exercise of this Warrant, assuming full payment of the aggregate Purchase Price (including those issued pursuant to Section 2) shall, upon delivery by the Company, be duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, free from all stamp taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue or delivery thereof and otherwise free of all other security interests, encumbrances and claims of any nature whatsoever (other than security interests, encumbrances and claims to which the Registered Holder is subject prior to or upon the issuance of the Warrant, restrictions under applicable federal and/or state securities laws and other transfer restrictions described herein).
 
12.   Notices.   All notices and other communications from the Company to the Registered Holder in connection herewith shall be mailed by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, or sent via a reputable nationwide overnight courier service guaranteeing next business day delivery, to the address last furnished to the Company in writing by the Registered Holder.  All notices and other communications from the Registered Holder to the Company in connection herewith shall be mailed by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, or sent via a reputable nationwide overnight courier service guaranteeing next business day delivery, to the Company at its principal office set forth below.  If the Company should at any time change the location of its principal office to a place other than as set forth below, it shall give prompt written notice to the 
 
 

 
Registered Holder and thereafter all references in this Warrant to the location of its principal office at the particular time shall be as so specified in such notice. All such notices and communications shall be deemed delivered (i) three business days after being sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (ii) one business day after being sent via a reputable nationwide overnight courier service guaranteeing next business day delivery.
 
13.   No Rights as Stockholder .  Until the exercise of this Warrant, the Registered Holder shall not have or exercise any rights by virtue hereof as a stockholder of the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event (i) the Company effects a split of the Common Stock by means of a stock dividend and the Purchase Price of and the number of Warrant Shares are adjusted as of the date of the distribution of the dividend (rather than as of the record date for such dividend), and (ii) the Registered Holder exercises this Warrant between the record date and the distribution date for such stock dividend, the Registered Holder shall be entitled to receive, on the distribution date, the stock dividend with respect to the shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise, notwithstanding the fact that such shares were not outstanding as of the close of business on the record date for such stock dividend.
 
14.   Amendment or Waiver .  Any term of this Warrant may be amended or waived only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change or waiver is sought.  No waivers of any term, condition or provision of this Warrant, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition or provision.  It is agreed that no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to the Registered Holder upon any breach or default of the Company under this Warrant shall impair any such right, power or remedy.  It is further agreed that all remedies, either under this Warrant, or by law or otherwise afforded to the Registered Holder, shall be cumulative and not alternative.
 
15.   Section Headings .  The section headings in this Warrant are for the convenience of the parties and in no way alter, modify, amend, limit or restrict the contractual obligations of the parties.
 
16.   Governing Law .  This Warrant will be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware (without reference to the conflicts of law provisions thereof).
 
17.   Facsimile Signatures . This Warrant may be executed by facsimile signature.
 
18.   Rights of Transferees .  Subject to Section 5,   the rights granted to the Registered Holder hereunder of this Warrant shall pass to and inure to the benefit of all subsequent transferees of all or any portion of the Warrant (provided that the Registered Holder and any transferee shall hold such rights in proportion to their respective ownership of the Warrant and Warrant Shares) until extinguished pursuant to the terms hereof.
 
19.   Successors and Assigns .  This Warrant shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.
 
20.   Severability .  If any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect
 
 

 
for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired, unless the provisions held invalid, illegal or unenforceable shall substantially impair the benefits of the remaining provisions hereof.
 
21.   Rules of Construction .  Unless the context otherwise requires “or” is not exclusive, and references to sections or subsections refer to sections or subsections of this Warrant.  All pronouns and any variations thereof refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the context may require.
 

 
EXECUTED as of the Date of Issuance indicated above.
 
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (DE), INC.

By:          /s/ Robert A. Eberle_____________

Name:          Robert A. Eberle_____________

Title:           President and CEO____________
ATTEST:
  /s/ Karen Haraden________

Name:   Karen Haraden_____
 
 
 

 
EXHIBIT I
PURCHASE FORM
 
To:_________________                                                                                                                                                            Dated:____________
The undersigned, pursuant to the provisions set forth in the attached Warrant (No. ___), hereby elects to purchase ______________shares of the Common Stock of BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (DE), INC. covered by such Warrant.
 
The undersigned herewith makes payment of the full purchase price for such shares at the price per share provided for in such Warrant.  Such payment takes the form of $______ in lawful money of the United States.
 
                                                      Signature:  ______________________
                                                       Address:  _______________________
                                                     _______________________

 
 

 

EXHIBIT II
ASSIGNMENT FORM
 
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, ________________________________________ hereby sells, assigns and transfers all of the rights of the undersigned under the attached Warrant (No. ____) with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock of BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (DE), INC.covered thereby set forth below, unto:
 
Name of Assignee
Address
No. of Shares
     
     
     
     
Dated:_____________________                                                                                                                                     Signature:________________________________
Signature Guaranteed:
By: _______________________
The signature should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program) pursuant to Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.



 


 
Exhibit 4.2
 

 
Registration Rights Agreement
 

 
 
By and Between
 

 
 
Bottomline Technologies (De), Inc.
 

 
 
and
 

 
 
Bank of America, N.A.
 
 
 
 
Dated
 

 
 
September 14, 2009
 
 
 


REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
 
This Registration Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of September 14, 2009, by and between BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (DE), INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. a national banking association (the “ Holder ”).
 
This Agreement is made pursuant to that certain Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 5, 2009 by and among the Company and Bank of America, N.A (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) and that certain Common Stock Purchase Warrant issued by the Company to the Holder dated as of September 14, 2009 (the “ Warrant ”).
 
The Company and the Holder hereby agree as follows:
 
1.   Definitions
 
Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein that are defined in the Purchase Agreement shall have the meanings given such terms in the Purchase Agreement.  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
 
Advice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(e) hereof.
 
Capital Stock ” means the Company’s Common Stock and any other class of securities which the Common Stock is converted into or any other securities created by the Company in the future.
 
Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
Corporate Development ” means a pending corporate development with respect to the Company that the Company, based upon a reasonable determination of its Board of Directors, believes is reasonably likely to  be material and that, in the determination of the Company, based upon a reasonable determination of its Board of Directors, makes it, to a material extent,  not in the best interests of the Company to (i) file the Registration Statement or (ii) allow continued availability of the Registration Statement or Prospectus, as applicable.
 
Effectiveness Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) .
 
Holder ” or “ Holders ” means the holder or holders, as the case may be, from time to time of Registrable Securities.
 
Indemnified Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.
 
Indemnifying Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof.
 
Losses ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(a) hereof.
 
Person ” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.
 
 

 
Principal Market ” shall mean the Nasdaq Global Market or such other national securities exchange or other nationally recognized trading system on which the Company’s Common Stock is listed at the relevant time.
 
Proceeding ” shall mean any action, suit, proceeding, claim, arbitration or investigation before any governmental entity or before any arbitrator.
 
Prospectus ” means the prospectus included in a Registration Statement (including, without limitation, a prospectus that includes any information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A promulgated under the Securities Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement, and all other amendments and supplements to the Prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Prospectus.
 
Registration Request ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a) hereof.
 
Registrable Securities ” means (i) any Capital Stock issued or issuable to the Holder pursuant to the Warrant, (ii) any Capital Stock issued or issuable with respect to the Capital Stock referred to in clause (i) above by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization, and (iii) any other shares of Capital Stock held by holders of Capital Stock described in clauses (i) or (ii) above; provided, however, that shares of Capital Stock which are Registrable Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities (A) upon any sale pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act or (B) upon any sale or transfer to any manner to a Person or entity which is not entitled, pursuant to Section 8(h), to the rights under this Agreement.
 
Registration Statement ” means the registration statements required to be filed hereunder and any additional registration statements contemplated by Section 3(b) , including (in each case) the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement or Prospectus, including pre- and post-effective amendments, all exhibits thereto, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such registration statement.
 
Rule 415 ” means Rule 415 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission having substantially the same purpose and effect as such Rule.
 
Rule 424 ” means Rule 424 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission having substantially the same purpose and effect as such Rule.
 
Trading Day ” shall mean a day on which the Principal Market is open for trading.
 
2.   Shelf Registration .
 
(a)   Upon a request by Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities delivered at any time on or after the date which is ninety (90) days prior  the first anniversary of
 
 

 
the Closing Date (a “ Registration Request ”), the Company shall prepare and file with the Commission as promptly as reasonably possible a “Shelf” Registration Statement covering the resale of the Registrable Securities for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415, it being the intent of the parties that if the Registration Request is made at least forty-five (45) days  prior  the first anniversary of the Closing Date, that Company shall use its Reasonable Best Efforts to have it declared effective by the first anniversary of the Closing Date.  The Registration Statement shall be on Form S-3 (unless the Company is not then eligible to register the Registrable Securities for resale on Form S-3, in which case such registration shall be on another appropriate form in accordance herewith) and shall contain (unless otherwise directed by the Holders and except to the extent the Company determines that modifications thereto are required under applicable law) substantially the “Plan of Distribution” attached hereto as Annex A .  Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Company shall use its Reasonable Best Efforts to cause the Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act as promptly as possible after the filing thereof, and shall use its Reasonable Best Efforts to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective under the Securities Act until the date which is three years after the date that such Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission or such earlier date when all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold or may be sold without volume restrictions pursuant to Rule 144(b)(1) as determined by the counsel to the Company pursuant to a written opinion letter to such effect, addressed and acceptable to the Company’s transfer agent and the affected Holders (the “ Effectiveness Period ”).
 
(b)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may delay the filing of the Registration Statement for a period of up to forty-five (45) days if, in the Company’s good faith judgment, there has occurred or exists a Corporate Development. The Company shall give notice to the Holders of its determination to delay the filing of the Registration Statement and of the fact that the Corporate Development no longer exists, in each case, promptly after the occurrence thereof.
 
3.   Registration Procedures
 
In connection with the Company’s registration obligations hereunder, the Company shall:
 
(a)   Not less than five (5) Trading Days prior to the filing of each Registration Statement or any related Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto (excluding any document that would be incorporated or deemed incorporated therein by reference), the Company shall (i) furnish to each Holder copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents (other than those incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference) will be subject to the review of such Holders, and (ii) cause its officers and directors, counsel and independent certified public accountants to respond to such inquiries as shall be necessary, in the reasonable opinion of respective counsel to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of the Securities Act.  The Company shall not file the Registration Statement or any such Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto to which the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities shall reasonably and in good faith object, provided that the Company is notified of such objection in writing no later than five (5) Trading Days after the Holders have been so furnished copies of such documents.
 
 

 
(b)   (i) Prepare and file with the Commission such amendments, including post-effective amendments, to a Registration Statement and the Prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep a Registration Statement continuously effective as to the applicable Registrable Securities for the Effectiveness Period and prepare and file with the Commission such additional Registration Statements in order to register for resale under the Securities Act all of the Registrable Securities; (ii) cause the related Prospectus to be amended or supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement (subject to the terms of this Agreement), and as so supplemented or amended to be filed pursuant to Rule 424; (iii) respond as promptly as reasonably possible to any comments received from the Commission with respect to a Registration Statement or any amendment thereto and as promptly as reasonably possible provide the Holders true and complete copies of all correspondence from and to the Commission relating to a Registration Statement; and (iv) comply in all material respects with the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act with respect to the disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance (subject to the terms of this Agreement) with the intended methods of disposition by the Holders thereof set forth in such Registration Statement as so amended or in such Prospectus as so supplemented.
 
(c)   Notify the Holders of Registrable Securities to be sold (which notice shall, pursuant to clauses (ii) through (vi) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Prospectus until the requisite changes have been made) as promptly as reasonably possible (and, in the case of (i)(A) below, not less than five Trading Days prior to such filing) and (if requested by any such Person) confirm such notice in writing no later than one Trading Day following the day (i)(A) when a Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement is proposed to be filed; (B) when the Commission notifies the Company whether there will be a “review” of such Registration Statement and whenever the Commission comments in writing on such Registration Statement (the Company shall provide true and complete copies thereof and all written responses thereto to each of the Holders); and (C) with respect to a Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective; (ii) of any request by the Commission or any other Federal or state governmental authority for amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement or Prospectus or for additional information; (iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement covering any or all of the Registrable Securities or the initiation of any Proceedings for that purpose; (iv) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification or exemption from qualification of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation or threatening of any Proceeding for such purpose; (v) of the occurrence of any event or passage of time that makes the financial statements included in a Registration Statement ineligible for inclusion therein or any statement made in a Registration Statement or Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference untrue in any material respect or that requires any revisions to a Registration Statement, Prospectus or other documents so that, in the case of a Registration Statement or the Prospectus, as the case may be, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and (vi) the occurrence or existence of any Corporate Development.
 
 

 
(d)   Promptly deliver to each Holder, without charge, an electronic copy of the Prospectus or Prospectuses (including each form of prospectus) and each amendment or supplement thereto.  Filing on the Commission's EDGAR system shall be deemed to satisfy such delivery requirement.  Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Company hereby consents to the use of such Prospectus and each amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by such Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto.
 
(e)   Use Reasonable Best Efforts to register or qualify the resale of such Registrable Securities as required under applicable securities or Blue Sky laws of each State within the United States as any Holder requests in writing, to keep each such registration or qualification (or exemption therefrom) effective during the Effectiveness Period; provided, that the Company shall not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or subject the Company to any material tax in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.
 
(f)   Cooperate with the Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be delivered to a transferee pursuant to a Registration Statement, which certificates shall be free, to the extent permitted by the Warrant, of all restrictive legends, and to enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as any such Holders may request.
 
(g)   Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated in Section 3(c) , as promptly as reasonably possible, prepare a supplement or amendment including a post-effective amendment; to a Registration Statement or a supplement to the related Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference, and file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered, neither a Registration Statement nor such Prospectus will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  If the Company notifies the Holders in accordance with clauses (ii) through (vi) of Section 3(c) above to suspend the use of any Prospectus until the requisite changes to such Prospectus have been made, or the Company otherwise notifies the Holders of its election to suspend the availability of a Registration Statement and Prospectus pursuant to clause (vi) of Section 3(c) , then the Holders shall suspend use of such Prospectus.  The Company will use its Reasonable Best Efforts to ensure that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed as promptly as is practicable.  In the case of suspension of the availability of a Registration Statement and Prospectus pursuant to clause (vi) of Section 3(c) , the Company shall not be required to take such action until such time as it shall determine that the continued availability of the Registration Statement and Prospectus is no longer not in the best interests of the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be entitled to suspend   the use of a   Prospectus included in an effective Registration Statement pursuant to clause (vi) of Section 3(c) for an aggregate period in excess of ninety (90) days in any 12-month period.
 
(h)   Comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission.
 
 

 
(i)   Use its Reasonable Best Efforts to avoid the issuance of, or, if issued, obtain the withdrawal of (i) any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement, or (ii) any suspension of the qualification (or exemption from qualification) of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction, at the earliest practicable moment.
 
(j)   In connection with the filing of a Registration Statement or a supplement or amendment thereto, the Company may require each Holder to furnish to the Company a statement as to the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Holder and, if requested by the Commission, the controlling Person thereof, within three Trading Days of the Company’s request.
 
4.   Registration Expenses .  All fees and expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with this Agreement by the Company shall be borne by the Company whether or not any Registrable Securities are sold pursuant to the Registration Statement.  The fees and expenses referred to in the foregoing sentence shall include, without limitation, (i) all registration and filing fees (including, without limitation, fees and expenses (A) with respect to filings required to be made with the Principal Market on which the Common Stock is then listed for trading, and (B) in compliance with applicable state securities or Blue Sky laws (including, without limitation, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company in connection with Blue Sky qualifications or exemptions of the Registrable Securities and determination of the eligibility of the Registrable Securities for investment under the laws of such jurisdictions as requested by the Holders )); (ii) printing expenses (including, without limitation, expenses of printing certificates for Registrable Securities and of printing prospectuses requested by the Holders; (iii) messenger, telephone and delivery expenses; (iv) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; and (v) fees and expenses of all other Persons retained by the Company in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  In addition, the Company shall be responsible for (i) all of its internal expenses incurred in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any annual audit and the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities on any securities exchange as required hereunder and (ii) reasonable fees and expenses of one counsel to the Holders in connection with this Agreement.  In no event shall the Company be responsible for any broker or similar commissions or, except to the extent provided for in the Purchase Agreement, any legal fees or other costs of the Holders.
 
5.   Indemnification
 
(a)   Indemnification by the Company .  The Company shall, notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the officers, directors, agents, brokers (including brokers who offer and sell Registrable Securities as principal as a result of a pledge or any failure to perform under a margin call of Common Stock), investment advisors and employees of each of them, each Person who controls any such Holder (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) and the officers, directors, agents and employees of each such controlling Person, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs (including, without limitation, costs of preparation and reasonable attorneys’ fees) and
 
 

 
expenses (collectively, “ Losses ”), as incurred, arising out of or relating to any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a Registration Statement, any Prospectus or any form of prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus, or arising out of or relating to any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of any Prospectus or form of prospectus or supplement thereto, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, except to the extent, but only to the extent, that (1) such untrue statements or omissions or alleged untrue statements or omissions are based upon information regarding such Holder furnished in writing to the Company by such Holder expressly for use therein, or to the extent that such information relates to such Holder or such Holder’s proposed method of distribution of Registrable Securities and was reviewed and expressly approved in writing by such Holder expressly for use in a Registration Statement, such Prospectus or such form of Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or (2) in the case of an occurrence of an event of the type specified in Section 3(c)(ii) through (vi), the use by such Holder of an outdated or defective Prospectus after the Company has notified such Holder in writing that the Prospectus is outdated or defective and prior to the receipt by such Holder of the Advice contemplated in Section 8(e) .  The Company shall notify the Holders promptly of the institution, threat or assertion of any Proceeding arising from or in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement of which the Company is aware.
 
(b)   Indemnification by Holders.   Each Holder shall, severally and not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, officers, agents and employees, each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act), and the directors, officers, agents or employees of such controlling Persons, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, from and against all Losses (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment not subject to appeal or review) arising out of or based upon any untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, or any form of prospectus, or in any amendment or supplement thereto, or arising out of or based upon: (i) such Holder’s failure to comply with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act or (ii) any omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading to the extent, but only to the extent, such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information so furnished in writing by such Holder to the Company specifically for inclusion in such Registration Statement or such Prospectus or to the extent that (1) such untrue statements or omissions are based upon information regarding such Holder furnished in writing to the Company by such Holder expressly for use therein, or to the extent such information relates to such Holder or such Holder’s proposed method of distribution of Registrable Securities and was reviewed and expressly approved in writing by such Holder expressly for use in the Registration Statement, such Prospectus or such form of Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or (2) in the case of an occurrence of an event of the type specified in Section 3(c)(ii) through (vi) , the use by such Holder of an outdated or defective Prospectus after the Company has notified such Holder in writing that the Prospectus is outdated or defective and prior to the receipt by such Holder of the Advice contemplated in Section 8(e) .  In no event shall the liability of any selling Holder hereunder be greater in amount than the dollar amount of the net proceeds received by such Holder upon the sale of the Registrable Securities giving rise to such indemnification obligation.
 
 

 
(c)   Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings.   If any Proceeding shall be brought or asserted against any Person entitled to indemnity hereunder (an “ Indemnified Party ”), such Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the Person from whom indemnity is sought (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) in writing, and the Indemnifying Party shall assume the defense thereof, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party and the payment of all fees and expenses incurred in connection with defense thereof provided, that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give such notice shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations or liabilities pursuant to this Agreement, except (and only) to the extent that such failure shall have prejudiced the Indemnifying Party.
 
An Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such Proceeding and to participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party or Parties unless: (1) the Indemnifying Party has agreed in writing to pay such fees and expenses; or (2) the Indemnifying Party shall have failed promptly to assume the defense of such Proceeding and to employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party in any such Proceeding; or (3) the named parties to any such Proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both such Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party, and such Indemnified Party shall have been advised by counsel that a material conflict of interest is likely to exist if the same counsel were to represent such Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party (in which case, if such Indemnified Party notifies the Indemnifying Party in writing that it elects to employ separate counsel at the expense of the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnifying Party shall not have the right to assume the defense thereof and the expense of one such counsel for each Holder shall be at the expense of the Indemnifying Party).  The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement of any such Proceeding effected without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  No Indemnifying Party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, effect any settlement of any pending Proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Party is a party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such Proceeding.
 
Subject to the terms of this Agreement, all fees and expenses of the Indemnified Party (including reasonable fees and expenses to the extent incurred in connection with investigating or preparing to defend such Proceeding in a manner not inconsistent with this Section 5(e) ) shall be paid to the Indemnified Party, as incurred, within ten Trading Days of written notice thereof to the Indemnifying Party (regardless of whether it is ultimately determined that an Indemnified Party is not entitled to indemnification hereunder; provided, that the Indemnifying Party may require such Indemnified Party to undertake to reimburse all such fees and expenses to the extent it is finally judicially determined that such Indemnified Party is not entitled to indemnification hereunder).
 
(d)   Contribution .  If a claim for indemnification under Section 5(a) or 5(b) is unavailable to an Indemnified Party (by reason of public policy or otherwise), then each Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such Losses, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and Indemnified Party in connection with the actions, statements or omissions that resulted in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of such Indemnifying Party and
 
 

 
Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission of a material fact, has been taken or made by, or relates to information supplied by, such Indemnifying Party or Indemnified Party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such action, statement or omission.  The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of any Losses shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 5(c) , any reasonable attorneys’ or other reasonable fees or expenses incurred by such party in connection with any Proceeding to the extent such party would have been indemnified for such fees or expenses if the indemnification provided for in this Section was available to such party in accordance with its terms.
 
The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5(d) , no Holder shall be required to contribute, in the aggregate, any amount in excess of the amount by which the proceeds actually received by such Holder from the sale of the Registrable Securities subject to the Proceeding exceeds the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.
 
The indemnity and contribution agreements contained in this Section 5 are in addition to any liability that the Indemnifying Parties may have to the Indemnified Parties.
 
6.   Stand-Off Agreement .  Each Holder agrees that in the event the Company proposes to file a registration statement for an underwritten public offering of its securities, upon the request of the underwriters managing such public offering, such Holder will execute a customary lock-up agreement, whereby such Holder shall agree not to sell or otherwise dispose the Registrable Securities or other securities of the Company held by such Holder (other than as part of such registration) without the prior written consent of the underwriters for a period not to exceed ninety (90) days from the effective date of the registration; provided, however, that (a) all officers and directors of the Company and (b) stockholders holding in excess of 5% of the Common Stock of the Company,  enter into agreements that are no less restrictive in all material respects than the agreement required hereunder of the Holder.  Any Holder receiving any written notice from the Company regarding the Company’s plans to file a registration statement shall treat such notice confidentially and shall not disclose such information to any Person.
 
7.   Reporting .
 
(a)   Reports Under The Exchange Act .  With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act or any other similar rule or regulation of the Commission that may at any time permit the Holders to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration (" Rule 144 "), the Company shall use reasonable efforts to:
 
(i)   make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144;
 
 

 
(ii)   file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act; and
 
(iii)   furnish to each Holder, so long as such Holder owns Registrable Securities, promptly upon request, (A) a written statement by the Company, if true, that it has complied with the applicable reporting requirements of Rule 144, the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, (B) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and copies of such other reports and documents so filed by the Company, and (C) such other information as may be reasonably requested to permit the Holders to sell such securities pursuant to Rule 144 without registration.
 
(b)   Rule 144A Information .  The Company shall, upon request of any Holder, make available to such Holder the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) (or any successor rule) under the Securities Act.
 
8.   Miscellaneous .
 
(a)   Amendments and Waivers.   The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Company and Holders of a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Securities.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to depart from the provisions, hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of certain Holders and that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other Holders may be given by Holders of all of the Registrable Securities to which such waiver or consent relates; provided, however , that the provisions of this sentence may not be amended, modified, or supplemented except in accordance with the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence.
 
(b)   No Inconsistent Agreements .  Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has entered, as of the date hereof, nor shall the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, on or after the date of this Agreement, enter into any agreement with respect to its securities, that would have the effect of impairing the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement.  Except as and to the extent specified in Schedule 8(b) hereto, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has previously entered into any agreement granting any registration rights with respect to any of its securities to any Person that have not been satisfied by the filing of a registration statement.
 
(c)   No Piggyback on Registrations .  Except as and to the extent specified in Schedule 8(c) hereto, or as otherwise consented to in writing by Holders of a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Securities, neither the Company nor any of its security holders (other than the Holders in such capacity pursuant hereto) may include securities of the Company in the Registration Statement other than the Registrable Securities, and the Company shall not after the date hereof enter into any agreement providing any such right to any of its security holders.
 
 

 
(d)   Compliance .  Each Holder covenants and agrees that it will comply with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act as applicable to it in connection with sales of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement.
 
(e)   Discontinued Disposition .  Each Holder agrees by its acquisition of such Registrable Securities that, upon receipt of a notice from the Company of the occurrence of any event of the kind described in Sections 3(c)(ii) through (vi) , such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of such Registrable Securities under a Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented Prospectus and/or amended Registration Statement contemplated by Section 3(g) , or until it is advised in writing (the “ Advice ”) by the Company that the use of the applicable Prospectus may be resumed, and, in either case, has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Prospectus or Registration Statement.  The Company may provide appropriate stop orders to enforce the provisions of this paragraph. The Company agrees and acknowledges that any periods during which the Holder is required to discontinue the disposition of Registrable Securities hereunder shall be subject to the provisions of Section 3(g) hererof.
 
(f)   Piggy-Back Registrations .  If at any time during the Effectiveness Period there is not an effective Registration Statement covering all of the Registrable Securities and the Company shall determine to prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement relating to an offering for its own account or the account of others under the Securities Act of any of its equity securities, other than on Form S-4 or Form S-8 (each as promulgated under the Securities Act) or their then equivalents relating to equity securities to be issued solely in connection with any acquisition of any entity or business or equity securities issuable in connection with stock option or other employee benefit plans, then the Company shall send to each Holder written notice of such determination and, if within fifteen days after receipt of such notice, any such Holder shall so request in writing, the Company shall include in such registration statement all or any part of such Registrable Securities such holder requests to be registered; provided, that, the Company shall not be required to register any Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 8(f) that are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act.
 
(g)   Notices.   Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries required or permitted to be provided hereunder shall be delivered as set forth in the Warrant.
 
(h)   Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties and shall inure to the benefit of each Holder.  The Company may not assign its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of Holders of a majority of the then-outstanding Registrable Securities.  Each Holder may assign their respective rights hereunder in the manner and to the Persons as permitted under the Warrant.
 
(i)   Counterparts and Facsimile Signature .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signature.
 
 

 
(j)   Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would  cause the application of laws of any jurisdictions other than those of the State of Delaware.  The jurisdiction provisions of Section 11.12 of the Purchase Agreement shall apply to this Agreement.
 
(k)   Cumulative Remedies.   The remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.
 
(l)   Severability .  Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction.  If the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction declares that any term or provision hereof is invalid or unenforceable, each Holder and the Company agree that the court making the determination of invalidity or unenforceability shall have the power to limit the term or provision, to delete specific words or phrases, or to replace any invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a term or provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid or unenforceable term or provision, and this Agreement shall be enforceable as so modified.
 
(m)   Headings .  The section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.
 
 
COMPANY :
 
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES (DE), INC.
 
By:       /s/ Robert A. Eberle___________________
Name: Robert A. Eberle
Title:   President and CEO
 
HOLDER :
 
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
 
By:       /s/ Leonard Heckwolf                                                                          
Name: Leonard Heckwolf
Title:   Senior Vice President
 
 

 
 

 

Plan of Distribution
 
The selling shareholders and any of their pledgees, assignees and successors-in-interest may, from time to time, sell any or all of their shares of common stock on any stock exchange, market or trading facility on which the shares are traded or in private transactions.  These sales may be at fixed or negotiated prices.  The selling shareholders may use any one or more of the following methods when selling shares:
 
·  
ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers;
 
·  
block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the shares as agent but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;
 
·  
purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by the broker-dealer for its account;
 
·  
an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange;
 
·  
privately negotiated transactions;
 
·  
settlement of short sales;
 
·  
broker-dealers may agree with the selling shareholders to sell a specified number of such shares at a stipulated price per share;
 
·  
a combination of any such methods of sale; and
 
·  
any other method permitted pursuant to applicable law.
 
The selling shareholders may also sell shares under Rule 144 of the Securities Act, if available, rather than under this prospectus.  Broker-dealers engaged by the selling shareholders may arrange for other brokers-dealers to participate in sales.  Broker-dealers may receive commissions or discounts from the selling shareholders (or, if any broker-dealer acts as agent for the purchaser of shares, from the purchaser) in amounts to be negotiated.  The selling shareholders do not expect these commissions and discounts to exceed what is customary in the types of transactions involved.
 
The selling shareholder may from time to time pledge or grant a security interest in some or all of the shares owned by them and, if they default in the performance of their secured obligations, the pledgees or secured parties may offer and sell the shares of common stock from time to time under this prospectus, or under an amendment to this prospectus under Rule 424(b)(3) or other applicable provision of the Securities Act amending the list of selling shareholders to include the pledgee, transferee or other successors in interest as selling shareholders under this prospectus.
 

 
The selling shareholders also may transfer the shares of common stock in other circumstances, in which case the transferees, pledgees or other successors in interest will be the selling beneficial owners for purposes of this prospectus.
 
The selling shareholders and any broker-dealers or agents that are involved in selling the shares may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of the Securities Act in connection with such sales.  In such event, any commissions received by such broker-dealers or agents and any profit on the resale of the shares purchased by them may be deemed to be underwriting commissions or discounts under the Securities Act.  The selling shareholders have informed the Company that none of them have any agreement or understanding, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the common stock.
 
The Company is required to pay all fees and expenses incurred by the Company incident to the registration of the shares.  The Company has agreed to indemnify the selling shareholders against certain losses, claims, damages and liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 

 
 

 

Schedules
 
Schedule 8(b) – None.
 
Schedule 8(c) – None.
 

Exhibit 10.1
 

 
Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  Asterisks denote omissions.
 
 
 
SERVICES AGREEMENT
 
 

 
 
between
 
 

 
 
Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc.
 
 

 
 
and
 
 

 
 
Bank of America, N.A.
 
 

 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
 
ARTICLE 1
PAYMODE SERVICES 
 
 
1.1
General 
 
 
1.2
Level of Services 
 
 
1.3
Use of PayMode System 
 
 
1.4
Customer Files 
 
 
1.5
Bank Services 
 
 
1.6
Cooperation 
 
 
1.7
Status Meetings 
 
 
1.8
Non-exclusive Provider 
 
 
ARTICLE 2
ENHANCEMENTS 
 
 
2.1
Enhancements to PayMode System 
 
 
2.2
Product Roadmap. 
 
 
2.3
Specific Features and Functionality. 
 
 
2.4
Changes to the Product Roadmap, Etc 
 
 
2.5
Bank Cooperation 
 
 
2.6
[**] 
 
 
2.7
Annual Enhancement Value 
 
 
2.8
Delivery of General Enhancements 
 
 
2.9
Acceptance of Enhancements. 
 
 
ARTICLE 3
CUSTOMIZATIONS 
 
 
3.1
Development of Customizations by Tech 
 
 
3.2
Changes 
 
ARTICLE 4
MAINTENANCE AND SUPPORT SERVICES 
 
 
4.1
General 
 
 
4.2
Maintenance 
 
 
4.3
Support and Customer Service 
 
 
4.4
[**] Project 
 
 
ARTICLE 5
TRAINING 
 
 
ARTICLE 6
FEES, INVOICING AND PAYMENTS 
 
 
6.1
Invoicing 
 
 
6.2
Invoice Requirements 
 
 
6.3
Payment Terms 
 
 
6.4
Amounts Not Invoiced 
 
 
6.5
Taxes. 
 
 
6.6
Records 
 
ARTICLE 7
SALES AND MARKETING 
 
 
7.1
Responsibilities 
 
 
7.2
PayMode Marks 
 
 
i

 
ARTICLE 8
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY 
 
 
8.1
Ownership. 
 
 
8.2
Licenses. 
 
 
8.3
Bank Information and Tech Information. 
 
 
8.4
No Implied Licenses 
 
 
8.5
Representation and Warranty 
 
 
ARTICLE 9
SOURCE CODE 
 
 
9.1
Escrow of Upgraded Application Software 
 
 
9.2
Original Application Software 
 
 
9.3
Updates and Verification 
 
 
9.4
Escrow Costs 
 
 
9.5
Escrow Release Conditions 
 
 
9.6
Escrow Licenses. 
 
 
ARTICLE 10
CONFIDENTIALITY
 
10.1
Information Exchanges 
 
 
10.2
Confidential Information 
 
 
10.3
Exclusions 
 
 
10.4
Restrictions on Disclosure 
 
 
10.5
Custody of Confidential Information 
 
 
10.6
Return and Destruction of Confidential Information 
 
 
10.7
Disclosure Required by Law 
 
 
10.8
Ownership & Publicity 
 
 
10.9
User Documentation 
 
 
ARTICLE 11
PAYMODE DATA SECURITY
 
11.1
Information Security 
 
 
11.2
Business Associate Addendum 
 
 
11.3
PayMode Security Program. 
 
 
11.4
Modifications Requested by Bank 
 
 
11.5
Additional Participation with Bank 
 
 
11.6
Subcontractors 
 
 
11.7
Bank Network 
 
 
11.8
Injunctive Relief 
 
 
ARTICLE 12
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
 
12.1
Mutual Representation and Warranties 
 
 
12.2
Viruses Warranty 
 
 
12.3
Open Source 
 
 
12.4
Service Quality 
 
 
12.5
Software and Service Level Warranty 
 
 
12.6
Intellectual Property Warranty 
 
 
12.7
BAA Compliance 
 
 
12.8
Privacy and Security Warranty 
 
 
12.9
Customer Service Agreement Warranty 
 
 
ii

 
ARTICLE 13
INDEMNIFICATION
 
13.1
General 
 
 
13.2
Tech IP Indemnity 
 
 
13.3
Additional Remedy 
 
 
13.4
Exclusions 
 
 
13.5
Indemnification Procedure 
 
 
13.6
Cooperation in Litigation 
 
 
ARTICLE 14
LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY; DISCLAIMER
 
14.1
Consequential Damages 
 
 
14.2
General Limits 
 
 
14.3
Exceptions.. 
 
 
14.4
DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES 
 
 
ARTICLE 15
TERM AND TERMINATION
 
15.1
Term 
 
 
15.2
Termination Events 
 
 
15.3
Termination for Convenience 
 
 
15.4
Effect of Termination or Expiration 
 
 
15.5
Termination Fee. 
 
 
15.6
Transition Services 
 
 
ARTICLE 16
TECH PERSONNEL
 
16.1
Bank Benefit Plans 
 
 
16.2
Replacement of Tech Resources 
 
 
16.3
Subcontractors 
 
 
16.4
Conduct 
 
 
16.5
Hiring and Background Checks 
 
 
16.6
Notification 
 
 
ARTICLE 17
INSURANCE
 
17.1
General 
 
 
17.2
Insurance Certificates 
 
 
ARTICLE 18
ARBITRATION
 
18.1
Binding Arbitration 
 
 
18.2
Procedure 
 
 
18.3
Decisions 
 
 
18.4
Other Remedies 
 
 
ARTICLE 19
AUDIT
 
19.1
Maintenance of Records 
 
 
19.2
[**] 
 
 
19.3
Bank Confidential Audits 
 
 
19.4
Regulators 
 
 
19.5
Other Audits 
 
 
iii

 
ARTICLE 20
NON-DISCRIMINATION AND DIVERSITY
 
20.1
Equal Opportunity Employers 
 
 
20.2
General 
 
 
20.3
Representation by Tech 
 
 
ARTICLE 21
ENVIRONMENTAL INITIATIVE
 
ARTICLE 22
DEFINITIONS; INTERPRETATION
 
ARTICLE 23
GENERAL
 
23.1
Compliance with Laws 
 
 
23.2
OCC Compliance 
 
 
23.3
Financial Responsibility 
 
 
23.4
Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery 
 
 
23.5
Force Majeure 
 
23.6
Affiliates and Restriction on other Third Party Beneficiaries 
 
 
23.7
Entire Agreement 
 
23.8
Succession and Assignment 
 
 
23.9
Counterparts and Facsimile Signature 
 
 
23.10
Headings 
 
23.11
Notices 
 
 
23.12
Governing Law 
 
 
23.13
Consents and Approvals 
 
 
23.14
Amendments and Waivers. 
 
 
23.15
Construction 
 
 
23.16
Severability 
 
 
23.17
Relationship of the Parties 
 
 
23.18
Remedies 
 
 
SCHEDULE A - PayMode Services/Deliverables
SCHEDULE B - PayMode Service Levels/Support Services
SCHEDULE C - Annual Enhancement Value
SCHEDULE D - Service Fees
SCHEDULE E - Bank and Tech Sales and Marketing Responsibilities
SCHEDULE F - Model Escrow Agreement
SCHEDULE G - PayMode Security Requirements
SCHEDULE H - Business Associate Agreement
SCHEDULE I - Agreements Subject to Consent Requirement
SCHEDULE J - Background Checks
SCHEDULE K - Business Continuity Requirements
 
 
iv


SERVICES AGREEMENT
 
This SERVICES AGREEMENT (the “ Services Agreement ”) is made effective as of the Closing Date, by and between Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Tech ”), and Bank of America, N.A., a national banking association (“ Bank ”).
 
Tech and Bank are parties to an Asset Purchase Agreement entered contemporaneously with this Services Agreement, whereby Tech acquired substantially all of the assets and related operations of Bank’s PayMode business (the “ Acquisition Agreement ”).  Tech and Bank are also parties to a Transition Services Agreement entered contemporaneously with this Services Agreement that sets out how the PayMode Services will be transitioned from Bank to Tech (the “ Transition Agreement ”).
 
This Services Agreement contemplates that Tech will provide to Bank the PayMode Services for the benefit of Bank’s Customers, as well as certain other related services, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.
 
Capitalized terms used in this Services Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to them in Article 22 or as otherwise set forth in the body of this Services Agreement.
 
In consideration of the mutual agreements and covenants set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parties  agree as follows.
 
ARTICLE 1
 

 
PAYMODE SERVICES
 
1.1   General .  Beginning on the Closing Date and during the Term of this Services Agreement, Tech shall provide the PayMode Services to Bank and, at Bank’s direction, to Bank’s Customers.  Tech shall operate and maintain the PayMode System and all facilities, connectivity, hardware, software and other materials and shall employ all personnel necessary to provide the PayMode Services to Bank and Bank’s Customers as anticipated and required herein.  Unless the Parties otherwise agree in writing, all PayMode Services shall be provided, whether in whole or in part, by Tech, its employees, Representatives and/or Subcontractors in and from a location or locations in one or more of the fifty states of the United States of America only, all subject to applicable laws and regulations.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tech and/or its Subcontractors may perform software coding and/or programming outside the fifty states of the United States of America, provided that Tech shall not send, utilize or access PayMode Data outside the fifty states of the United States of America at any time without the prior written consent of Bank.
 
1.2   Level of Services .  Tech shall provide the PayMode Services to Bank and/or Bank’s Customers at levels that meet or exceed the performance levels set forth in Schedule B (the “ Service Levels ”), but in no event having functionality and performance levels less than the Bank provided for itself immediately prior to the Closing Date.  Without limitation of any other remedies available to Bank, failure to meet the Service Levels shall result in a [**] to the Bank
 
 
1

 
as set forth in Schedule B, provided that any such [**] received by Bank shall [**] available to Bank.
 
1.3   Use of PayMode System .  Tech shall use the PayMode System to provide the PayMode Services to Bank and/or Bank’s Customers, and as the PayMode System is enhanced and improved, pursuant to Article 3 and otherwise, Tech will incorporate all Enhancements into its provision of the PayMode Services to Bank and Bank’s Customers and will make available to Bank such other enhancements and improvements on similar terms and conditions as such enhancements and improvements are made generally available to other customers of Tech.
 
1.4   Customer Files .  In its provision of the PayMode Processing Services, Tech shall accept and process files that are received directly from Bank’s Customers as well as Customer-initiated files that are routed through Bank’s network and systems prior to being submitted to Tech for processing.
 
1.5   Bank Services .  At no cost to Tech, Bank shall provide use of ACH and wire transfer systems to debit and credit accounts and shall enable interfaces to Bank systems as outlined in Appendix A to Schedule A (“ Bank Interfaces ”) as necessary to complete the transactions facilitated by the PayMode Processing Services, solely for Bank’s Customers.  Bank shall provide sponsorship of Tech to [**] as a condition of Tech entering into a direct relationship with [**] solely to provide the PayMode Processing Services to Bank’s Customers.
 
1.6   Cooperation .  Each Party shall name a point of contact (such Party’s “ Relationship Manager ”), who shall be responsible for the day-to-day implementation of this Services Agreement, including attempted resolution of any issues that may arise during the performance of either Party’s obligations hereunder.  The Relationship Manager of each Party (i) must be reasonably acceptable to the other Party; (ii) will meet regularly with the other Party’s Relationship Manager; and (iii) will have the authority to make decisions with respect to actions to be taken by such Party in the ordinary course of performance of this Services Agreement.
 
1.7   Status Meetings .  Tech and Bank shall meet on a semi-annual basis to review the status, objectives and future plans for the PayMode Services.  In addition to the Parties’ respective Relationship Managers and others whose attendance will be beneficial, a member of Tech’s senior management and Bank’s head of Global Project Management (or an individual having substantially the same responsibility) shall attend such meetings.
 
1.8   Non-exclusive Provider .  The Parties acknowledge and agree that Bank has no obligation whatsoever to obtain the Services or any other services from Tech and that Tech shall not be considered Bank’s exclusive provider of any goods or services provided hereunder.  Bank retains the unconditional right to utilize other vendors in the provision of services and products whether or not the same as or similar to the Services.
 
ARTICLE 2
 

 
ENHANCEMENTS
 
2.1   Enhancements to PayMode System .  Tech shall be responsible for the continued development of the PayMode System.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tech
 
 
2

 
shall develop and incorporate into the PayMode System and PayMode Services the additional features and functionality identified in Section 2.3(a) (collectively, “[**] Enhancements”).  Further, over time Tech will determine, with input from Bank as set forth in Section 2.2(c), additional features and functionality that Tech shall develop and incorporate into the PayMode System and PayMode Services (collectively, [**] Enhancements [**] Enhancements, “Enhancements”).
 
2.2   Product Roadmap .
 
(a)   [**] roadmap [**] (the “ Product Roadmap ”).  Tech acknowledges and agrees that, at a minimum, the Product Roadmap shall include the [**] Enhancements set forth in Section 2.3(a).
 
(b)   With respect to [**] Enhancements, the Product Roadmap shall include, at a minimum, the completion dates for particular [**] Enhancements, any interim milestones applicable to the development, and an indication as to how the Annual Enhancement Value (as that term is defined in Section 2.7 below) will be allocated amongst such [**] Enhancements.  Tech shall develop [**] Enhancements in accordance with the Product Roadmap and must deliver the [**] Enhancements to Bank for acceptance testing pursuant to Section 2.9 by the Delivery Date.  In the event Tech fails to deliver the [**] Enhancements for acceptance testing by the Delivery Date, Bank shall be entitled to [**] until the [**] Enhancements are accepted by Bank.  If Tech delivers the [**] Enhancements to Bank for acceptance testing prior to the Delivery Date such that Bank conducts acceptance testing after the Delivery Date, then, in the event the [**] with the functional business requirements pursuant to Section 2.9, Bank shall be entitled to [**], which shall apply retroactively to the Delivery Date, until the [**] Enhancements are accepted by Bank.  Either of the foregoing conditions giving rise to Bank’s entitlement to a [**] shall be a material breach of this Services Agreement and Bank, at its option, may immediately terminate this Services Agreement upon either of the foregoing conditions being met, in addition to other remedies available to it pursuant to this Services Agreement or otherwise.
 
(c)   Any [**] to which Bank is entitled as a result of the terms of this Section 2.2 shall be determined as follows: (i) for the first month following the Delivery Date, the [**]; (ii) for the month following the first month, the [**]; and (iii) for each month thereafter, the [**].  In the event Bank accepts a [**] Enhancement prior to the expiration of a complete month according to the foregoing schedule, the [**] due hereunder for that month shall be pro-rated to the date of acceptance by Bank.
 
(d)   Following acceptance of the [**], Tech shall establish a [**] on which Bank shall have a permanent seat, which shall meet on a quarterly basis with Tech’s senior product management executives for the PayMode business.  Subject to Section 2.3(b), the [**] with respect to the development of any [**] and may make modifications and additions to the [**] as it relates to [**].  With respect to [**], the [**] shall include, at a minimum, the anticipated completion dates for particular [**] and, if applicable, an indication as to how the Annual Enhancement Value will be allocated amongst such [**].  In the event the Parties agree that the [**] will be established prior to the acceptance of
 
 
3

 
 
the [**], the [**] shall have no authority to modify or eliminate any [**] set forth in Section 2.3(a) or to change the [**] with respect to [**], unless agreed to in writing by Bank.
 
2.3   Specific Features and Functionality .
 
(a)   The following [**] Enhancements shall be included in the Product Roadmap for development during Contract Years [**]:
 
1.   [**]; and
 
2.   [**].
 
(b)   Unless otherwise agreed by Tech and Bank in writing, the [**] shall select [**] Enhancements for inclusion in the Product Roadmap from the following features and functionality:
 
[**]
 
2.4   Changes to the Product Roadmap, Etc .  Bank and Tech acknowledge that the Parties’ priorities may change from time to time, and changes to the Product Roadmap may be required.  Furthermore, the timing of delivery of Enhancements may change based on the various transition activities of the Parties pursuant to the Transition Agreement. Changes to the Product Roadmap that materially impact the timing of delivery of [**] Enhancements or the expected functionality or features included in [**] Enhancements shall be mutually agreed to in writing by the Parties prior to any changes being made.  No changes or deletions may be made to the Product Roadmap that affect the [**] Enhancements without Bank’s prior written consent.  Tech will not publically announce the availability of [**] Enhancements or [**] Enhancements without prior written notification to Bank.
 
2.5   Bank Cooperation .  Bank shall reasonably cooperate, and shall cause its applicable Affiliates to reasonably cooperate, with Tech to carry out all tasks reasonably necessary for the development, integration, and acceptance of Enhancements in accordance with the Product Roadmap and as anticipated herein.
 
2.6   [**] to any financial institution or similar entity for a [**] period commencing upon the date that such features and functionality are deployed into production.  Additionally, Tech agrees that the [**] shall be made available exclusively to Bank’s Customers, and not to other customers of Tech or customers of any other financial institution.  Bank and Tech will use reasonable efforts to mutually agree upon terms in which the [**] is offered to Tech’s direct customers.
 
2.7   Annual Enhancement Value .  During each Contract Year, Tech shall deliver ongoing Enhancements, supporting technology and other infrastructure having a value of at least [**] United States Dollars ($[**]), as calculated in accordance with Schedule C attached hereto (the “ Annual Enhancement Value ”) and Bank shall have no obligation or liability for such Annual Enhancement Value, which shall be solely borne by Tech.  Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Services Agreement to the contrary, a minimum of $[**] of the $[**] shall be
 
 
4

 
directly attributed to development and implementation of the [**] Enhancements and [**] Enhancements.  Upon the reasonable request of Bank, Tech shall provide Bank with documentation reasonably acceptable to Bank setting forth how the Annual Enhancement Value is being or has been applied for a particular Contract Year.  If, in any particular Contract Year, the Annual Enhancement Value is not applied in its entirety, whether due to the rejection of Enhancements by Bank pursuant to Section 2.9 or otherwise, the remaining unexpended portion of the Annual Enhancement Value will be allocated to Enhancements in subsequent Contract Years.  Upon expiration of the Initial Term, any unexpended portion of the Annual Enhancement Value, which amount shall include the difference between $[**] and the value of all Enhancements delivered and accepted by Bank during the Initial Term, shall be available to Bank as a [**].  If Tech delivers Enhancements having an aggregate value that exceeds the Annual Enhancement Value in any Contract Year, Tech’s obligation with respect to delivering Enhancements in the remaining Contract Years of the Initial Term shall be reduced in the aggregate by the amount of such excess.
 
2.8   Delivery of [**] Enhancements .  Subject to Section 2.4, Tech shall use Reasonable Best Efforts to deliver the [**] Enhancements for use by Bank in accordance with the Product Roadmap.
 
2.9   Acceptance of Enhancements .
 
(a)   [**] Enhancements .  As part of Tech’s product development process, Tech shall provide Bank with pre-development, functional business requirements for the [**] Enhancements for Bank’s review and written approval.  Following timely receipt of Bank’s approval, and upon Tech satisfying itself that the [**] Enhancements conform to the functional business requirements, Tech will provide Bank with the applicable Acceptance Materials.  Bank shall review the Acceptance Materials and shall accept or reject the corresponding [**] Enhancement prior to expiration of the Acceptance Period.  If Bank discovers that any [**] Enhancement does not meet the approved functional business requirements, Bank shall notify Tech of the deficiencies, including which acceptance criteria were not met.  Tech, at its own expense and as part of the Annual Enhancement Value, shall modify, repair, adjust or replace the [**] Enhancement in order to correct the deficiency and submit the revised Acceptance Materials within thirty (30) calendar days or such other mutually agreed time frame following the date of Bank’s deficiency notice.  Bank will review the revised Acceptance Materials and determine whether the modified [**] Enhancement is acceptable.  Tech shall assist Bank, as reasonably requested, in reviewing the acceptance tests as anticipated herein.  Bank’s rejection of any [**] Enhancement after two Acceptance Periods shall be a material breach of this Services Agreement and Bank, at its option, may immediately terminate this Services Agreement.  In addition to other remedies that Bank may have under this Services Agreement or otherwise, in the event two (2) or more [**] Enhancements deployed into production result in material production issues, Tech and Bank will mutually modify the acceptance process to allow for additional bank involvement in the overall Enhancement testing process.
 
(b)   [**] Enhancements . As part of Tech’s product development process, Tech shall provide Bank with pre-development, functional business requirements for the [**]
 
 
5

 
Enhancements that have been approved by the [**].  Upon Tech satisfying itself that the [**] Enhancements conform to the functional business requirements, Tech will provide Bank with the applicable Acceptance Materials.  Bank shall review the Acceptance Materials and shall, within the Acceptance Period, either confirm that the corresponding [**] Enhancement materially conforms to the functional business requirements or notify Tech that the [**] Enhancement does not conform to the functional business requirements, including specifying the particular manner in which the [**] Enhancement does not so conform.  In the event Tech receives notification that a [**] Enhancement does not conform to the functional business requirements, Tech, at its own expense and as part of the Annual Enhancement Value, shall modify, repair, adjust or replace the [**] Enhancements in order to correct the identified deficiencies and submit the revised Acceptance Materials within thirty (30) calendar days or such other mutually agreed time frame following the date of Bank’s deficiency notice.  Bank will review the revised Acceptance Materials, and will either confirm that the resubmitted [**] Enhancement materially conforms to the functional business requirements or notify Tech again that the [**] Enhancement does not so conform.  Tech shall assist Bank, as reasonably requested, in reviewing the Acceptance Materials as anticipated herein.  If after [**] Acceptance Periods Bank has not confirmed that a [**] Enhancement materially conforms to the functional business requirements, Tech, at its option, may: (a) at its own expense and not as part of the Annual Enhancement Value, repair, modify, adjust or replace the [**] Enhancement so that such [**] Enhancement materially conforms to the functional business requirements; or (b) elect to exclude the value of such [**] Enhancement (as calculated in accordance with Schedule C) from the Annual Enhancement Value; provided, however, that in the event Tech chooses option (a) above and does not satisfactorily adjust, modify, repair or replace the [**] Enhancement within ninety (90) days of the Bank’s third notification of rejection, the value of such [**] Enhancement, as calculated in accordance with Schedule C, shall not be included in the Annual Enhancement Value.
 
(c)   The Parties acknowledge and agree that, prior to the commencement of the formal Acceptance Period set forth above with respect to Acceptance Materials, Tech may deliver, and Bank may review and conduct preliminary tests with respect to, the Acceptance Materials (or components thereof).  In addition, Bank may from time to time consult with Tech to monitor the interim progress of the creation and development of Enhancements, and Bank may provide preliminary feedback to Tech as to the suitability of any such Enhancements.  The Parties acknowledge and agree that no such informal reviews, preliminary testing, interim monitoring or feedback shall be deemed to be part of the formal acceptance testing procedure set forth in Section 2.9, nor shall it be deemed to act as an acceptance or rejection of any such Enhancements, and Bank shall not be deemed to have waived any of its rights, or any of Tech’s obligations, set forth in this Section 2.9 or elsewhere in this Services Agreement.  Any acceptance or rejection of any Enhancements shall occur only during the Acceptance Periods, as set forth above.  Contemporaneously with its formal delivery to Bank of the Acceptance Materials for acceptance testing, Tech shall provide a written notice to Bank (the “ Acceptance Testing Notice ”), and Bank’s receipt of such Acceptance Testing Notice shall signal the formal commencement of the acceptance testing with respect to Acceptance Materials.  The Acceptance Testing Notice shall state that Tech has delivered versions of Acceptance
 
 
6

 
Materials, which Tech reasonably believes to be production ready, to Bank for formal acceptance testing in accordance with Section 2.9 of this Services Agreement.
 
ARTICLE 3                      
 

 
CUSTOMIZATIONS
 
3.1   Development of Customizations by Tech .  Bank may request that Tech develop specific features or functionality that are not included in the Product Roadmap for incorporation into the PayMode Services in order to meet the specific requirements of Bank or one or more of Bank’s Customers (the “ Customizations ”).  Unless Tech has a reasonable basis for not doing so, Bank and Tech shall enter into a mutually agreed upon Statement of Work for development of each Customization, setting forth, at a minimum: (a) the Customization and other Work Product to be provided by Tech to Bank pursuant to the Statement of Work; (b) specifications for the Customization and/or other Work Product; (c) a Schedule detailing the timeframe for the work and delivery of the Customization and/or other Work Product; and (d) the fees, if any, that Bank will pay Tech for the development (the “ Customization Fees ”).  Bank shall reasonably cooperate with Tech to carry out all tasks reasonably necessary for Tech’s development of Customizations in accordance with the time Schedule described in the Statement of Work.  All Customizations and other Work Product provided to Bank pursuant to a Statement of Work hereunder shall be subject to the acceptance testing procedure set forth for [**] Enhancements in Section 2.9(a) above.
 
3.2   Changes .  Bank may direct changes to Statements of Work, including changes to Customizations and schedules.  If Bank directs any such change, Tech will promptly notify Bank in writing if Tech believes that such change merits an adjustment to the Customization Fees.  Following receipt of such information, Bank may elect to withdraw its request for the change or enter into negotiations with Tech regarding adjustments to the Customization Fees.  Any agreed upon changes, including adjustments to the Customization Fees, will be reflected in written amendments to the affected Statements of Work, executed by the Relationship Managers of both Parties.
 
ARTICLE 4
 

 
MAINTENANCE AND SUPPORT SERVICES
 
4.1   General .  Tech shall provide to Bank and/or Bank’s Customers maintenance and support services and assistance reasonably required to permit Bank and Bank’s Customers to use the PayMode System, the Application Software, the Customizations and other Work Product, and to otherwise utilize the Services provided hereunder as contemplated by this Services Agreement and/or any Statement of Work, and to ensure that the Application Software is Operative and that the PayMode Services are being provided in accordance with Schedule B at all times (as further defined below, the “ PayMode Maintenance Services ” and the “ PayMode Support Services ”).
 
4.2   Maintenance .  The “PayMode Maintenance Services” shall include maintenance of the PayMode System, the Application Software, Customizations and any other Work Product,
 
 
7

 
the provision of any and all changes, periodic patches, fixes, error corrections, agreed-upon modifications, enhancements, updates, upgrades, and all other additions, improvements or alterations thereto and increased functionality thereof regardless of the nature or advancement of the technologies upon which they are based which are reasonably required or useful for the operation of, or otherwise enhance the efficiency and effectiveness of the PayMode Services and the Work Product.
 
4.3   Support and Customer Service .  The “PayMode Support Services” shall include administrative, technical and troubleshooting support via telephone, facsimile, e-mail, Internet and remote access, as further set forth in Schedule B attached hereto.
 
4.4   [**] Project.  Upon request by Bank, which shall not be made sooner than one hundred and eighty (180) days after the Closing Date, Tech will provide Bank, at Bank’s expense or as [**], in the sole discretion of Bank, with a written proposal detailing the scope of work associated with Tech developing and implementing enhancements to the PayMode System to allow Bank to [**] (the “[**] Project”).  Bank shall provide reasonable cooperation to Tech in formulating the proposal.  Tech shall provide said proposal no later than one hundred and eighty (180) days after receiving Bank’s request.  The proposal shall include, at a minimum, the cost to Bank, the time required for Tech to complete the [**] Project, and any potential impact to the Product Roadmap.  Bank shall be under no obligation to accept the [**] Project proposal.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary and without limiting any other rights or remedies available to Bank, the Parties agree that upon the occurrence of Tech providing the PayMode Processing Services to [**] of Bank, and upon one hundred and eighty (180) days prior written notice from Bank, Tech shall perform the [**] Project at Bank’s expense or as [**], in the sole discretion of Tech.  In the event Tech determines that the [**] Project will be performed at Bank’s expense, the [**] Project shall be deemed a Customization for purposes of this Services Agreement.  In addition, in the event that the performance metrics for either Service Calls or Abandonment Rate receives a score of [**] as set forth in Attachment 1 to Schedule B, for [**], then, upon written notice from Bank, Tech shall perform the [**] Project at Tech’s expense and Bank may [**].
 
ARTICLE 5
 

 
TRAINING
 
As reasonably requested by Bank and at Tech’s expense, Tech shall from time to time provide training on the use of the PayMode Services and the Application Software for Bank personnel to perform internal Bank personnel and Customer training.  Any such training provided hereunder shall be reasonable in scope and frequency, and shall be provided at locations mutually agreed upon by the Parties.  Tech shall provide training documentation for each attendee at any training classes Tech conducts and shall make such training documentation available online.  If Bank desires to train its own personnel, Tech shall provide Bank, at no charge, with all trainer/class leadership materials that Tech has available and/or used in connection with the training classes conducted for Bank.  Bank may duplicate these materials for Bank’s use exclusively and use them to conduct other classes at Bank’s discretion.  Such materials shall be considered Confidential Information of Tech.  In extraordinary circumstances and when requested by Bank, Tech may agree to provide direct Customer training.  If such
 
 
8

 
training is to be conducted at a Customer’s site, Bank will reimburse Tech for reasonable out-of pocket travel expenses.
 
ARTICLE 6
 

 
FEES, INVOICING AND PAYMENTS
 
6.1   Invoicing .   Bank shall pay Tech the fees for the provision of the PayMode Services as set forth in Schedule D (the “ Service Fees ”), [**].  The Subscription Fees and all other Service Fees will be invoiced monthly in arrears on a single invoice totaling all Service Fees applicable to provision of the PayMode Services during the month.  Customization Fees will be invoiced pursuant to the corresponding Statement of Work or, if not specified, monthly in arrears.
 
6.2   Invoice Requirements .  Tech shall invoice Bank for all amounts payable under this Services Agreement using a Bank-designated method.  Invoices shall contain such detail as Bank may reasonably require from time to time including, as applicable: (a) the amount for each item on the invoice, (b) the state where any invoiced services were performed, (c) the Bank Services Agreement reference number, and (d) the Statement of Work number if applicable.  Invoices (i) omitting the (A) state where the invoiced services were performed, (B) Agreement reference number or (C) Statement of Work number if applicable, or (ii) that fail to list services separately, or that are incorrect, incomplete or inaccurate, will not be paid, and will be returned to Tech.  The Bank Relationship Manager will contact the Tech Relationship Manager to address any incorrect invoice informally prior to initiating the dispute resolution process under this Services Agreement.
 
6.3   Payment Terms .  Bank shall pay Tech for all services and applicable taxes invoiced in accordance with the terms of this Services Agreement within [**] of the date of receipt of a valid and correct invoice by Bank.  Tech shall accept payment through ACH transfer.  Bank reserves the right to pay prior to the expiration of the [**] period.
 
6.4   Amounts Not Invoiced .  Amounts not invoiced by Tech to Bank within [**] after such amounts could first be invoiced under this Services Agreement may not thereafter be invoiced, and Bank shall not be required to pay such amounts.
 
6.5   Taxes .
 
(a)   Invoices shall include and list all applicable VAT, sales, use or excise taxes that are a statutory obligation of Bank as separate line items identifying each separate tax category and taxing authority.  Bank will reimburse Tech for all VAT, sales, use or excise taxes levied in accordance with the general statutes or other authoritative directives of the taxing authority on amounts payable by Bank to Tech pursuant to this Services Agreement, however, Bank shall not be responsible for remittance of such taxes to applicable tax authorities.
 
(b)   Bank shall not be responsible for any ad valorem, income, gross receipts, franchise, privilege, value added or occupational taxes of Tech.  Bank and Tech shall
 
 
9

 
each bear sole responsibility for all taxes, assessments and other real or personal property-related levies on its owned or leased real or personal property.  Tech shall ensure that the business personal property tax exemption granted to financial institutions by California, Missouri, Virginia, Maryland, South Carolina, or other states is properly applied.
 
(c)   Tech shall be responsible for the payment of all interest and penalties related to any taxes assessed or levied as contemplated by this Section 6.5 to the extent that Tech fails to accurately and timely invoice Bank for such taxes and remit such taxes directly to the applicable taxing authority; provided, however, in no event shall Tech be responsible for the payment of the underlying tax liability, which tax liability shall always be a liability of Bank.  In the event that a taxing authority performs a sample and projection audit of Bank, then Tech shall be responsible for the payment of all interest and penalties on any projected taxes assessed resulting from taxing errors identified by such taxing authority on Tech’s invoices. In the event Tech voluntarily registers to collect sales tax at some future date, and wishes to remit historical taxes Tech deems due, Bank will only be responsible for the taxes due for the time period that Bank is statutorily obligated to the tax authorities in each state.
 
(d)   Tech shall cooperate with Bank and any taxing authority involving any audit of sales, use or excise taxes.  Upon request from Bank, Tech will provide copies of invoices in electronic form that have been selected for review by any taxing authority, together with documents supporting the identification of taxable and nontaxable portions of amounts reflected on such invoices.  Bank may furnish Tech with certificates or other evidence supporting applicable exemptions from sales, use or excise taxation.  If Bank pays or reimburses Tech under this Section 6.5, Tech hereby assigns and transfers to Bank all of its right, title and interest in and to any refund for such taxes paid.  Any claim for refund of taxes against the assessing authority may be made in the name of Bank or Tech, or both, at Bank’s option.  Bank may initiate and manage litigation brought in the name of Bank or Tech, or both, to obtain refunds of amounts paid under this Section 6.5.  Tech shall cooperate fully with Bank, at Bank’s expense, in pursuing any refund claims, including any related litigation or administrative procedures.
 
6.6   Records .  Tech shall keep and maintain complete and accurate accounting records in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied to support and document all amounts becoming payable to Tech hereunder.  Tech will retain these records for a period of seven (7) years or such longer period as may be required by law.  Upon request from Bank and within a reasonably prompt time after such request, Tech shall provide to Bank (or a Representative designated by Bank) access to such records for the purpose of auditing such records during normal business hours.
 
ARTICLE 7
 

 
SALES AND MARKETING
 
7.1   Responsibilities .  The Parties shall comply with the obligations set forth in Schedule E attached hereto.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, including the
 
 
10

 
foregoing sentence, Bank shall only be responsible for those sales and marketing activities relating to the PayMode Services as Bank deems prudent, in its sole discretion.
 
7.2   PayMode Marks .  Any use of the PayMode Marks by Bank shall be solely in connection with Bank’s efforts to sell, market and provide the PayMode Services to Bank’s Customers, and shall be in accordance with the usage guidelines provided to Bank by Tech.  Subject to the foregoing, Tech hereby grants to Bank a non-exclusive, royalty-free, world-wide right and license to use (and to sublicense the use of) the PayMode Marks in connection with Bank’s sale, marketing, and provision of PayMode Services.
 
ARTICLE 8
 

 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
 
8.1   Ownership .
 
(a)   Tech will own exclusively the PayMode System, including the Application Software, related Documentation, and any Enhancements, including the Upgraded Application Software.  Except for Bank’s Information (as defined below), Bank hereby assigns to Tech all right, title and interest (including all Intellectual Property) in any Enhancements that Bank may have arising out of its participation in the development of Enhancements as anticipated herein.  Bank shall provide Tech, upon request and at Tech’s cost, with all assistance reasonably required to register, perfect or enforce such right, title and interest, including providing pertinent information and, executing all applications, specifications, oaths, assignments and all other instruments that Tech shall deem necessary.
 
(b)   Bank will own exclusively all Work Product and Tech hereby assigns to Bank all right, title and interest (including all Intellectual Property) in the Work Product.  Work Product, to the extent permitted by law, shall be deemed “works made for hire” (as that term is defined in the United States Copyright Act).  Tech shall provide Bank, upon request and at Bank’s cost, with all assistance reasonably required to register, perfect or enforce such right, title and interest, including providing pertinent information and, executing all applications, specifications, oaths, assignments and all other instruments that Bank shall deem necessary.
 
8.2   Licenses .
 
(a)   Subject to the terms of this Services Agreement, Tech hereby grants to Bank: (i) a worldwide, non-exclusive license to access and use the PayMode System, including the Application Software, and any Enhancements thereto, including the Upgraded Application Software, including all Intellectual Property in any of the foregoing, for the benefit of Bank and Customers, consistent with the terms and conditions of this Services Agreement during the Term; and (ii) a worldwide, non-exclusive license to sublicense the access and use of the PayMode System, including the Application Software, and any Enhancements thereto, including the Upgraded Application Software, including all Intellectual Property in any of the foregoing, to
 
 
11

 
Bank’s Customers in connection with their use of the PayMode Services consistent with the terms and conditions of this Services Agreement and any applicable Customer Service Agreement during the Term.  The foregoing licenses expressly exclude any right of Bank to disclose, decompile, reverse engineer, or disassemble the Application Software or any portion thereof.
 
(b)   Subject to the terms of this Services Agreement, Bank hereby grants to Tech a worldwide, non-exclusive, royalty-free license under all of Bank’s Intellectual Property in any and all Work Product solely to provide the Services to Bank and Bank’s Customers as anticipated herein and perform its other obligations under this Services Agreement.
 
(c)   If, during the Term as part of Bank’s collaboration with Tech, participation on the [**], or otherwise in connection with this Services Agreement, Bank learns of any features, functionality, software, Enhancements, ideas, processes, products, inventions, methodologies, tools,  technology, and information owned in whole or in part by Tech (“ Tech Proprietary Property ”) that Bank, in its discretion, desires to incorporate into products or services of the Bank other than PayMode Processing Services, then, upon provision of written notice by Bank, the Parties shall agree upon reasonable terms that permit use of the desired Tech Proprietary Property by Bank.  Tech shall use Reasonable Best Efforts to retain sufficient rights in Tech Proprietary Property to grant the license anticipated herein to Bank.
 
8.3   Bank Information and Tech Information .
 
(a)   In performing its obligations hereunder, the Bank may provide for Tech’s use proprietary technology, information, works of authorship or products that were not created specifically for Tech or for exclusive use with the PayMode System and/or PayMode Services, including software, methodologies, tools, specifications, drawings, sketches, models, samples, records, data and documentation, as well as Intellectual Property (all of the foregoing, collectively, “ Bank Information ”).  Bank Information will be the sole property of Bank and is expressly excluded from the assignment made by Bank in Section 8.1(a) above.  To the extent that Bank requires Tech to incorporate Bank Information or any derivative work thereof into the PayMode System and/or the PayMode Services as provided to Bank or generally to Tech’s customers, Bank hereby grants to Tech a non-exclusive, perpetual, irrevocable, royalty-free, fully paid-up, transferable license, with the right to sublicense, to use, make, reproduce, import, modify, create derivative works based on, store on its servers, display, perform, promote, market, distribute, offer for sale and sell, export, permit the online use of or other electronic use of such Bank Information without identifying or seeking the consent of Bank, but only to the extent Bank has the right to grant such license.  The license granted herein shall not apply to any Bank Information which Bank did not expressly provide to Tech for its use hereunder.
 
(b)   As part of Tech’s performance of its obligations hereunder, Tech may utilize proprietary technology, information, works of authorship or products that were not created specifically for Bank or in connection with Tech’s performance of this Services
 
 
12

 
Agreement, including software, methodologies, tools, specifications, drawings, sketches, models, samples, records, data and documentation, as well as Intellectual Property, which have been originated, developed or purchased by Tech or by third parties under contract to Tech (all of the foregoing, collectively, “ Tech Information ”).  Tech Information will be the sole property of Tech and will be deemed not to be Work Product.  To the extent Tech incorporates Tech Information or any derivative work thereof into Work Product, Tech hereby grants to Bank a non-exclusive, perpetual, irrevocable, royalty-free, fully paid-up, transferable license, with the right to sublicense, to use, make, reproduce, import, modify, create derivative works based on, store on its servers, display, perform, promote, market, distribute, offer for sale and sell, export, permit the online use of or other electronic use of such Tech Information (but not the PayMode System) without identifying or seeking the consent of Tech.
 
8.4   No Implied Licenses .  Except as expressly provided in this Services Agreement, nothing in this Services Agreement shall give rise to any licenses under any Intellectual Property of either Party, whether by implication or otherwise.
 
8.5   Representation and Warranty .  Each Party represents and warrants to the other that it has all rights necessary to give full force and effect to the assignments and licenses set forth in this Article 8.
 
ARTICLE 9
 

 
SOURCE CODE
 
9.1   Escrow of Upgraded Application Software .  Upon request by Bank, which shall not occur earlier than a first release of Upgraded Application Software being used in production, the Parties will enter into an escrow agreement with the Escrow Agent substantially similar to the escrow agreement attached hereto as Schedule F.  Tech shall promptly thereafter provide to the Escrow Agent, the following items (collectively referred to as the “ Deposit Materials ”):
 
(a)   Source Code on magnetic or optical/CD ROM media in the original programming code language for, as applicable, (1) the Original Application Software, and (2) Upgraded Application Software;
 
(b)   Descriptions of the system/program generation;
 
(c)   Description of proprietary software, system/programs required for use or support that Tech does not possess, or for which Tech does not have rights sufficient to allow transfer or sublicense;
 
(d)   Description of menu and support programs and subroutine libraries;
 
(e)   Detailed explanation of compilation and execution procedures in human and machine-readable form (may be supplemented with video explanation);
 
(f)   Object Code for, as applicable, the Original Application Software and the Upgraded Application Software; and
 
 
13

 
(g)   The legal names, EIN numbers, addresses, phone numbers, and email addresses of those entities of the Vendor Network that are associated with Bank’s Customers, as such information is originally supplied by Bank's Customers and thereafter supplemented by Tech through the use of third party resources in order to execute vendor enrollment (collectively, the “ Vendor Information ”).
 
9.2   Original Application Software .  Bank shall be entitled to retain a copy of the Deposit Materials in the form they take on the Closing Date in the event that an Escrow Release Condition occurs before Tech has provided Deposit Materials to the Escrow Agent.
 
9.3   Updates and Verification .  Tech will update the Deposit Materials at least once per Quarter, except that Tech shall only be obligated to update the Vendor Information portion of the Deposit Materials once per Contract Year.  Upon each delivery of the Deposit Materials to the Escrow Agent, Bank shall have the right to have the Escrow Agent verify, at Bank’s expense, the Deposit Materials for accuracy, completeness and sufficiency, and to confirm that the Source Code compiles to the pertinent Object Code of the Application Software using the procedures established by the Escrow Agent (“ Verification Services ”).  Bank shall notify Tech of dates on which any such Verification Services will be performed, and the results thereof.  Each Party may elect to observe the Verification Services at its own expense.
 
9.4   Escrow Costs .  Tech shall bear all costs associated with delivering the Deposit Materials to the Escrow Agent and Bank shall pay all fees charged by the Escrow Agent solely as such fees relate to the escrow of the Deposit Materials in connection with this Services Agreement.  Bank shall be entitled to access and use the Deposit Materials pursuant to the escrow licenses granted herein upon the occurrence of an Escrow Release Condition.  Until an Escrow Release Condition occurs, Bank shall not be permitted to access or use the Source Code.
 
9.5   Escrow Release Conditions .  Any of the following events shall be deemed an “ Escrow Release Condition ” for purposes of this Services Agreement: (a) Tech fails to provide the PayMode Processing Services in all material respects for two (2) consecutive days;  (b) Tech causes Bank to be in material violation of any law or regulation governing the financial services industry that affects or, in Bank’s reasonable judgment, may affect the delivery or performance of the PayMode Services; (c) in the event that Tech fails to provide the PayMode Processing Services in all material respects for a period of time longer than fourteen (14) days due to a force majeure event; and (d) all of the events giving Bank a right to terminate this Services Agreement in accordance with Section 15.2.
 
9.6   Escrow Licenses .
 
(a)   Subject to the terms and conditions of this Services Agreement, Tech hereby grants to Bank, commencing upon an Escrow Release Condition, a non-exclusive, non-transferrable, non-royalty bearing license to review and study the Deposit Materials in order to plan for the provision and transition of the PayMode Services through alternative means in the event that any applicable Escrow Release Condition is not resolved as provided herein.  The foregoing license shall terminate upon either the effective date of the license granted in Section 9.6(b) below or the satisfactory resolution
 
 
14

 
of the relevant Escrow Release Condition within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of such Escrow Release Condition.
 
(b)   In the event that any Escrow Release Condition is not resolved to the satisfaction of Bank within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of such Escrow Release Condition, or in the event that Bank terminates this Services Agreement pursuant to Section 15.2, subject to the terms and conditions of this Services Agreement, Tech hereby grants to Bank a non-exclusive, non-transferable, license to:
 
1.   Copy, install, operate, modify, improve, and create derivative works from the Deposit Materials solely for purposes of improving and maintaining the Application Software.
 
2.   Copy, install, review, study, use, create derivative works from and operate the Deposit Materials (and any derivative works thereof created by Bank pursuant to this license) in a production environment at a data center operated by (or for the benefit of) Bank solely for purposes of providing PayMode Services to Bank’s customers.
 
(c)   The license granted in subsection (b) shall automatically terminate four (4) years after the date of the grant.  Following such termination of the license, at Bank’s option, the Parties shall mutually agree upon a new license for Bank to use the Deposit Materials on reasonable terms and conditions, including the payment of reasonable license fees.
 
ARTICLE 10
 

 
CONFIDENTIALITY
 
10.1   Information Exchanges .  Subject to applicable law and good faith claims of privilege, each Party shall provide the other Party with all information regarding itself, the Customers, and the transactions under this Services Agreement that the disclosing Party reasonably believes is required to comply with all applicable laws in connection with the provision of Services pursuant to this Services Agreement.
 
10.2   Confidential Information .  The term “ Confidential Information ” shall mean the terms of this Services Agreement, all information exchanged pursuant to Section 10.1 and all other data, trade secrets, business information and other information of any kind whatsoever that a Party (“ Discloser ”) discloses, in writing (including email or other electronic transfer), orally, visually or in any other medium, to the other Party (“ Recipient ”) or to which Recipient obtains access and that relates to Discloser or its Representatives, customers, third party vendors or licensors.  Bank’s Confidential Information includes PayMode Data.  For avoidance of doubt, the Vendor Network, all User Documentation, and the Deposit Materials shall be deemed the Confidential Information of Tech, provided, however, that Bank’s obligations with respect to Tech’s Confidential Information shall not apply to Bank’s treatment and/or use of the Deposit Materials to the extent such obligations are inconsistent with the scope of the licenses granted in Section 9.6.
 
 
15

 
10.3   Exclusions .  Confidential Information shall not include any information that (a) Recipient rightfully has in its possession when disclosed to it, free of obligation to Discloser to maintain its confidentiality; (b) Recipient independently develops without access to Discloser’s Confidential Information; (c) is or becomes known to the public other than by breach of this Article 10, or (d) is rightfully received by Recipient from a third party without the obligation of confidentiality.  Any combination of Confidential Information disclosed with information not so classified shall not be deemed to be within one of the foregoing exclusions merely because individual portions of such combination are free of any confidentiality obligation or are separately known in the public domain.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, possession by Bank prior to the Closing Date of Vendor Network information, User Documentation, and Deposit Materials shall not deprive such information of its status after the Closing Date as Confidential Information of Tech under this Services Agreement.
 
10.4   Restrictions on Disclosure .  Each of the Parties, as Recipient, hereby agrees that it will not, and will cause its Representatives, consultants, Affiliates, permitted Subcontractors and independent contractors not to disclose Confidential Information of the other Party during or after the Term of this Services Agreement, other than on a “need to know” basis and then only:  (a) to its Affiliates, employees or officers; (b) to its  independent contractors at any level, its agents and consultants, provided that all such persons are subject to a written confidentiality agreement that shall be no less restrictive than the provisions of Article 10 and, if applicable, Article 11 hereof; (c) pursuant to an exception set forth in 15 U.S.C. 6802(e) and accompanying regulations, which disclosures are made in the ordinary course of business; or (d) as required by law or as otherwise expressly permitted by this Services Agreement.  Recipient shall not use or disclose Confidential Information of the other Party for any purpose other than to carry out its obligations under this Services Agreement.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither Party shall use the Confidential Information of the other to solicit business or customers.  Bank shall not use the Confidential Information of Tech to develop or sell services that compete with the PayMode Processing Services. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tech may use aggregate data based on PayMode Data that does not include any personally identifiable information for marketing and advertising purposes.
 
10.5   Custody of Confidential Information .  Recipient shall treat Confidential Information of the other Party with no less care than it employs for its own Confidential Information of a similar nature that it does not wish to disclose, publish or disseminate, but not less than a reasonable level of care.
 
10.6   Return and Destruction of Confidential Information .  Subject to Tech’s obligations under Section 15.6, upon expiration or termination of this Services Agreement for any reason or at the written request of a Party during the Term of this Services Agreement, the other Party shall promptly return to the requesting Party or destroy, at the requesting Party’s election, all Confidential Information of the requesting Party in the possession of the other Party or its subcontractors, subject to and in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Services Agreement.  In the event that Bank requests destruction of Confidential Information, Tech shall destroy such Confidential Information in accordance with the Information Destruction Requirements described within Schedule G.
 
 
16

 
10.7   Disclosure Required by Law .  Recipient may disclose Confidential Information as required by law; provided however, to the extent legally permitted, Recipient shall notify Discloser of any actual or threatened requirement of law to disclose Confidential Information promptly upon receiving actual knowledge thereof and shall cooperate with Discloser’s reasonable, lawful efforts to resist, limit or delay such disclosure.  Nothing in this Section 10.7 shall require any notice or other action by Bank in connection with requests or demands for Confidential Information by bank examiners.
 
10.8   Ownership & Publicity .  All Confidential Information disclosed by a Party shall at all times remain the property of the Disclosing Party.  All PayMode Data shall at all times remain the property of Bank or the applicable Customer.  Each Party shall have responsibility for and bear all risk of loss or damage to Confidential Information of the other Party while such Confidential Information is in its possession, as well as damages resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of the other Party, its Representatives or subcontractors in handling the Confidential Information of the other Party.   Except as otherwise agreed in writing, including as set forth in Section 11.1 of  the Acquisition Agreement, neither Party shall issue any media releases, public announcements and public disclosures, relating to this Services Agreement or use the name or logo of the other Party, including in promotional or marketing material or on a list of customers, provided that nothing in this paragraph shall restrict any disclosure required by legal, accounting or regulatory requirements beyond the reasonable control of the releasing Party.
 
10.9   User Documentation .  Bank shall require its Customers to maintain as confidential any User Documentation that is distributed or disclosed to such Customers for use in connection with the PayMode Services.
 
ARTICLE 11
 

 
PAYMODE DATA SECURITY
 
11.1   Information Security .  Tech acknowledges that Bank is required to comply with the information security standards required by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (15 U.S.C. 6801, 6805(b)(1)) and the regulations issued there under (12 C.F.R. Part 40), the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act (15 U.S.C. 1681, 1681w) and the regulations issued there under (12 C.F.R. Parts 30 and 41), the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (PL 104-191) and the regulations issued thereunder, as amended from time to time, and with other statutory, legal and regulatory requirements (collectively, “ Privacy Laws ”).  If applicable, Tech shall make reasonable best efforts to assist Bank to so comply and Tech shall itself comply and conform with applicable Privacy Laws, as amended from time to time, and with Bank policies for information protection as modified by Bank from time to time.  Tech hereby acknowledges and agrees that Tech has no right to access, receive, accept, transmit, store or otherwise use Bank’s Customer Information under any circumstance whatsoever unless and until Bank has approved the PayMode Security Program (as described below) and confirmed Tech’s compliance therewith and with such other terms or conditions as Bank may require.  After granting such rights to Tech, Bank may suspend, revoke or terminate such rights in its reasonable discretion upon written notice to Tech.  Upon receipt of such notice from Bank, Tech shall (i) immediately stop accessing and/or accepting Customer Information and (ii) promptly disable access to the
 
 
17

 
PayMode Processing Services by any Customer identified by the Bank.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tech shall not be liable for any failure to provide Services or perform its other obligations under this Services Agreement to the extent such failure is due to Bank’s suspension, revocation or termination of Tech’s rights to use Bank Customer Information under this Section 11.1, except if such suspension, revocation, or revocation is due to a breach by Tech of its obligations in this Services Agreement or other act or omission of Tech.
 
11.2   Business Associate Addendum .  Tech hereby agrees to the terms of, and further agrees to execute, the Business Associate Addendum attached hereto as Schedule H (the “ BAA ”).
 
11.3   PayMode Security Program .
 
(a)   Bank shall cooperate with Tech in the formulation of a PayMode Security Program that complies with the requirements of subsection (b) below, including providing to Tech information about the security program utilized by Bank prior to the Closing Date.  As soon as practically possible after the Closing Date, Tech shall provide Bank with a proposed PayMode Security Program for review by Bank and mutual agreement by the parties.  Bank shall notify Tech of any perceived deficiencies in the PayMode Security Program proffered by Tech and Tech, with Bank’s cooperation, shall submit a revised PayMode Security Program for review and approval by Bank.  Tech shall obtain Bank’s approval of the PayMode Security Program prior to System Day One.  On or prior to System Day One, Tech shall implement the approved PayMode Security Program and shall maintain the PayMode Security Program throughout the Term.  Tech shall not materially deviate from the PayMode Security Program in meeting its obligations under this Services Agreement without Bank’s prior written approval.  After the Closing Date and prior to receipt of Bank’s written approval of the PayMode Security Program Tech shall use the same security program utilized by Bank on the Closing Date.
 
(b)   At a minimum, the PayMode Security Program shall include:
 
(i)   Descriptions of systems or procedures designed to ensure the security, integrity and confidentiality of PayMode Data;
 
(ii)   Descriptions of systems or procedures designed to protect against any anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of PayMode Data;
 
(iii)   Descriptions of systems or procedures designed to protect against unauthorized access to or use of PayMode Data that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to the person or entity that is the subject of such PayMode Data;
 
(iv)   Descriptions of systems or procedures designed to ensure the proper destruction of PayMode Data;
 
(v)   Descriptions of governance and risk assessment processes to maintain controls over PayMode Data;
 
 
 
(vi)   A security awareness program that communicates security policies to all Tech Representatives having access to PayMode Data;
 
(vii)   Network diagrams depicting Tech perimeter controls and security policies and processes relevant to the protection of PayMode Data.  Examples of these policies include access control, physical security, patch management, password standards, encryption standards, and change control;
 
(viii)   Procedures for notifying Bank of changes that may impact the security of PayMode Data.  Such changes requiring notification include outsourcing of computer networking, data storage, management and processing or other information technology functions or facilities and the implementation of external Web-enabled (Internet) access to PayMode Data; and
 
(ix)   Use of strong, industry-standard encryption of PayMode Data transmitted over public networks (e.g., Internet, non-dedicated leased lines) and backup tapes residing at off-site storage facilities.
 
11.4   Modifications Requested by Bank .  As reasonably requested by Bank and/or as necessitated by a change in the PayMode Security Requirements, Tech shall modify the PayMode Security Program and promptly implement the modifications.  If such modifications are made at Bank’s request and Tech does not anticipate incorporating the modifications into its provision of services for other of its customers, Bank shall pay for such modifications and they shall be subject to the terms of Article 3.
 
11.5   Additional Participation with Bank .  Upon request by Bank, Tech will: (a) participate in Bank’s assessment process including the completion of online or on-site assessment(s), as appropriate, and remediation of any findings; and (b) participate in periodic discussions between Bank personnel and Tech Information Technology security personnel to review Tech’s security controls and compliance with the PayMode Security Requirements.
 
11.6   Subcontractors .  Tech shall require any Subcontractors who have access to PayMode Data to implement and administer an information protection program and plan that complies with PayMode Security Requirements.  Tech shall include or shall cause to be included in written agreements with such Subcontractors or other persons or entities substantially the terms of this Article and the provisions of Schedules F and G.
 
11.7   Bank Network .  Bank reserves the right to monitor Tech-maintained platforms that reside on the Bank network.  Tech may be required, at the expense of Bank, to assist with installation, support and problem resolution of Bank-owned equipment or processes, or to provide an information feed from such Tech-maintained platform to the Bank monitoring processes.
 
11.8   Injunctive Relief .  In view of the potential for irreparable harm in the event of a breach of the Articles of this Services Agreement entitled “Confidentiality” and “PayMode Data Security”, and without limitation of any other remedies available to it, a Party shall have the right
 
 
19

 
to obtain injunctive relief, without the necessity of posting bond, in the event of a breach of such Sections by the other Party.
 
ARTICLE 12
 

 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
 
12.1   Mutual Representation and Warranties .  Each Party represents and warrants the following: (a) it is in good standing in the state of its incorporation and is qualified to do business in each of the states in which it has operations, (b) it has secured, or shall secure, all permits, licenses, regulatory approvals, and registrations required to perform its obligations pursuant to this Services Agreement; (c) it shall perform all obligations pursuant to this Services Agreement, and shall ensure that its Representatives and Subcontractors shall perform all obligations pursuant to this Services Agreement in compliance with all laws, rules, regulations and other legal requirements, including, but not limited to, Privacy Laws; (d) this Services Agreement is the valid and binding obligation of the representing Party, enforceable against such Party in accordance with its terms; (e) such Party is not subject to any pending or threatened litigation or governmental action which could interfere with such Party’s performance of its obligations hereunder; and (f) its execution, delivery and performance of this Services Agreement (i) have been authorized by all necessary corporate action, (ii) do not violate the terms of any law, regulation, or court order to which such Party is subject or the terms of any material agreement to which the Party or any of its assets may be subject, (iii) will not result in the breach of any other agreement or obligation, and (iv) except as set forth on Schedule I, are not subject to the consent or approval of any third party.
 
12.2   Viruses Warranty .  Tech represents and warrants that the PayMode Services and the Application Software do not contain, and that Tech will not introduce into any computer or electronic data storage system used by Bank, any disabling device, virus, worm, back door, Trojan horse or other disruptive or malicious code that may or are intended to impair their intended performance or otherwise permit unauthorized access to, hamper, delete or damage any computer system, software, network or data.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the foregoing does not include any representation or warranty as to the presence or absence of Harmful Code in the Original Application Software in the form provided by Bank to Tech pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement.
 
12.3   Open Source .  Tech represents and warrants that it will not:
 
(a)   incorporate or otherwise combine with any Work Product any Open Source Materials that require, as a condition of use of such Open Source Materials, that other software or data incorporated into, derived from or distributed with such Open Source Materials be (x) disclosed or distributed in source code form, (y) licensed for the purpose of making derivative works, or (z) redistributable at no charge or minimal charge.
 
(b)   incorporate or otherwise combine with any Application Software any Open Source Materials that require, as a condition of use of such Open Source Materials, that other data incorporated into, derived from or distributed with such Open Source
 
 
20

 
Materials be (x) disclosed or distributed in source code form, (y) licensed for the purpose of making derivative works, or (z) redistributable at no charge or minimal charge.
 
12.4   Service Quality .  Tech represents and warrants that the Services shall be (i) provided in a high quality manner and on a timely basis by employees with the proper skill, training and background necessary to accomplish his or her assigned tasks, and (ii) rendered by competent individuals who possess the skills necessary to perform the Services with the degree of skill and care that is required by current good and sound procedures and practices in accordance with industry standards.
 
12.5   Software and Service Level Warranty .  Tech represents and warrants to Bank that the Application Software will be Operative for the Term of this Services Agreement.  Tech further warrants that, following the Closing Date, the PayMode Services shall conform to or exceed, in all material respects, the Service Levels.
 
12.6   Intellectual Property Warranty .  Tech represents and warrants to Bank that the provision and use of the PayMode Services and the PayMode System, including any Upgraded Application Software and Work Product furnished under this Services Agreement, and including Documentation, do not and shall not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate any Intellectual Property of any third party.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tech does not make any representation or warranty that the use of the Original Application Software by the Bank or any Customer in the same manner used by Bank or any Customer immediately prior to the Closing Date does not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate any Intellectual Property of any third party.
 
12.7   BAA Compliance .  Tech represents and warrants that it shall comply with the terms of the BAA during the Term of this Services Agreement.
 
12.8   Privacy and Security Warranty .  Tech represents and warrants to Bank that the Services shall be provided and that Tech shall otherwise be in compliance with the PayMode Security Program.
 
12.9   Customer Service Agreement Warranty .  Bank represents and warrants that it has entered into a Customer Service Agreement with each Customer listed on Schedule 7.3(a) to the Acquisition Agreement and that it will use reasonable efforts to enter into a Customer Service Agreement with each Customer acquired after the Closing Date.
 
ARTICLE 13
 

 
INDEMNIFICATION
 
13.1   General .  Each Party (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the other Party and its Representatives, successors, permitted assigns and customers from and against any and all claims or legal actions of whatever kind or nature that are made or threatened by any third party and all related losses, expenses, damages, costs and liabilities, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred in investigation, defense or settlement (“ Damages ”), which arise out of, are alleged to arise out of, or relate to (a) any negligent act or omission or willful misconduct by the Indemnifying Party, its Representatives or
 
 
21

 
any subcontractor engaged by the Indemnifying Party in the performance of the Indemnifying Party’s obligations under this Services Agreement, or (b) any breach of a representation, warranty, covenant or obligation of the Indemnifying Party contained in this Services Agreement.
 
13.2   Tech IP Indemnity .  Tech shall defend or settle at its expense any threat, claim, suit or proceeding against Bank, its Affiliates, Customers, and each of their Representatives alleging infringement, misappropriation or other violation of any Intellectual Property or any other rights arising from or relating to the PayMode System, any Enhancement, Upgraded Application Software, Customizations, Work Product or Services (“ Action ”).  Tech shall indemnify and hold Bank, its Affiliates, Customers and each of their Representatives harmless from and against and pay any Damages, including royalties and license fees attributable to, such Action.
 
13.3   Additional Remedy .  If any Enhancement, Application Software, Work Product or Service furnished under this Services Agreement, including software,  system design, equipment or Documentation, becomes, or in Bank’s or Tech’s reasonable opinion is likely to become, the subject of any claim, suit, or proceeding arising from or alleging facts that if true would constitute infringement, misappropriation or other violation of, or in the event of any adjudication that any Enhancement, Application Software, Work Product or Service infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates any Intellectual Property or any other rights of a third party, Tech, at its own expense, shall take the following actions in the listed order of preference:  (a) secure for Bank the right to continue using the Enhancement, Upgraded Application Software, Work Product or Service; or (b) if commercially reasonable efforts are unavailing, replace or modify the Enhancement, Application Software, other Work Product or Service to make it non-infringing; provided, however, that such modification or replacement shall not degrade the operation or performance of the Enhancement, Application Software, Work Product or Service.
 
13.4   Exclusions .  The indemnity in Section 13.2 shall not extend to any claim of infringement resulting solely from: (a) modification of the Application Software or any Work Product by Bank; or (b) the use of the Original Application Software by Bank or any Customer in the same manner as used by Bank or any Customer immediately prior to the Closing Date.
 
13.5   Indemnification Procedure .  If notified promptly in writing of any Action brought against any indemnitee based on a claim for which the indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Article 13, the Indemnifying Party shall defend such action at its expense and pay all costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) and damages finally awarded in such Action or settlement which are attributable to such claim.  The Indemnifying Party shall have control of the defense of any such Action and all negotiations for its settlement or compromise, provided that the Indemnifying Party shall use counsel reasonably acceptable to the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party may only enter into a settlement or compromise of such Action with the prior written approval of the Indemnified Party.  The Indemnified Party shall reasonably cooperate with the Indemnifying Party in the defense of such claim, and, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, may participate in the defense of any claim, as it determines in its sole discretion, and be represented, at the Indemnified Party’s expense, by counsel of the Indemnified Party’s selection.
 
 
22

 
13.6   Cooperation in Litigation .  From and after the Closing Date, each Party shall fully cooperate with the other in the defense of any litigation or proceeding which is instituted against such other Party relating to or arising out of Tech’s provision of the Services to Bank.  The Party requesting such cooperation shall pay the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in providing such cooperation (including legal fees and disbursements) by the Party providing such cooperation and by its officers, directors, employees and agents, but shall not be responsible for reimbursing such Party or its officers, directors, employees and agents, for their time spent in such cooperation.
 
ARTICLE 14
 

 
LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY; DISCLAIMER
 
14.1   Consequential Damages .  EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 14.3 HEREOF, NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOST PROFITS, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY ALLEGED TO BE LIABLE HAS KNOWLEDGE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
 
14.2   General Limits .  EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 14.3 HEREOF, A PARTY’S LIABILITY TO THE OTHER PARTY UNDER THIS SERVICES AGREEMENT SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT OF $[**] (LESS ANY AMOUNTS PREVIOUSLY PAID BY THE LIABLE PARTY TO THE OTHER PARTY AS COMPENSATION FOR DAMAGES IN CONNECTION WITH THIS SERVICES AGREEMENT).  NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF THE OTHER PARTY, OR THE OTHER PARTY’S OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS (INCLUDING WITH RESPECT TO THE AMOUNT, ACCURACY, TIMELINESS OR AUTHORIZATION OF ANY INSTRUCTIONS OR INFORMATION FROM THE OTHER PARTY).
 
14.3   Exceptions .  NOTWITHSTANDING SECTIONS 14.1 AND 14.2, THE LIMITATIONS SET FORTH IN THIS ARTICLE SHALL NOT APPLY TO OR IN ANY WAY LIMIT THE OBLIGATIONS OR LIABILITIES OF A PARTY UNDER THE ARTICLES OF THIS SERVICES AGREEMENT ENTITLED “INDEMNIFICATION,” “CONFIDENTIALITY” AND “PAYMODE DATA SECURITY,” OR THE LIABILITY OF A PARTY FOR ITS GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.
 
14.4   DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES .  THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THIS SERVICES AGREEMENT, ANY SCHEDULES, ADDENDA OR STATEMENTS OF WORK HEREUNDER ARE THE SOLE WARRANTIES PROVIDED BY THE PARTIES HEREUNDER.  EXCEPT AS MAY BE SET FORTH IN THE ANCILLARY AGREEMENTS, THE ACQUISITION AGREEMENT, THE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY LICENSE AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSITION AGREEMENT, THE PARTIES SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM, TO THE FULL EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ALL OTHER REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, CONDITIONS, AND GUARANTIES OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ORAL OR WRITTEN, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY (A) OF MERCHANTABILITY, (B) OF FITNESS FOR A
 
 
23

 
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, (C) OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, OR (D) ARISING FROM COURSE OF PERFORMANCE, COURSE OF DEALING, OR USAGE OF TRADE.  EXCEPT AS SET FORTH ELSEWHERE IN THIS SERVICES AGREEMENT, TECH DOES NOT WARRANT THAT THE APPLICATION SOFTWARE WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR FREE.
 
ARTICLE 15
 

 
TERM AND TERMINATION
 
15.1   Term .  Unless earlier terminated in accordance with the provisions of this Article 15, the term of this Services Agreement shall be in effect for an initial term of five (5) years commencing on the Closing Date (the “ Initial Term ”).  Upon expiration of the Initial Term, this Services Agreement shall automatically renew for successive three (3) year periods (each, a “ Renewal Term ”) unless either Party provides the other with written notice of non-renewal at least one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the expiration of the Initial Term or the then-current Renewal Term.  Collectively, the Initial Term and all Renewal Terms shall be referred to as the “ Term .”
 
15.2   Termination Events .   In addition to any other remedies available, upon the occurrence of a Termination Event (as defined below) with respect to either Party, the other Party may immediately terminate this Services Agreement or a Statement of Work entered pursuant to this Services Agreement by providing written notice of termination.  A Termination Event shall have occurred if:  (a) the other Party materially breaches its obligations (or breaches a series of obligations any one of which is not material, but when taken collectively are material) under this Services Agreement, and the breach is not Cured within forty-five (45) calendar days after written notice of the breach and intent to terminate is provided by the other Party; (b) the other Party becomes insolvent (generally unable to pay its debts as they become due) or the subject of a bankruptcy, conservatorship, receivership or similar proceeding, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; (c) Tech: (i) merges with another entity where Tech is not the surviving entity, without the prior written consent of Bank, (ii) is subject to a transaction or series of related transactions wherein a third party acquires more than fifty percent (50%) of its voting securities on a fully diluted basis without Bank’s prior written consent, or (iii) transfers all, or substantially all, of its assets relating to the PayMode Services without Bank’s prior written consent; (d) in providing Services hereunder, Tech materially violates any law or regulation governing the financial services industry or any Privacy Laws, or causes Bank to be in material violation of any law or regulation governing the financial services industry, which breach, if capable of Cure, is not Cured within fifteen (15) calendar days after written notice of the breach and intent to terminate is provided by Bank; (e) Bank has the right to terminate under the Section entitled “Acceptance of Priority Enhancements;” (f) Tech materially breaches the Service Levels; or (g) a Party attempts to assign this Services Agreement in breach of the Section entitled “Succession and Assignment”.  In order to be effective, any notice of termination under this Section 15.2 must be provided within eighty-five (85) calendar days after the Party providing such notice knows or reasonably should know of a Termination Event.
 
15.3   Termination for Convenience .  Bank may terminate this Services Agreement for its convenience, without cause, at any time following expiration of the first Contract Year upon
 
 
24

 
at least ninety (90) days prior written notice to Tech, and Bank thereupon shall have no further obligations under this Services Agreement except as described in Section 15.5.
 
15.4   Effect of Termination or Expiration .  Subject to Section 15.6 below, upon termination or expiration of this Services Agreement for any reason, all rights and obligations of the Parties under this Services Agreement shall cease and be of no further force or effect, except that the Sections of this Services Agreement entitled “First-Mover Advantage”, “Fees, Invoicing and Payments”, “Intellectual Property”, “Confidentiality”, “PayMode Data Security”, “Indemnification”, “Limitation of Liability; Disclaimer”, “Term and Termination”, “Arbitration” and “Governing Law” shall survive.  In addition, Bank’s obligations to pay all fees that accrued and were attributable to the period prior to the effective date of termination or expiration, less any applicable [**], shall survive any termination or expiration of this Services Agreement.
 
15.5   Termination Fee .
 
(a)   If Bank terminates this Services Agreement pursuant to Section 15.3 during the Initial Term, provided that Bank provides notice of termination at least one hundred and eighty (180) days before the expiration of the Initial Term, Bank shall be obligated to pay to Tech an early termination fee equal to the lesser of $[**] payable hereunder for the time period remaining in the Initial Term following the date of termination of this Services Agreement.  If Bank terminates this Services Agreement pursuant to Section 15.3 during any Renewal Term, provided that Bank provides notice of termination at least one hundred and eighty (180) days before the expiration of the Renewal Term, Bank shall be obligated to pay to Tech an early termination fee equal to the lesser of $[**] payable hereunder for the time period remaining in the Renewal Term following the date of termination of this Services Agreement.  If Bank provides notice of termination pursuant to Section 15.3 less than one hundred and eighty (180) days before the expiration of the Initial Term or any Renewal Term, then Bank shall pay an early termination fee equal to $[**] payable hereunder for the time period remaining in the then-current Initial Term or Renewal Term following the date of termination of this Services Agreement.
 
(b)   The amounts set forth in Section 15.5(a) shall be reduced by any [**] outstanding at the date of termination of this Services Agreement and any and all payments made to Tech for Transition Services.
 
(c)   Any early termination fee payable by Bank hereunder shall be due within thirty (30) days following the date of termination of this Services Agreement, except that in the event Bank requests Transition Services pursuant to Section 15.6 below, the early termination fee shall be due within thirty (30) days following the date of termination of such Transition Services.
 
15.6   Transition Services .  Upon termination or expiration of this Services Agreement for any reason, and upon the request of Bank, Tech will continue uninterrupted provision of PayMode Services and will reasonably cooperate with Bank in the transition from use of the PayMode Services to other services provided by Bank and/or a third party (“ Transition Services ”).  Bank shall provide Tech with written notice of its need for Transition Services as
 
 
25

 
soon as reasonably possible.  The fees associated with such Transition Services shall be in accordance with the fees for PayMode Services in effect at the expiration or termination of this Services Agreement.  In Bank’s sole discretion, such continued rendering of Services and any other required transition assistance shall extend up to the second anniversary of the date of termination, provided that in the event Bank intends to terminate the Transition Services prior to the second anniversary of the date of termination, Bank shall provide Tech with written notice of such termination at least ninety (90) days in advance.  At Bank’s request following termination or expiration of this Services Agreement, Tech shall promptly provide Bank with all requested PayMode Data in a form acceptable to Bank (including in an electronic file format acceptable to Bank).
 
ARTICLE 16
 

 
TECH PERSONNEL
 
16.1   Bank Benefit Plans .  Tech’s personnel are not eligible to participate in any of the employee benefit or similar programs of Bank.  Tech shall inform all of its personnel providing services pursuant to this Services Agreement that they will not be considered employees of Bank for any purpose, and that Bank shall not be liable to any of them as an employer for any claims or causes of action arising out of or relating to their assignment.
 
16.2   Replacement of Tech Resources .   Upon the request of Bank, Tech shall promptly remove any of Tech’s Representatives or Subcontractors performing Services under this Services Agreement that interact with Bank’s Customers or have entered or have reason to enter facilities controlled by Bank, and Tech shall replace such Representative or Subcontractor as soon as practicable.  Upon the request of Bank, Tech shall promptly, and after consultation with Bank, address any concerns or issues raised by Bank regarding any of Tech’s Representatives or Subcontractors performing Services under this Services Agreement, which may include, as appropriate, replacing such Representative or Subcontractor.
 
16.3   Subcontractors .  The engagement of a Subcontractor by Tech shall be subject to Bank’s prior written consent, and shall not relieve Tech of any of its obligations under this Services Agreement.  Tech shall be responsible for the performance or nonperformance of its Subcontractors as if such performance or nonperformance were that of Tech.  Tech shall require all Subcontractors, as a condition to their engagement, to agree to be bound by provisions substantially the same as those included in this Services Agreement, particularly the Sections entitled “Tech Personnel,” “Insurance,” “Confidentiality,” “PayMode Data Security,”  “Audit” and “Business Continuity,” and to comply with the terms of the BAA.
 
16.4   Conduct .  Tech shall comply and shall cause its Representatives to comply with all personnel, facility, safety and security policies, rules and regulations and other instructions of Bank, when performing work at a Bank facility or accessing any Bank systems and shall conduct its work at Bank facilities or on Bank systems in such a manner as to avoid endangering the safety, or interfering with the convenience of, Bank Representatives or customers.  Tech understands that Bank operates under various laws and regulations that are unique to the security-sensitive banking industry.  As such, persons engaged by Tech to provide PayMode Services are held to a higher standard of conduct and scrutiny than in other industries or business
 
 
26

 
enterprises.  Tech agrees that its Representatives providing PayMode Services shall possess appropriate character, disposition and honesty.  Tech shall, to the extent permitted by law, exercise reasonable and prudent efforts to comply with the security provisions of this Services Agreement.
 
16.5   Hiring and Background Checks .  Tech further represents that, through its hiring policies and procedures including background checks, it endeavors to hire the best candidates with appropriate character, disposition, and honesty; provided, however, Tech shall have no obligation to perform background checks on any former Bank employees that were transferred to, and hired by, Tech in connection with the Acquisition Agreement.  Subject to applicable law, the background checks utilized by Tech shall include at least a check for criminal convictions and the other requirements of Schedule J. Tech shall not knowingly permit a Representative to have access to Bank Confidential Information or premises when such Representative: (a) has been convicted of a crime or has agreed to or entered into a pretrial diversion or similar program in connection with: (i) a dishonest act or a breach of trust, as set forth in Section 19 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1829(a); or (ii) a felony; or (b) uses illegal drugs.
 
16.6   Notification .  Bank shall notify Tech of any act of dishonesty or breach of trust committed against Bank, which may involve a Tech Representative or Subcontractor of which Bank becomes aware, and Tech shall notify Bank if it becomes aware of any such offense.  Following such notice, at the request of Bank and to the extent permitted by law, Tech shall cooperate with investigations conducted by or on behalf of Bank.
 
ARTICLE 17
 

 
INSURANCE
 
17.1   General .  Tech shall at its own expense secure and continuously maintain, and Tech shall require its Subcontractors to secure and continuously maintain, throughout the Term, the following insurance with companies qualified to do business in the jurisdiction in which the applicable PayMode Services will be performed and rated A-VII or better in the current Best’s Insurance Reports published by A. M. Best.  Tech shall, within thirty (30) days after the Closing Date and prior to commencing work, furnish to Bank certificates evidencing the insurance described in (c), (d), and (e) and indicating that the issuer of the certificate will endeavor to notify such Bank at least ten (10) days in advance of any cancellation of the described policies prior to the expiration date.  Bank shall also be named as an additional insured by endorsement to the policies described in (c), (d) and (e) below for the purpose of protecting Bank from any expense or liability arising out of, alleged to arise out of, related to, or connected with the PayMode Services.
 
(a)   Worker’s Compensation Insurance which shall fully comply with the statutory requirements of all applicable state and federal laws.
 
(b)   Employers’ Liability Insurance which limit shall be $[**] per accident for Bodily Injury and $[**] per employee/aggregate for disease.
 
 
27

 
(c)   Commercial General Liability Insurance with a minimum combined single limit of liability of $[**] per occurrence and $[**] aggregate for bodily injury, death, property damage and personal injury, and specifically covering infringement of Intellectual Property.  This policy shall include products/completed operations coverage and shall also include contractual liability coverage.
 
(d)   Business Automobile Liability Insurance covering all owned, hired and non-owned vehicles and equipment used by such Party with a minimum combined single limit of liability of $[**] for injury or death or property damage.
 
(e)   Excess coverage with respect to (b), (c) and (d) above with a per occurrence limit of $[**]. The limits of liability required in (b), (c) and (d) above may be satisfied by a combination of those policies with an Umbrella/Excess Liability policy.
 
(f)   Errors and Omissions Insurance with a minimum limit of $[**].
 
(g)   E-commerce Liability Insurance with a minimum limit of $[**] per occurrence and annual aggregate during the first and second Contract Years, and with a minimum limit of $[**] per occurrence and annual aggregate thereafter.  This shall include, but is not limited to, coverage for:
 
(i)   Infringement of copyright, title, slogan, trademark, trade name, trade dress, service mark, or service name;
 
(ii)   Plagiarism, misappropriation of trade secrets, or unauthorized use of titles, formats, performances or artists or other performers, style, characters, plots, or material;
 
(iii)   Libel, trade libel, slander, disparagement of a person, organization or product or other forms of defamation;
 
(iv)   Unauthorized disclosure of information, which results in an invasion of privacy or other invasion, infringement, or interference with the right of privacy or publicity, whether under common or statutory law;
 
(v)   Unfair competition involving the misuse of material, including trademark dilution, deceptive trade practices, passing-off, and violations of Section 43(a) of the Lanham Act or similar statutes;
 
(vi)   Breach of contract limited to only those, which are implied in fact or in law, resulting from the alleged misuse of material;
 
(vii)   False advertising or misrepresentation in advertising;
 
(viii)   Any actual or alleged breach of duty, neglect, error, act, mistake, omission, or failure arising out of Tech's internet and network activities which results in any of the following:
 
 
28

 
·  
An attack that has the intent to affect, alter, copy, corrupt, destroy, disrupt, damage, or provide unauthorized access or unauthorized use of Tech’s or Bank’s computer systems;
 
·  
Computer crime or information theft;
 
·  
Denial of service;
 
·  
Extortion;
 
·  
Introduction, implantation, or spread of Harmful Code;
 
·  
Loss of service;
 
·  
Unauthorized access or use, including the gaining of access to Tech’s or Bank’s computer system by an unauthorized person or persons or an authorized person in an unauthorized manner; and
 
(ix)   Any actual or alleged breach of duty, neglect, error, act, mistake, omission Any actual or alleged infringement of copyright by Tech or a person or entity for whom Tech is legally responsible relating to software code, user interfaces, or any associated documentation in connection with Tech’s internet and network activities.
 
(h)   Tech shall be responsible for loss to Bank property and Customer property, directly or indirectly, and shall maintain Fidelity Bond or Crime coverage for the dishonest acts of its employees in a minimum amount of $[**].  Tech shall endorse such policy to include a “Client Coverage” or “Joint Payee Coverage” endorsement.
 
17.2   Insurance Certificates .  The failure of Tech to obtain certificates, endorsements, or other forms of insurance evidence (or the failure of Tech to obtain such evidence from its Subcontractors) is not a waiver by Tech of any requirements for Tech and its Subcontractors to secure and continuously maintain the specified coverages.  Tech shall notify and shall advise its Subcontractors to notify insurers of the coverages required hereunder. Bank’s acceptance of certificates or endorsements that in any respect do not comply with the requirements of this Section 17.2 does not release Tech from compliance herewith.  Should Tech or its Subcontractors fail to secure and continuously maintain the insurance coverage required under this Services Agreement, Tech shall itself be responsible to Bank for all the benefits and protections that would have been provided by such coverage, including the defense and indemnification protections.
 
 
29

 
ARTICLE 18
 

 
ARBITRATION
 
18.1   Binding Arbitration .  Any controversy or claim arising under this Services Agreement, other than those specifically excluded, between or among the Parties not otherwise resolved, shall be finally resolved by binding arbitration.  The arbitration shall be conducted by three (3) independent arbitrators, each of whom shall be an attorney or retired judge practicing in the areas of banking or information technology law.  The arbitration shall be held in New York, New York in accordance with the United States Arbitration Act (9 U.S.C. 1 et seq.), notwithstanding any choice of law provision in this Services Agreement, and under the auspices of the AAA and the Commercial Rules.
 
18.2   Procedure .  Consistent with the expedited nature of arbitration, each Party will, upon the written request of the other Party, promptly provide the other with copies of documents relevant to the issues raised by any claim or counterclaim on which the producing Party may rely in support of or in opposition to any claim or defense.  Within thirty (30) days after the designation of the arbitrator, the arbitrator and the Parties shall meet, at which time the Parties shall be required to set forth in writing all disputed issues and a proposed ruling on the merits of each such issue.  At the request of a Party, the arbitrator shall have the discretion to order examination by deposition of witnesses to the extent the arbitrator deems such additional discovery relevant and appropriate.  Depositions shall be limited to a maximum of three (3) per Party and shall be held within thirty (30) days of the making of a request.  Additional depositions may be scheduled only with the permission of the arbitrator, and for good cause shown.  Each deposition shall be limited to a maximum of three (3) hours duration.  All objections are reserved for the arbitration hearing except for objections based on privilege and proprietary or confidential information.  Any dispute regarding discovery, or the relevance or scope thereof, shall be determined by the arbitrator, which determination shall be conclusive.  All discovery shall be completed within sixty (60) days following the appointment of the arbitrator.
 
18.3   Decisions .  The arbitrator shall give effect to statutes of limitation in determining any claim, and any controversy concerning whether an issue is arbitratable shall be determined by the arbitrator. The arbitrator shall follow the law in reaching a reasoned decision and shall deliver a written opinion setting forth findings of fact, conclusions of law and the rationale for the decision.  The arbitrator shall reconsider the decision once upon the motion and at the expense of a Party.  The Article of this Services Agreement entitled “Confidentiality” shall apply to the arbitration proceeding, all evidence taken, and the arbitrator’s opinion, which shall be Confidential Information of both Parties.  Judgment upon the decision rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction.
 
18.4   Other Remedies .  No provision of this Article 18 shall limit the right of a Party to obtain provisional or ancillary equitable remedies from a court of competent jurisdiction before, after, or during the pendency of any arbitration.  The exercise of a remedy does not waive the right of either Party to resort to arbitration.  The institution and maintenance of an action for judicial relief or pursuit of a provisional or ancillary equitable remedy shall not constitute a waiver of the right of either Party to submit the controversy or claim to arbitration if the other Party contests such action for judicial relief.
 
 
30

 
ARTICLE 19
 

 
AUDIT
 
19.1   Maintenance of Records .  Tech shall maintain at no additional cost to Bank, in a reasonably accessible location, all records pertaining to the Services for a period of seven (7) years or as required by law, if longer.  Such records may be inspected, audited and copied by Bank, its Representatives or by federal or state agencies having jurisdiction over Bank, during normal business hours and at such reasonable times as Bank and Tech may determine.  Records available for review shall exclude: (a) any information pertaining to Tech’s other customers that is deemed proprietary and confidential; and (b) Tech confidential and proprietary information not associated with Tech’s performance of the Services.  Tech shall give prior notice to Bank of requests by federal or state authorities to examine Bank records held by Tech.  At Bank’s written request, Tech shall use reasonable best efforts to cooperate with Bank in seeking a protective order with respect to such records.
 
19.2   [**].  No later than [**] after System Day One, and [**] thereafter, Tech shall, at its sole cost and expense, engage a [**] to audit Tech’s controls related to performance of the Services [**].  Each report will cover a minimum six (6) calendar month period.  Tech shall provide a copy of the report to Bank upon request.  [**].
 
19.3   Bank Confidential Audits .  Commencing on the Closing Date, during regular business hours but no more frequently than once a year, Bank may, at its sole expense, audit, test, and inspect Tech’s compliance with the PayMode Security Requirements in the provision of the PayMode Services and the handling of PayMode Data. Such audits shall be conducted on a mutually agreed upon date which shall be no more than ten (10) Business Days after Bank’s written notice of time, location and duration, subject to reasonable postponement by Tech, upon Tech’s reasonable request, provided, however, that no such postponement shall exceed twenty (20) Business Days.  Bank shall provide Tech a summary of the findings from each report prepared in connection with any such audit.  In the event Tech’s failure to comply is not an event of termination hereunder, or Bank otherwise chooses to not terminate, Bank and Tech will discuss the findings and agree to an appropriate remediation plan.  Bank shall be entitled to perform up to two (2) additional such audits in that year in accordance with the procedure set forth in this Section 19.3 for purposes of verifying remediation.
 
19.4   Regulators .  Tech will allow Bank’s federal and state governmental regulators (at a minimum, to the extent required by law), at Bank’s expense, to inspect records held by Tech and t the procedures and facilities of Tech.  Pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 1867(c), the performance of such services will be subject to regulation and examination by the appropriate federal banking agency to the same extent as if the services were being performed by Bank itself.  Tech acknowledges that regulatory agencies may have authority to audit Tech’s performance at any time during normal business hours and that such audits may include both methods and results under this Services Agreement.
 
19.5   Other Audits .  In addition to the requirements under this Article 19, and upon Bank’s request, but only during the Term of this Services Agreement, Tech shall deliver to Bank, within thirty (30) days after its receipt by its board of directors or senior management, a copy of
 
 
31

 
any final report or audit of Tech by any third-party auditors retained by Tech, including any management letter such auditors submit, and on any other audit or inspection upon which Bank and Tech may mutually agree, provided that such report relates to the Services provided to Bank hereunder.
 
ARTICLE 20
 

 
NON-DISCRIMINATION AND DIVERSITY
 
20.1   Equal Opportunity Employers .  Bank and Tech represent that they are equal opportunity employers and do not discriminate in employment of persons or awarding of subcontracts because of a person’s race, sex, age, religion, national origin, veteran or handicap status.  Tech is aware of and fully informed of Tech’s responsibilities and agrees to the provisions under the following:  (a) Executive Order 11246, as amended or superseded in whole or in part, and as contained in Section 202 of said Executive Order as found at 41 C.F.R. § 60-1.4(a)(1-7); (b) Section 503 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as contained in 41 C.F.R. § 60-741.4; and (c) The Vietnam Era Veterans’ Readjustment Assistance Act of 1974 as contained in 41 C.F.R. § 60-250.4.
 
20.2   General .   Tech recognizes the Bank’s Supplier Diversity efforts supporting minority, woman and disabled owned business enterprises and its commitment to the participation of minority, woman and disabled owned business enterprises in its construction, procurement and professional services programs.
 
20.3   Representation by Tech .  Tech represents it is not a Minority-, Woman-, Disabled- or Disabled Veteran-Owned Business Enterprise.  Tech’s expectations, goal(s) and commitment(s) with respect to Bank’s Supplier Diversity effort are as follows:
 
(a)   During the Term of this Services Agreement, at no additional charge to Bank and consistent with the efficient performance of this Services Agreement, Tech shall, regardless of Tech’s representation set forth in this Section, use reasonable best efforts to use Minority-Owned Business Enterprise(s), Woman-Owned Business Enterprise(s) and Disabled-Owned Business Enterprise(s), as suppliers or Subcontractors to Tech when practical and cost effective.
 
(b)   Tech shall provide Bank upon request with a report which specifies the total amounts invoiced by and paid to Minority-, Woman- and Disabled-Owned Business Enterprises for the quarter being reported.  The report shall be in the format outlined in the Bank Primary Supplier Subcontracting Reporting Procedures provided to Tech by Bank’s Global Operations & Supplier Relationship Development group.
 
ARTICLE 21
 

 
ENVIRONMENTAL INITIATIVE
 
Tech acknowledges that Bank encourages each supplier with which it enters into an agreement for the provision of goods or services to use, consistent with the efficient performance of such agreements, recycled paper goods and other environmentally preferable products, and to
 
 
32

 
implement and adhere to other environmentally beneficial policies and practices.  Tech represents and warrants that Tech uses environmentally beneficial practices specific to its industry that meet at least the minimum standard recommended for its industry.  Upon Bank’s request, Tech will provide written information on its environmental policies and procedures.
 
ARTICLE 22
 

 
DEFINITIONS; INTERPRETATION
 
22.1   Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Acquisition Agreement.
 
22.2   Acceptance Materials ” means: (1) detailed documentation and screen shots based on the approved functional business requirements; (2) certification that the Enhancements have successfully completed Tech quality control testing; and (3) at Bank’s request, a successful, interactive online demonstration of the Enhancements in Tech’s test environment.
 
22.3   Acceptance Period ” means the period commencing on the date that a particular Enhancement or item of Work Product is delivered or otherwise made available to Bank and continuing for fifteen (15) Business Days thereafter, or such other period as the Parties may agree upon in writing.
 
22.4   Affiliate ” means a business entity now or hereafter controlled by, controlling or under common control with a Party.  Control exists when an entity owns or controls, directly or indirectly, (a) 50% or more of the outstanding equity representing the right to vote for the election of directors or (b) other managing authority of the controlled entity.
 
22.5   Application Software ” means, with respect to PayMode Processing Services, the online web software that performs such services.
 
22.6   Business Day ” means Monday through Friday, excluding days on which Bank is not open for business in the United States of America.
 
22.7   Closing Date” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Acquisition Agreement.
 
22.8   Confidential Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2.
 
22.9   Consumer Information ” means any record about an individual, whether in paper, electronic, or other form, that is a consumer report as such term is defined in the Fair Credit Reporting Act (15 USC 1681 et seq.) or is derived from a consumer report and that is maintained or otherwise possessed by or on behalf of Bank for a business purpose.  Consumer Information also means a compilation of such records.  The term does not include any record that does not identify an individual.
 
22.10   Contract Year ” means each twelve (12) month period during the Initial Term of this Services Agreement.
 
 
33

 
22.11   Cure ” means a Party has made reasonable best efforts to mitigate losses arising from the applicable default or breach and implemented corrective measures in an attempt to prevent the re-occurrence of the applicable default or breach.
 
22.12   Customer ” means an existing customer of Bank listed on Schedule 7.3(a) to the Acquisition Agreement and each additional customer of Bank with whom Bank agrees to provide the PayMode Processing Services during the Term.
 
22.13   Customer Information ” means any record containing information about a Customer, its usage of Bank’s services, or about a customer’s accounts, whether in paper, electronic, or other form that is maintained by or on behalf of Bank for a business purpose.
 
22.14   Customer Service Agreement ” means one or more written, binding agreements between Bank and a Customer pursuant to which Customer receives the PayMode Services.
 
22.15   Customizations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.
 
22.16   Deposit Materials ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.
 
22.17   Customization Fees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.
 
22.18   Delivery Date ” means the date two (2) years after the Closing Date.
 
22.19   Development Services ” means the development services provided by Tech pursuant to the Product Roadmap and Statements of Work hereunder.
 
22.20   Disabled-Owned Business Enterprise ” is recognized as a “for profit” enterprise, regardless of size, located in the United States or its trust territories, which is at least fifty-one (51%) percent owned, operated and controlled, by an individual of United States citizenship with a permanent mental or physical impairment that substantially limits one or more of the major life activities and which has a significant negative impact upon the company’s ability to successfully compete.  The ownership and control shall be real and continuing and not created solely to take advantage of special or set aside programs aimed at supplier diversity.  Due to the absence of a certifying agency for this category of business owners, the Disabled-Owned Business Enterprise must complete an affidavit and provide supporting documentation to be eligible for consideration towards diverse supplier participation.
 
22.21   Disabled Veteran-Owned Business Enterprise ” is recognized as a “for profit” enterprise, regardless of size, located in the United States or its trust territories, which is at least fifty-one (51%) percent owned, operated, and controlled by a disabled veteran.  The disabled veteran’s ownership and control shall be real and continuing and not created solely to take advantage of special or set aside programs aimed at supplier diversity.  The Association of Service Disabled Veterans, www.asdv.org provides certification for this category of business owners throughout the United States.
 
22.22   Documentation ” means the User Documentation and the specifications for the PayMode Services, including any specifications set forth in the Product Roadmap.
 
 
34

 
22.23   Enhancements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.
 
22.24   Escrow Agent ” means Iron Mountain Intellectual Property Services or such other escrow agent as the Parties may mutually agree.
 
22.25   Escrow Agreement ” means an agreement substantially equivalent to the model escrow agreement attached as Schedule F.
 
22.26   Escrow Release Condition ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.5.
 
22.27   Intellectual Property ” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Acquisition Agreement.
 
22.28   Minority Group ” means African Americans, Hispanic Americans, Native Americans (American Indians, Eskimos, Aleuts, and native Hawaiians), Asian-Pacific Americans, and other minority group as recognized by the United States Small Business Administration Office of Minority Small Business and Capital Ownership Development.
 
22.29   Minority-Owned Business Enterprise ” is recognized as a “for profit” enterprise, regardless of size, physically located in the United States or its trust territories, which is at least fifty-one (51%) percent owned, operated and controlled, by one or more member(s) of a Minority Group who maintain United States citizenship.
 
22.30   Object Code ” means machine-readable computer instructions that can be executed by a computer.
 
22.31   OCC ” means Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.
 
22.32   Open Source Materials ” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Acquisition Agreement.
 
22.33   Operative ” means conforming in all material respects to the performance levels and technical specifications described in the Documentation or, with respect to Customizations, the applicable Statement of Work.
 
22.34   “Original Application Software ” means the Application Software provided by Bank to Tech pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement.
 
22.35   Party ” means Bank or Tech.
 
22.36   PayMode Data ” means: (a) all Consumer Information and Customer Information received by Tech from Bank or Customers; (b) all data provided by Bank or Customers for processing by the Application Software in connection with this Services Agreement; and (c) all derivative data generated from any of the foregoing data.
 
22.37   PayMode Marks ” means the Business Trademarks and any other Trademarks used by Tech after the date hereof exclusively in connection with the sales and marketing of the PayMode Services.
 
 
35

 
22.38   PayMode Security Program ” means the security program developed and/or maintained by Tech pursuant to Section 11.3.
 
22.39   PayMode Security Requirements ” means the security requirements for provision of the PayMode Processing Services as described in Schedule G and as required by the Business Associate Agreement at Schedule H.
 
22.40   PayMode Services ” means the PayMode Processing Services, the PayMode Maintenance Services, and the PayMode Support Services.
 
(a)   PayMode Processing Services ” means the PayMode® transaction processing services for payments set forth in Schedule A attached hereto and more fully described in Appendix A to Schedule A, which processing services may be modified by mutual agreement of the Parties from time to time in accordance with this Services Agreement.
 
(b)   PayMode Maintenance Services ” has the meaning set forth in Article 4.
 
(c)   PayMode Support Services ” has the meaning set forth in Article 4.
 
22.41   PayMode System ” means the Application Software, the Web Site, the Vendor Network, and the computer, communications and network systems, and other infrastructure and technology utilized by Tech to provide the PayMode Services.
 
22.42   Quarter ” has the meaning set forth in Schedule D.
 
22.43   Representative ” means any individual providing labor to a Party or a Subcontractor, including employees, officers, directors, advisors, and agents thereof.
 
22.44   “[**]” means a [**] may apply [**] hereunder.
 
22.45   Service Fees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.
 
22.46   Service Levels ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.2.
 
22.47   Services ” means Development Services and PayMode Services.
 
22.48   Source Code ” means the human-readable code from which a computer can compile or assemble the Object Code of the Application Software.
 
22.49   Statement of Work ” means a written instrument executed by both Parties as described in Section 3.1.
 
22.50   Subcontractor ” means a third party to whom Tech has delegated or subcontracted responsibility for performance of PayMode Processing Services.
 
22.51   Subscription Fee ” has the meaning set forth in Schedule D.
 
 
36

 
22.52   System Day One ” means the date of the first day on which the PayMode System is operated by Tech outside of Bank-controlled premises.
 
22.53   Term ” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.1.
 
22.54   Upgraded Application Software ” means any Application Software other than the Original Application Software, including any upgrades, modifications or enhancements (including Enhancements) to the Original Application Software and excluding Customizations.
 
22.55   User Documentation ” means the user manuals, user identification codes, passwords, codes, keys, test keys, security devices, digital signatures and certificates, other similar devices and information and other documentation that Tech provides in connection with the PayMode Services, including documentation provided in electronic or online format.
 
22.56   Vendor Network ” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Acquisition Agreement.
 
22.57   Web Site ” means the URL from which Customers access the PayMode Processing Services.
 
22.58   Woman-Owned Business Enterprise ” is recognized as a “for profit” enterprise, regardless of size, located in the United States or its trust territories, which is at least fifty-one (51%) percent owned, operated and controlled by a female of United States citizenship.
 
22.59   Work Product ” means all information, data, materials, discoveries, inventions, works of authorship, documents, documentation, models, deliverables, computer programs, software (including Source Code and Object Code), Customizations, firmware, designs, drawings, specifications, processes, procedures, techniques, algorithms, diagrams, methods, and all tangible embodiments of each of the foregoing (in whatever form and media) conceived, created, reduced to practice or prepared by or for Tech at the request of Bank within the scope of any Statement of Work hereunder.
 
22.60   Interpretation .  Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms.  The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.”  The word “or” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as “and/or.”  Unless the context requires otherwise, (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein or therein), (b) any reference to any laws herein shall be construed as referring to any law, statute, rule, regulation, code, ordinance or other pronouncement having the effect of law of any federal, national, multinational, state, provincial, county, city or other political subdivision, domestic or foreign, as they from time to time may be enacted, repealed or amended, (c) any reference herein to any person or entity shall be construed to include the person’s or entity’s successors and permitted assigns, (d) the words “herein”, “hereof’ and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Services Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (e) any reference herein to the words “mutually agree” or “mutual written agreement” shall not impose
 
 
37

 
any obligation on either Party to agree to any terms relating thereto or to engage in discussions relating to such terms except as such Party may determine in such Party’s sole discretion; and (f) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits, Schedules or Annexes shall be construed to refer to Articles, Sections, Exhibits, Schedules or Annexes of this Services Agreement.
 
ARTICLE 23
 

 
GENERAL
 
23.1   Compliance with Laws .  Each Party’s obligations are subject to the export administration and control laws and regulations of the United States.  Each Party shall comply fully with such laws and regulations in the provision of, and use of, services pursuant to this Services Agreement.  Should any entity outside the United States be utilized to provide PayMode Services in accordance with the terms of this Services Agreement, Tech shall obtain all necessary export licenses.  Each Party’s obligations are subject to the export administration and control laws and regulations of the United States.  Each Party shall comply fully with such laws and regulations in the export, reexport, sale or other disposition of Product pursuant to this Services Agreement.  Tech shall notify Bank in writing of any known restrictions on the export or reexport, sale or other disposition of any Upgraded Application Software or any Work Product not generally applicable to commercial software.
 
23.2   OCC Compliance .  Tech agrees to be subject to OCC supervision and examination, subject to the limitations and requirements of 12 U.S.C. §§ 1820a and 1831v.
 
23.3   Financial Responsibility .   Upon Bank’s request, Tech shall promptly furnish its quarterly financial statements as prepared by or for Tech in the ordinary course of its business.  If Tech is subject to laws and regulations of the U.S. Securities & Exchange Commission (SEC), the financial reporting and notification requirements contained herein shall be limited to all information that can be provided and in accordance with timelines which are legally permitted.  Financial information provided hereunder shall be used by Bank solely for the purpose of determining Tech’s ability to perform its obligations under this Services Agreement.  To the extent any such financial information is not otherwise publicly available, it shall be deemed Confidential Information of Tech.  If Bank’s review of financial statements causes Bank to question Tech’s ability to perform its duties hereunder, Bank may request, and Tech shall provide to Bank, reasonable assurances that Tech has adequate financial resources to perform its duties hereunder.  A failure to provide such reasonable assurances shall be deemed a material breach hereunder.
 
23.4   Business Continuity and Disaster Recovery .  Bank shall cooperate with Tech in the formulation of a Business Continuity Plan.  Such cooperation shall include providing to Tech information about the business continuity and disaster recovery plan utilized by Bank prior to the Closing Date.  As soon as practically possible after the Closing Date, Tech shall provide Bank with a proposed Business Continuity Plan for review by Bank and mutual agreement by the parties.  Bank shall notify Tech of any perceived deficiencies in the Business Continuity Plan proffered by Tech and Tech, with Bank’s cooperation, shall submit a revised Business Continuity Plan for review and approval by Bank.  Tech shall obtain Bank’s written approval of the Business Continuity Plan prior to System Day One and, thereafter, shall not materially
 
 
38

 
deviate from the Business Continuity Plan in meeting its obligations under this Services Agreement.  After the Closing Date and prior to receipt of Bank’s written approval of the Business Continuity Plan Tech shall use the same business continuity plan utilized by Bank on the Closing Date.  The Business Continuity Plan shall be updated and delivered to Bank by Tech upon Bank’s request and shall include the items set forth in Schedule K, entitled “Business Continuity Requirements.”
 
23.5   Force Majeure .  Neither Party shall bear any responsibility or liability for any damages arising out of any delay, inability to perform or interruption of its performance of its obligations under this Services Agreement due to acts of God, acts of the public enemy or due to war, or riot, provided, however, that Tech shall only be excused from its obligations in accordance with this Section 23.5 to the extent that strict adherence to Tech’s accepted Business Continuity Plan would not have avoided the delay, inability to perform, or interruption of Tech’s performance of its obligations hereunder.
 
23.6   Affiliates and Restriction on other Third Party Beneficiaries .  Tech acknowledges and agrees that the rights of Bank set forth in this Services Agreement shall inure to the benefit of Bank’s Affiliates.  Except as expressly set forth in this Services Agreement and with the exception of the Affiliates of Bank, the Parties do not intend the benefits of this Services Agreement to inure to any person other than the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and nothing contained herein shall be construed as creating any right, claim or cause of action in favor of any such other person, against either of the Parties hereto.
 
23.7   Entire Agreement .  This Services Agreement, the Schedules and other documents incorporated herein by reference, the Acquisition Agreement, the Intellectual Property License Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements, and the Transition Agreement are the final, full and exclusive expression of the agreement of the Parties and supersede all prior agreements, understandings, writings, proposals, representations and communications, oral or written, of either Party with respect to the subject matter hereof and the transactions contemplated hereby.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, as it relates to their subject matter, nothing contained herein shall supersede the terms and conditions set forth in the Acquisition Agreement, the Intellectual Property License Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements, the Transition Agreement, and the Non-Disclosure Agreement dated June 24, 2008 between Bank and Tech, each of which shall remain in effect in accordance with its terms.
 
23.8   Succession and Assignment .  Neither Party may assign this Services Agreement or any of the rights hereunder or delegate any of its obligations hereunder, without the prior written consent of the other Party, and any such attempted assignment shall be void, except that Bank or any permitted Bank assignee may assign any of its rights and obligations under this Services Agreement to any Bank Affiliate, the surviving corporation with or into which Bank or such assignee may merge or consolidate or an entity to which Bank or such assignee transfers all, or substantially all, of its business and assets.  Subject to the foregoing, this Services Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns.
 
23.9   Counterparts and Facsimile Signature .  This Services Agreement may be executed by the Parties in one or more counterparts, and each of which when so executed shall be an
 
 
39

 
original but all such counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument.  The Parties agree to accept a digital image of this Services Agreement, as executed, as a true and correct original and admissible as best evidence to the extent permitted by a court with proper jurisdiction.
 
23.10   Headings .  Section headings are included for convenience or reference only and are not intended to define or limit the scope of any provision of this Services Agreement and shall not be used to construe or interpret this Services Agreement.
 
23.11   Notices .  All notices or other communications required under this Services Agreement shall be given to the Parties in writing to the applicable addresses set forth on the signature page, or to such other addresses as the Parties may substitute by written notice given in the manner prescribed in this Section 23.11 as follows:  (a) by first class, registered or certified United States mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, (b) overnight express courier, or (c) by hand delivery to such addresses.  Such notices shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) five (5) Business Days after the date of mailing as described above, (ii) one (1) Business Day after being received by an overnight express courier during business hours, or (iii) the next Business Day if by hand delivery.
 
23.12   Governing Law .  This Services Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of laws of any jurisdictions other than those of the State of Delaware.  To the maximum extent permitted by the governing law, this Services Agreement and the transactions called for herein shall not be governed or affected by any version of the Uniform Computer Information Transactions Act enacted in any jurisdiction.
 
23.13   Consents and Approvals .  Wherever this Services Agreement requires either Party’s approval or consent, such approval or consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.
 
23.14   Amendments and Waivers .
 
(a)   No delay, failure or waiver of either Party’s exercise or partial exercise of any right or remedy under this Services Agreement shall operate to limit, impair, preclude, cancel, waive or otherwise affect such right or remedy.  Any waiver by either Party of any provision of this Services Agreement shall not imply a subsequent waiver of that or any other provision of this Services Agreement.
 
(b)   If any provision of this Services Agreement is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions shall in no way be affected or impaired thereby.
 
(c)   No amendments or waiver of any provision of this Services Agreement shall be valid unless made by an instrument in writing signed by both Parties specifically referencing this Services Agreement.
 
(d)   Tech and Bank shall mutually agree upon any amendment to this Services Agreement that is necessary for compliance with a change in federal law, rule or
 
 
40

 
regulation that is binding upon and subject to enforcement against financial services companies or the suppliers of financial services companies, provided, however, that any failure of the Parties to mutually agree upon reasonable terms and conditions for such amendment shall constitute a material breach of this Services Agreement by Tech, subject to Cure by Tech as set forth in Section 15.2(a).
 
23.15   Construction .  Notwithstanding the general rules of construction, both Bank and Tech acknowledge that both Parties were given an equal opportunity to negotiate the terms and conditions contained in this Services Agreement, and agree that the identity of the drafter of this Services Agreement is not relevant to any interpretation of the terms and conditions of this Services Agreement.
 
23.16   Severability .  If any provision of this Services Agreement is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions shall in no way be affected or impaired thereby.
 
23.17   Relationship of the Parties .  The Parties are independent contractors.  Nothing in this Services Agreement or in the activities contemplated by the Parties hereunder shall be deemed to create an agency, partnership, employment or joint venture relationship between the Parties (or any of their subcontractors or Representatives).  Tech shall have no lien and no legal right to assert control over any funds held by any Customer of Bank.  Tech acknowledges that no privity of contract exists between Tech and Bank’s Customers, and that Bank is solely liable for any payments that may be due to Tech pursuant to this Services Agreement.  To the extent required by a Customer Service Agreement, Tech shall be bound by any negotiation, arbitration, appeal, adjudication or settlement of any dispute between Bank and Customer to the extent such dispute affects this Customer Service Agreement.  Bank shall pay (in accordance with the terms of this Services Agreement) for any additional Services Tech may be required to render as a result of any such negotiation, arbitration, appeal, adjudication or settlement; provided, however, for avoidance of doubt, this provision shall not relieve Tech from its liability for its breach of this Services Agreement or its liability pursuant to Article 13.
 
23.18   Remedies .  Except where expressly stated otherwise, the remedies under this Services Agreement shall be cumulative and are not exclusive.  Election of one remedy shall not preclude pursuit of other remedies available under this Services Agreement or at law or in equity.  In arbitration a Party may seek any remedy generally available under the governing law.
 
 
41


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Services Agreement as of the Closing Date.
 
 
TECH
 
By:            /s/ Robert A. Eberle                                                         
 
Name:       Robert A. Eberle                                                         
 
Title:         President and CEO                                                         
 
BANK
 
By:            s/ Mike Butz                                                         
 
Name:       Mike Butz                                                         
 
Title:         VP, Supply Chain                                                         
Addresses for notices:
 
If to Bank :
Bank of America
525 N. Tryon Street
Charlotte, NC 28255
NC1-023-09-01
Attn: GPS Sourcing Manager
Copy to :
Bank of America
101 S. Tryon Street
Charlotte, NC 28255
NC1-002-29-01
Attn: SCM Legal
 
If to Tech :
Robert A. Eberle
President and CEO
Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc.
325 Corporate Drive
Portsmouth, NH 03801
Fax: (603) 436-0300
Copy to :
John A. Burgess, Esq.
Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale & Dorr LLP
60 State Street
Boston, MA 02109
Fax: (617) 526-5000

Agreement Reference Number :                                                                                                           
 
 
42

 

SCHEDULE A
 
 
 

 
SCHEDULE A
 
PAYMODE SERVICES/DELIVERABLES
 
1.  
Executive Overview:
 
Tech will support and enhance the PayMode online solution to enable them to provide the services listed in the description of services below to Bank Customers.
 
Tech will:
 
·  
host the Web Site for the PayMode application
·  
provide support for incoming and outgoing file transmissions of transactions to be processed or already processed
·  
provide technical implementation support for new Customers
·  
provide phone and email based business and technical customer support for the Customers using the service and their trading partners
·  
provide sales support for Bank as outlined in Article 7 of the Services Agreement and Schedule E attached thereto
·  
provide Customer billing and Bank management reporting support
 
Tech also will invest in and enhance the PayMode Services based upon the Product Roadmap.  Processing Services described herein will evolve from time to time to accommodate the Upgraded Application Software. Notwithstanding, Bank and Tech agree there will be no elimination or material reduction of services or deliverables unless mutually agreed to in writing between Bank and Tech.
 
2.  
Description of Services
 
The following PayMode Services will be provided by Tech:
 
PayMode Processing Services
 
Index
Processing
Service
Description
1
PayMode
(core product)
PayMode is an internet based payment system that enables the initiation, processing and transmission of electronic payments and remittance information between disbursing companies and their vendors, suppliers and service providers.  Payments are accompanied by Customer-specified, detailed remittance information.
2
PayMode Plus
PayMode Plus , an extension of core PayMode , adds the ability for a Customer to include multiple payment types (check, card, wire, PayMode, etc.) in their PayMode payment files.   PayMode Plus joins electronically initiated payments such as card and wire with check print files to provide a fully integrated AP solution that initiates both electronic payments and paper checks.
3
PayMode for Reimbursement
The PayMode for Reimbursement product, an extension of core PayMode , is an Internet based application that enables initiation, processing and electronic transmission of travel and procurement expense payments between Customers and their employees, contractors, directors, etc.
4
PayMode Payer Invoice Management
PayMode’s Payer Invoice Management product enables the receipt, routing, approval or disputing of electronic invoices.  Flexible business rules, including optional purchase order matching, enable Customers to efficiently manage their incoming invoices.  The product also features the upload of an approved invoice file to the AP system, eliminating many aspects of the costly invoice entry process.
5
PayMode Concentrator
The PayMode Concentrator Service provides Customers who receive payments initiated from home banking systems with consolidated electronic delivery of payment and remittance information in a format that is easily processed by their accounts receivable systems.  This provides significant advantages over existing paper-based, lockbox solution.
6
PayMode Out of Network ACH
The PayMode Out of Network ACH product allows existing Customers of PayMode to originate ACH credit and debit instructions via the PayMode web user interface to entities that are not members of the PayMode network. The transactions are processed by Bank as if the submitter were ACH Origination customers rather than a PayMode Customer.
7
PayMode Out of Network Wires
The PayMode Out of Network Wires product allows existing users of PayMode to initiate USD wire transfers via the PayMode web user interface to entities that are not members of the PayMode network. The transactions are processed by Bank as if the submitter were a wire transfer customer rather than a PayMode Customer.
8
PayMode for Employees
The PayMode for Employees product is an Internet based application that enables the initiation, authorizing, processing and electronic transmission of travel and procurement expense claims and payments between employers and their employees.  It allows for feeds to & imports from, General Ledger and HR systems respectively for the purposes of ledger updates and the automated import of employee data.

SCHEDULE A-1

 
In addition, the following services will be provided during the agreed upon transition period, allowing Bank to identify and implement an alternative solution for the impacted Customers.
 
Index
Processing
Service
Description
9
[**]
The [**] in the [**] to [**] receiving these types of payments.   [**] .
 
Bank of America utilizes [**] as the [**] .
10
[**]
PayMode provides support to [**]
 
Additional details with respect to the service description are found in Appendix A.  In Appendix A, Customers initiating payments may be referred to as “Disbursers” and entities receiving payments (except for Customers that receive payments through the PayMode Concentrator Service) may be referred to as “Collectors.”
 
3.  
Service Provider’s Responsibilities
 
Tech’s responsibilities are outlined in detail in Appendix A
 
4.  
Deliverables Schedule
 
Tech will begin to provide the described services on the Closing Date in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Services Agreement and the Transition Agreement.
 
5.  
Change Control Procedure
 
Tech and Bank may amend this Schedule A if required from time to time.  In the event the Parties agree on a material change to the PayMode Processing Services or Tech’s responsibilities hereunder, the Parties shall execute an amendment to this Schedule A prior to the adoption of any such change.
 
 
SCHEDULE A-2

 
APPENDIX A TO SCHEDULE A
 
PAYMODE SERVICES
 
 
I.  
KEY FEATURES AND FUNCTIONS
 
 
A.  
General (applies to all services)
 
a.  
Web access
 
The PayMode application will have a web user interface that allows Customers to send and receive payments, manage their PayMode profile and view reports of their payments.  The web user interface will be accessed through the web URL of www.paymode.com .  Bank may redirect Customers using the web URL www.bankofamerica.com/paymode to the web site hosted by Tech at the URL of www.paymode.com .
 
b.  
Login
 
The application will require each user accessing the system to have a unique user ID and confidential password to log in to the system.  Users will be locked out of the system after [**] invalid logon attempts.
 
Passwords will have a minimum password expiration time period and a minimum password length that are consistent with Bank’s information security standards.  Password composition requirements (e.g. contain at least [**] character) also will be consistent with Bank’s information security standards.
 
Tech users will not have access to any Customer user passwords.  They will be able to assist properly authenticated users by resetting passwords.  Password resets will generate a confidential email to the email address on file for the user and the application will require the user to change their password upon the first login after a password reset.
 
As each user is added to the PayMode application, they will receive a validation email with a confidential link which is to be used for their assigned user ID to login to the application.  The link is valid for [**] hours and the user must utilize this activation link in order to complete their first login to the system.  Users experiencing difficulty with the link can work with Tech’s customer support team to have the validation link resent.
 
c.  
Enrollment
 
Each Customer using the PayMode Processing Services must enroll in PayMode through the user interface.  During enrollment, the user enters information about the Customer, about the bank account(s) to be used to send or receive payments, about one PayMode account to be associated with that bank account and about themselves as the enrolling user.  Customers will not be required to accept any
 
APPENDIX TO SCHEDULE A-1

 
Terms of Use in order to access the PayMode Processing Services, except that in the event a Customer wishes to be a Collector or a biller using the PayMode Payer Invoice Management service, the application will prompt the user to review and accept the PayMode Terms of Use agreement.  The user can accept the agreement, decline it, or forward it via system generated email to another user at their company for review and approval.  If the agreement is declined the enrollment is not completed and the new membership is not authenticated and activated.
 
After the enrollment is completed, the company cannot use PayMode to send or receive payments until the Authentication process described in Section II-B of this Appendix A is completed.  The enrolling user, however, can utilize profile administration to add and update information while they are waiting for the authentication to be completed.
 
d.  
Profile administration
 
Users with the appropriate privileges will be able to use the PayMode membership administration function to:
 
·  
Update company information for the membership (name, address, tax ID, etc.)
·  
[**]
·  
[**]
·  
[**]
·  
Add, delete or change the profile of users on the membership.
·  
Add, delete or change the user privileges associated with each user for each PayMode account

e.  
User security
 
Every user will have a unique set of privileges that defines what functions they can use within the PayMode system.  When user privileges are changed, an email notification is sent to all of the administrative users on the PayMode membership.
 
The user privilege set will be sufficiently granular to allow Customers to segregate duties in a way that meets audit and risk management requirements, including, but not limited to, allowing Customers using PayMode for healthcare claims payments to meet the minimum necessary access requirement for the HIPAA regulations.
 
As new functions are added to the application, new privileges will be added as needed.
 
f.  
User home page
 
APPENDIX TO SCHEDULE A-2

 
The application will present to each user that logs in to the system, a user home page that presents them with a variety of useful information:
 
[**]

g.  
Customer facing reports
 
The application will provide a variety of Customer facing reports which provide information applicable to the functions for which the Customer is using the specified report.
 
The reports will have a consistent look and feel.  When applicable, each report will have the following common functionality:
 
[**]

h.  
Web Site navigation
 
The Web Site will have a consistent look and feel with navigation that utilizes best practices for website navigation.  As new web technologies evolve, the Web Site will take advantage of those technologies which are stable to provide the best possible user experience when navigating the site.
 
When possible, the Web Site will provide multiple options for navigating to frequently used functions, so as to meet the needs of users with preferences for varying approaches.  For example, reports and administration can be accessed through tabs and/or through links on the sidebar.
 
Tech will execute usability testing when introducing significant new functionality to the Web Site in order to ensure that the navigation of the Web Site is intuitive to users and easy to use.  Use of the Web Site should continue to be intuitive enough that minimal printed user documentation is required.  Online help functions should be sufficient in most cases to supplement the intuitive navigation presented on the web pages themselves.
 
The Web Site will be able to be accessed and utilized by users with the following minimum system requirements.  The requirements will be updated as technological advancements require that they evolve.
 
PayMode® Minimum System Requirements
 
For optimum workstation performance, the following is recommended:
 
* Intel® 1 GHz processor or higher (or equivalent)
 
* 56 Kbps modem or faster Internet connection
 
* 512 MB of RAM (1024 MB or higher recommended)
 
* monitor capable of 800x600 resolution (1024 x 768 recommended)
 
* Microsoft XP® (Home or Professional edition) or later
 
APPENDIX TO SCHEDULE A-3

 
* Microsoft® Internet Explorer 6 SP1 or later, or Mozilla Firefox® 2.0 or later (your browser must support Java® and JavaScript®)
 
i.  
Online help information
 
The application will provide online help that provides information designed to support users who prefer to be self sufficient in researching additional information on how to use the system.  This information will include:
 
·  
Background information on PayMode and it’s features and benefits
·  
Topic based information on all major functions of the system
·  
Frequently asked questions and their answers

In addition to a specific “Help” function, online assistance will be available in the form of “More Info” links associated with each of the key functions in the system.
 
j.  
Settlement Options
 
The PayMode application will support a variety of options for how payment settlement with Customers can take place.  The purpose of the settlement options is to allow [**] .  In addition, the settlement options provide the [**] .
 
Settlement options are configured at the PayMode membership level and can be applied to:
 
[**]
For each settlement option, the following parameters can be specified:
 
[**]

 
k.  
Payment Processing Controls
 
The application will provide a set of non-Customer facing reports designed to provide the payment processing controls needed to ensure that all payments are processed accurately and timely and to ensure that no payment is lost or altered in processing.  This includes reports needed for payment and transaction balancing and reconciliation.  These reports take two forms:  reports designed to provide sub-ledger detail for expected balances in system settlement accounts and reports designed to provide “warehouse” balancing for transactions in some state of being processed.
 
l.  
Administrative/operational functions
 
In addition to the Support Services functions outlined elsewhere in this Appendix A, Tech will provide Bank a variety of administrative services to support the delivery of the PayMode service to Bank Customers.  These include:
 
APPENDIX TO SCHEDULE A-4

 
·  
Daily processing of payment and invoice files, including processing of incoming Customer payment instruction files and distribution of outgoing settlement and reporting files to payment systems and/or Customers
·  
Daily monitoring of the website and the underlying application
·  
Technical problem resolution for any problems experienced with the Web Site or the underlying application
·  
Daily processing and settlement account balancing and reconciliation designed to provide early problem detection as well as to meet prudent audit and risk management requirements.  There will be segregation of duties between the reconciliation and payment processing functions and a daily management review and sign-off on the reconciliation.
·  
Month end reporting of the reconciliation of settlement accounts to the Bank owner of the settlement account, for any settlement account owned by Bank
·  
Monthly preparation of reports of customer service volumes for delivery to facilitate billing via the analysis system
·  
Monthly invoicing of Customers that cannot be billed via the analysis systems
·  
Daily SLA tracking and monitoring and monthly SLA reporting
·  
Weekly OFAC monitoring of currently enrolled companies and users

m.  
Bank interfaces
 
The PayMode application will interface with Bank systems necessary to provide payment and invoice processing services for Bank’s Customers.  Initially, these interfaces include:
 
·  
A file based interface to the ACH system
·  
A file based interface to the [**] application (for ePayables transactions)
·  
A file based interface to [**] product (for select ACH, wire and International payments)
·  
A message based interface to the wire system via [**] (formerly [**] )
·  
An online and a file based interface to [**] or similar tool ( [**] ) for wire drawdown initiation
·  
A spreadsheet based interface to the analysis systems ( [**] and [**] ) for billing purposes
·  
A spreadsheet based interface to [**] for float revenue reporting
·  
A file based interface from the bank’s M2M (machine to machine) information reporting

For the avoidance of doubt, Tech acknowledges and agrees that it shall have no right, title or interest in any systems of Bank, its Affiliates or vendors with which the PayMode application interfaces.
 
n.  
Other interfaces
 
APPENDIX TO SCHEDULE A-5

 
The PayMode application will interface with other service providers’ systems necessary to provide PayMode services to Bank’s Customers.  These interfaces are described in the context of the specific service to which they apply.
 
o.  
Data retention
 
Tech will ensure that all processing records required for Customer reporting and for non-repudiation of any alleged processing errors will be retained for a minimum of seven years.  Customer reporting data will be available to Customers in an online real-time environment for a minimum of [**] months. [Note: archiving is not currently an element of the system]
 
 
B.  
PayMode
 
a.  
Payment initiation
 
The PayMode application will support a variety of options through which Customers can initiate payments to their vendors who are members of the PayMode Network.  Regardless of the payment initiation method, the entity being paid is identified using the [**] .  There is no need for the company [**] .
 
Payments can be initiated through a manual data entry function in the PayMode user interface.  Users enter payment data and also enter remittance data associated with the payment to be initiated, using a variety of [**] .
 
Payments also can be initiated by importing a payment instruction file through the user interface.  During the import process, the user will be given the ability to browse the directories on their network to find the file to be imported.  Once selected, the location of the file can be saved as the default directory for future imports.  Users are also prompted to [**] for that Customer.
 
In addition payments can be initiated via the delivery of a payment instruction file through any secure file transfer mechanism.  Tech will support a variety of file transfer mechanisms, including, but not limited to:
 
·  
FTP with PGP encryption
·  
HTTPS
·  
SSHFTP
·  
AS2 with appropriate encryption, such as S/MIME

Regardless of the input method (browser based import or other secure file transfer mechanism), the application will feature a flexible integration infrastructure which allows customized parsers to quickly and easily be developed for each Customer, enabling the Customers to deliver their payment instructions in whatever file format is easiest for them to produce.
 
The application will require PayMode payment instruction files to be digitally signed with a valid digital certificate prior to processing.  [**]. Tech will never be
 
APPENDIX TO SCHEDULE A-6

 
in possession of the certificates, but will have the ability to assist Customers by revoking and/or reissuing certificates should the need arise.
 
Payments will [**].  It is only after the payments receive all required approvals that the debit to the disbursing Customer or the credit to the vendor being paid will be released to the wire and/or ACH systems.
 
During the processing of payment instructions, the application will perform a variety of file and transaction level validations on the files and payments.  [**].
 
b.  
Payment management
 
The PayMode application will provide users with appropriate privileges with the ability to [**].  In addition, prior to the release of the settlement transactions to the payment systems, users will have the ability to [**] .
 
Should an erroneous payment be detected by a Customer after the [**] , Tech’s customer support unit will work with the Disburser to assist in retrieving the payment from the vendor to whom it was sent.
 
The PayMode application will allow the user to search for payments via the user interface using a number of different parameters to filter the search.  A list of payments matching the search criteria will be presented and the user will have [**] .
 
If there is a return of an ACH debit or ACH credit related to a PayMode payment, Tech’s Customer Support team will research and resolve the return and will use the application’s Payment Management function to [**] .
 
c.  
Payment Receipt
 
The PayMode application will [**] .  It will not contain confidential data, but it will include a [**] .
 
Payments are typically sent in CCD format, but for those vendors wishing to receive the remittance detail through the ACH network, the PayMode application will send a CTX formatted ACH transaction.  A Tech technical implementation consultant will work with the vendor to configure the options for their CTX set-up and test that set-up.
 
d.  
Reports
 
Customer facing reports for PayMode will include:
 
[**]

In addition to the human readable reports specified here, specialized file based GL reporting will be made available to Customers with this feature enabled (currently
 
APPENDIX TO SCHEDULE A-7

 
one Customer).  This specialized reporting merges information from Bank’s M2M balance reporting for the Customer with information about PayMode payments sent and received to provide a GL posting file for a line of business that doesn’t have a sophisticated GL system.
 
 
C.  
PayMode Plus
 
a.  
Payment initiation
 
The application will support the initiation of a comprehensive payment instruction file that contains multiple payment types.  This type of file will be accepted in the format that it is easiest for Bank’s Customer to produce, [**].  Files can be delivered via the same secure file transfer methods listed in section B.  This type of payment instruction cannot be imported through the browser using the PayMode application itself.
 
During the processing of payment instructions, the application will perform a variety of file and transaction level validations on the files and payments.  [**].
 
The PayMode integration processing will process the comprehensive payment instruction file splitting the payments based on the payment type and will forward the various payment types according to the following chart:
 
Payment Type
Destination
Check
Check Print and Mail Supplier
PayMode
PayMode application
ePayables
[**] application at Bank
Out-of-Network ACH
PayMode application
Out-of-Network Wire
PayMode application
Other Wires, ACH and International Payments
[**]

Payments destined for the PayMode application will be [**] .
 
Check payments will be delivered to the print mail supplier for either same day or next day printing, based on the deadlines provided by the supplier.  Should Tech choose to move to a new supplier, deadlines will continue to be no later than the currently established deadlines.  Same day checks must be delivered to the print mail supplier no later than [**] in order to be printed and mailed that day and next day checks must be delivered to the print mail supplier no later than [**] in ordered to be printed and mailed the next Business Day.  To meet these deadlines, Customers are asked to deliver same day checks to Tech no later than [**] .  Certain large volume print mail Customers, such as those delivering semi-monthly health care claims payments files, will be processed according to a mutually agreed upon time schedule.
 
APPENDIX TO SCHEDULE A-8

 
Tech will ensure that the check printing and mailing service includes the following features:
 
·  
Ability to [**]
·  
Ability to [**]
·  
Ability to [**] .
·  
Ability to [**]
·  
Ability for Customers to [**]
·  
Ability for Customer to [**]
·  
Ability to [**]
·  
Ability to [**]
·  
Check stock with industry standard fraud protection features including, but not limited to:
[**]
·  
Ability to [**]
·  
Ability to [**]
·  
Ability to [**]
·  
Ability to [**]
·  
Ability to [**]
·  
Ability to [**]
·  
Ability to [**]
·  
Ability to [**]
·  
Ability to [**]
·  
Ability to [**]
·  
Ability to [**]
·  
Ability to [**]
·  
Ability to [**]
·  
Ability to [**]
·  
Ability to [**]
·  
Robust testing of [**]
·  
Production of a set of test checks for [**]
·  
Control procedures designed to ensure [**]
·  
Control procedures design to verify that [**]

Payments destined for Bank’s [**] and [**] applications will be delivered to those applications as defined in mutually agreed upon schedules.
 
b.  
Payment management
 
Payments destined for the PayMode application will have the same payment management functionality described in Section B.
 
For check payments, Customers may request Tech’s support group to have the print/mail supplier “pull” a check if it has not yet been mailed.
 
APPENDIX TO SCHEDULE A-9

 
For payments delivered to [**] , Customers will need to use the [**] application to manage those payments.
 
c.  
Processing controls
 
Tech will implement reconciliation processes to ensure that files delivered to other applications for processing are received and processed.  Where possible, this will include receipt and review of some sort of report or acknowledgment from the receiving system.
 
d.  
Interfaces
 
As part of the PayMode Plus comprehensive payment service, Tech will establish and maintain interfaces to the destination systems, as identified in the table in part a of this Section C.
 
 
D.  
PayMode for Reimbursement
 
a.  
Initial and recurring employee load file processing
 
Tech will process csv formatted files from Customers that wish to have an automated load of their initial employee profile data for PayMode for Reimbursement.  For Customers with large volumes of changes, Tech also will process a regular (e.g. weekly or daily) file with updates to employee profiles.
 
b.  
Profile maintenance
 
For each employee, officer, director, consultant or other individual to whom a Customer needs to make expense reimbursement payments, the Customer will have the ability to [**] .  The profile will include the following information:
 
[**]

Profile information can be [**] .
 
c.  
Payment initiation and receipt
 
PayMode for Reimbursement payments can be initiated using the same mechanisms used for a PayMode payment.  The [**] .  This includes:   [**] .
 
Individuals paid through PayMode for Reimbursement do not have [**] .
 
d.  
Payment management
 
PayMode for Reimbursement payments can be managed using the same mechanisms used for a PayMode payment.
 
e.  
Reports
 
APPENDIX TO SCHEDULE A-10

 
PayMode for Reimbursement payments can be viewed on the same reports used for PayMode payments.  In addition, they can be viewed on the [**] .
 
For those Customers using an automated employee load file, the PayMode application will also provide an [**]
 
 
E.  
PayMode Payer Invoice Management
 
a.  
Payer functionality
 
i.  
PO files
 
Customers will have the ability to deliver a file of purchase order information against which incoming electronic invoices can be matched.  This file will have information about [**] .
 
The PO file can be delivered through any of the [**] .  In addition, the PO can be [**] .
 
The Customer will be able to [**] .  Tech will support an integration infrastructure that allows them to quickly and easily [**] .
 
ii.  
Profile management
 
In addition to the profile details managed for PayMode payments, PayMode Invoice Management Customers will have to ability to [**] .  Users with the appropriate privilege set [**] .  These [**] .
 
[**] .
 
iii.  
Invoice Processing
 
When electronic invoices are delivered to the PayMode application, the invoices are processed using the [**] .  This includes [**] such as the following:
 
[**]

Successfully processed electronic invoices are routed to the users with appropriate privileges to act upon them.  The invoices are [**] for the users and the PayMode application [**] .
 
iv.  
Unmatched Invoices
 
Unmatched invoices are [**].  Users with appropriate privileges will be able to use the PayMode application to [**].  Alternatively, the user can [**].
 
Other actions which also can be taken on invoices in the [**] include:
 
APPENDIX TO SCHEDULE A-11

 
[**]
v.  
Matched Invoices
 
Users with appropriate privileges will be able to take the following actions on invoices in their [**] :
 
[**]
vi.  
Invoices Pending Approval
 
Users with appropriate privileges will be able to take the following actions on invoices in their invoices [**] :
 
[**]

vii.  
Dispute/Rejection Process
 
Users with appropriate privileges can dispute [**].  When disputing an invoice, the PayMode application will prompt the user to [**].  In addition, there will be an opportunity to [**].  When an invoice is disputed, it is placed in the [**].
 
Users with appropriate privileges also can [**], sending them back to the [**].  Rejected invoices are in a state that [**].  When the invoice is rejected, the [**].  In addition, there will be an opportunity to [**].  When an invoice is rejected, an [**].
 
viii.  
Post approval maintenance
 
Users with appropriate privileges also will be able to [**].  They will have a [**].  This function is designed to give the Customer the [**].
 
ix.  
Reporting
 
The following invoice management reports are available to users with the appropriate privileges:
 
[**]
 
b.  
Biller functionality
 
i.  
Profile management
 
Billers using the invoice management service will have the ability to [**].  In addition, they can establish a [**].
 
ii.  
Invoice entry
 
Billers enrolled in the PayMode network will be given the ability to [**].
 
APPENDIX TO SCHEDULE A-12

 
First, invoices can be [**].  When using the [**], the PayMode application will [**].  If the line item type includes a [**].  In addition, it will [**].
 
Second, the PayMode application will provide an opportunity to [**].  Invoices files can be [**].  Tech will support a [**].  When importing a file, the user will be prompted to [**].  Once selected, [**].
 
Finally, invoice files can be delivered via any of the secure file transfer mechanisms that are offered.  Like files imported through the browser, these files can be [**].  When a file is delivered, the PayMode application will send a [**].
 
iii.  
Dispute process
 
Users with appropriate privileges will be able to take the following actions on disputed invoices in their queue:
 
[**]

iv.  
Reporting
 
The following reports will be available to billers submitting electronic invoices to the PayMode network:
 
[**]
 
 
F.  
PayMode Concentrator
 
a.  
Payment processing
 
Concentrator payments are home banking payments destined to PayMode Concentrator Customers.  Tech will receive those payments through a number of channels, including but not limited to:
 
                            [**]
Incoming payment files from all of the Concentrator channels are processed by [**].  In addition, the funds are [**] .
 
b.             [**]   PayMode Concentrator uses [**] to provide three kinds of services to Customers:
 
[**]

c.      Settlement options
 
PayMode Concentrator Customers can choose to receive [**] .  Exceptions exist when [**] .
 
APPENDIX TO SCHEDULE A-13

 
d.      Returns
 
PayMode Concentrator will provide Customers with the ability to [**] .  This is done through the [**] .  Payments flagged for return are [**] .
 
e.      Reporting
 
PayMode Concentrator Customers can view [**] .  In addition, those using a [**]
 
f.      A/R files
 
PayMode Concentrator Customers can elect to [**] .  This file contains the [**].  It is produced in the [**].  A/R files can be [**].
 
PayMode Concentrator Customers also can receive [**] . A Tech technical implementation consultant will work with the Customer to [**]
 
 
G.  
PayMode Out-of-Network ACH
 
a.  
Payment initiation
 
PayMode Out-of-Network ACH payments can be initiated using the same mechanisms used for a PayMode payment.   [**] .  These payments are being sent to entities that are not members of the PayMode network, so the Customer’s payment instruction file needs to include all the data elements needed to originate an ACH credit or debit.  This information is [**] .  It includes:
 
[**]

b.  
Payment management
 
The PayMode application will provide users with appropriate privileges with the ability to [**].  In addition, prior to the release of the out-of-network transaction to the ACH system, users will have the ability to [**].
 
Should an erroneous payment be detected by a Customer after the release of the transaction to ACH, Tech’s customer support unit will [**] .
 
The PayMode application will allow the user to [**] .
 
[**] .  The return reporting will be set-up this way by Tech’s technical implementation consultant during the implementation.
 
c.  
Reports
 
PayMode Out-of-Network ACH payments can be viewed on the same reports used for PayMode payments.
 
 
H.  
PayMode Out-of-Network Wires
 
APPENDIX TO SCHEDULE A-14

 
a.  
Payment initiation
 
PayMode Out-of-Network Wire payments can be initiated using the same mechanisms used for a PayMode payment.  Unlike PayMode payments, the payment recipient is [**] .  These payments are being sent to entities that are not members of the PayMode network, so the Customer’s payment instruction file needs to [**] .  This information is [**] .  It includes:
 
[**]

As payments are processed by Bank’s wire transfer system, the following [**] .
 
[**]

b.  
Payment management
 
The PayMode application will provide users with appropriate privileges with the ability to reject [**] . PayMode Out-of-Network Wire payments are processed using a [**] .  As a result, there is no opportunity for the user to [**] .
 
Should an erroneous payment be detected by a Customer after the release of the transaction to wire, Tech’s customer support unit will [**].
 
The PayMode application will allow the user to [**].
 
If Bank’s wire system rejects the wire payment, the change in status is [**].
 
c.  
Reports
 
PayMode Out-of-Network Wire payments can be viewed on the same reports used for PayMode payments.
 
 
I.  
PayMode for Employees
 
a.  
Profile Management
 
PayMode for Employees Customers can use the PayMode user interface to update their processing profile.  The following parameters can be updated:
 
[**]
b.  
Approval Hierarchy Management
 
Customers using PayMode for Employees will be given the ability to [**].  Sometimes referred to as a GL file, this file provides [**].  In addition, it [**].
 
Approval hierarchy information also can be updated via the PayMode user interface.  This functionality can be [**] .
 
c.  
Expense Report Submission
 
APPENDIX TO SCHEDULE A-15

 
The PayMode application will provide a web user interface through which users can enter and submit expense reports.  This entry process will [**].  The entry process includes the following features:
 
[**]
d.  
Expense Report Approval
 
When an expense report is successfully submitted, the expense report is [**] .
 
Approving users will be given the opportunity to review expense report details and warning messages. They can reject the expense report, [**] .
 
e.  
Payment Processing
 
For expense reports that are approved by the time the last ACH file of the day is being produced, the PayMode application will [**] .  Both the employee submitting the expense report and the card issuer will be [**] .
 
f.  
Reports
 
The PayMode application will provide the following reports to assist PayMode for Employees Customers in managing their Expense Reimbursement program.
 
[**]
 
g.  
General Ledger File
 
The PayMode application will provide a periodic general ledger update file that reflects the details of the expenses submitted and paid.  This file will be generated in the [**] that are available.
 
 
J.  
Transition Only:  PayMode Bill Payment Service
 
a.  
Payment and DMP Processing
 
Credit counseling and remote banking consumer payments and administrative messages to be originated through the [**] network can be initiated through the PayMode Bill Payment Service using the same payment initiation methods available for PayMode payments.  One exception is that they cannot be initiated through manual payment entry.  These types of payments and administrative messages (e.g. debt management proposals, balance verifications and other message types used by the credit counseling industry to coordinate with billing entities) are only accepted in the [**] file format defined by [**] ; however, they can be delivered via any of the secure file transfer mechanisms and all of the approval signature requirements and business rules apply.
 
Once a Customer’s payment instruction file has received all the necessary approvals and the funds have been collected from the disburser, an ACH credit is
 
APPENDIX TO SCHEDULE A-16

 
sent to a PayMode settlement account that has been designated for these payments and the payment details are sent to [**] by the PayMode application.   [**] will process the payment file and draw the funds down from the settlement account using a wire drawdown.
 
b.  
Returns
 
When [**] or the billing entity receiving the payments are unable to process the payments, the payments are returned.  The PayMode application receives return information on a [**] formatted file delivered from [**] .  In addition, [**] wires funds for the returned payments into the designated settlement account.
 
When the PayMode application processes a return file, it [**].
 
c.  
Reporting
 
PayMode Bill Payment Service features the following reports:
 
[**]
 
K.  
Transition Only:  Other Translation Services
 
a.  
NACHA to BAI Translation – ACH Entry Detail Report
 
PayMode’s integration services receive NACHA formatted entry detail reports for Customer’s requesting this for their ACH Origination activity.  These files are delivered from Bank’s ACH system.  PayMode translates this information into a BAIv2 formatted entry detail report and delivers it to the Customer using any of the secure file transfer methods.
 
Customers may choose whether to have payments reported upon presentment or on settlement date or on the day after the settlement date.  Customers also can choose whether to have the BAI transaction codes that match the payments used or to use the BAI codes that match the offsetting settlement transaction to their account.
 
b.  
SWIFT TO BAI Translation – International Balance Reporting
 
PayMode’s integration services receive incoming SWIFT balance reporting messages (940s or 950s) sent to a Bank SWIFT BIC designated to receive these international cash management balance reports.  Customers are set-up to have these messages translated into a BAIv2 formatted balance reporting file and then transmitted to them using any of the secure file transfer methods.
 
Account numbers on incoming messages are compared to a table listing SWIFT BICS and account numbers for accounts to be included in each transmission.  If a message is received for an account that is not found, an exception email is sent to Tech’s customer support team.  Tech is to forward this email to the designated
 
APPENDIX TO SCHEDULE A-17

 
contact(s) in Bank’s International Client Servicing team for coordination with the Customer to determine if a new account needs to be added.
 
c.  
Legacy EDI Translation – Version 3020 to 4030 for Check Print
 
PayMode’s integration services receive 820s for check print activity destined for The Payment Network (TPN).  These 820s are transmitted from a Customer and are in a legacy format (version 3020) and PayMode translates them into Bank’s standard 820 format (version 3040) and delivers the file to TPN
 
[**]
 
 
II.  
VENDOR ONBOARDING
 
 
A.  
Enrollment Campaigns
 
Vendor enrollment is a core process within the PayMode application.  New and existing Customers will provide [**] .  An enrollment manager will be assigned to the Customer who will [**] . Tech will:
 
a)  
Provide Customer with segmented [**]
b)  
Conduct enrollment campaigns [**] .
c)  
[**]
 
B.  
Authentication and Activation
 
a)  
The authentication and activation process is a key component of the network expansion and security.  Tech will provide all authentication and activation processes as outlined in established SOPs.  The authentication and activation process includes:
b)  
[**] ;
c)  
[**] ;
d)  
[**] ;
e)  
[**] ; and
f)  
[**]
 
C.  
Activation Reporting
 
The activation reporting is a key component of the Customer implementation and network usage.  Tech will provide reports of [**].  Reports may be sent [**]. Tech will notify Customer and Bank upon completion of campaign program.
 
 
III.  
SUPPORT SERVICES
 
 
A.  
Toll free phone support
 
The help desk support of PayMode is a key driver to overall Customer/vendor satisfaction. Tech will provide a toll free number for Customers and vendors to access
 
APPENDIX TO SCHEDULE A-18

 
operator support Monday through Friday 8:00 AM – 8:00 PM ET excluding bank holidays. Service levels for this support are outlined in Schedule B.
 
 
B.  
Email support
 
In addition to live phone support, PayMode Customers and vendors also rely on timely response to email inquiries.  Tech will provide support for Customer inquiries that come through the email channel.  Specific service levels for email servicing are outlined in Schedule B.
 
 
C.  
Dedicated Customer Support
 
Tech will provide a dedicated customer support contact for those Customers that: 1) Bank is currently providing such services for, 2) Bank Customers that are anticipated to generate $ [**] , and 3) Bank and Tech mutually agree have a level of complexity that warrant dedicated customer support. A dedicated contact is defined as an individual whom the Customer can contact with issues instead of using the toll free number.  Such a contact may support more than one Customer provided that Tech ensures that the Customer is highly satisfied with the service.
 
 
D.  
Escalation of service issues
 
A process for escalation of service issues is key to the ongoing Customer satisfaction of the PayMode system/service.  Tech will provide appropriate escalation process/support for Customers as outlined in Schedule B of this Services Agreement. This may include:
 
a)  
Escalation to Technology partners in the event of a system issue.
b)  
Escalation to appropriate levels of Tech management as required
c)  
Escalation to Bank Customer team for:
1.  
Customer issues not resolved to customer satisfaction
2.  
Customer issues with pricing of service
d)  
Escalation to Bank Risk/Fraud team for issues relating to:
1.  
Suspected Fraud
2.  
Suspected misuse of system
e)  
Escalation to Bank Product team for issues relating to:
1.  
Any issues escalated to any Bank team; Bank Product team should be notified of any escalation to Bank team.
 
IV.  
IMPLEMENTATION SUPPORT
 
Implementation Support is a key function of the PayMode service that includes all aspects of the Customer technical integration for new or existing Customers (changes). Bank and Tech understand that Bank will manage the Customer implementations, and be the primary Customer contact for the majority of Implementation-related communications.
 
Specific components of this process include:
 
APPENDIX TO SCHEDULE A-19

 
A.  
File mapping
 
This component includes the mapping of a customer file for development of a [**] . File mapping requires the Bank to provide a test file or appropriate file specification from the Customer as part of the Bank’s Implementation responsibilities. Tech will provide a [**] .
 
 
B.  
Membership Configuration Consulting
 
This component includes the requirement for Tech to provide consultative support to Bank Customers in the set up of the Customer’s membership within the PayMode application. Membership configuration consulting specifically includes:
 
a)  
Identification of products to be used and appropriate settings activated to use such products
b)  
Settlement options required for appropriate execution of Customer’s payment initiations and/or receipt of payments as defined by product(s) utilized (See description of product services in Schedule A).
c)  
Establishment/consultation of user privileges as required by Customer and product(s) utilized
d)  
Identification of any HIPAA type payments and required settings to support such payments
e)  
Check print options/setup
f)  
Identification of any special remittance type options required by Customer to ensure optimal vendor/Customer experience
g)  
Identification of business rules and associated account set up required by Customer to ensure optimal usage of the PayMode membership and account setups.
 
C.  
[**] Development and Testing
 
[**] development and testing are key functions that are required to utilize the PayMode payment initiation process of the system.  Tech will:
 
a)  
Develop Customer [**] in accordance with test files/maps/file specs provided
b)  
Develop Customer [**] business rules as identified in requirements documents and maps developed by Tech’s implementation support team
c)  
Test all Customer [**] and business rules including negative testing scenarios to ensure successful Customer implementation to production.
 
D.  
A/R Formatter Development and Testing
 
A/R Formatters are required for PayMode Concentrator Customers receiving AR files of payments received.  Tech will:
 
a)  
Develop Customer [**] files in accordance with the test files/maps/file specs provided
b)  
Develop Customer [**] business rules as identified in requirements
c)  
Develop [**] as appropriate for Customers requesting such service
d)  
Test all A/R files and [**] including negative testing scenarios to ensure successful Customer implementation to production.
 
APPENDIX TO SCHEDULE A-20

 
E.  
CTX Configuration and Testing
 
PayMode network vendors and/or PayMode Concentrator Customers may request the settlement of their ACH transaction in the CTX format. Tech will provide this service, specifically:
 
a)  
Develop CTX format in accordance with Customer or bank provided specification
b)  
Test all CTX files including negative testing scenarios to ensure successful Customer/vendor implementation to production.
 
F.  
UAT/Training Coordination and Support
 
Other key components of a successful Customer implementation of the PayMode service include the delivery of a Customer-facing User Acceptance Test and appropriate Customer training. Tech will provide support for these key services as required by Bank implementation team.  Specific services as requested by Bank of America include but are not limited to: Providing a Customer-facing User Acceptance environment with Customer set up configured
 
a)  
Coordination and processing of Customer test files to the UAT environment
b)  
Successful processing of Customer files through UAT environment
c)  
Support for any issues encountered by Bank or Customer in UAT environment including file transmission
d)  
Support for Customer or bank specified training including, but not limited to:
1.  
Providing materials
2.  
Conducting training
3.  
Providing coaching of Bank associates
4.  
Providing onsite customer support for strategic Customers as needed
5.  
Providing on-call technical support
 
G.  
Implementation Management Coordination with Bank
 
Tech will meet with Bank for an implementation status call at a minimum of twice a week on a mutually agreed upon schedule.  The purpose of the call is to facilitate communication that will enable rapid implementation with high customer satisfaction ratings.  In addition, Tech will provide a monthly status report of implementations assigned, in progress and completed.
 
 
V.  
SALES SUPPORT
 
Continued growth of the PayMode suite of products requires appropriate resources to support sales efforts.  Tech will provide sales support as identified below:
 
 
A.  
Pricing
 
APPENDIX TO SCHEDULE A-21

 
Pricing for PayMode payment deals requires an analysis of customer-provided vendor history files.   [**] . Tech will provide this support in accordance with the established Service Levels as outlined in Schedule B to specifically include:
 
[**]
 
B.  
Input for product collateral
 
Another key component of the continued growth of the PayMode suite of products is the product collateral available to the Banks sales/customer team.  Tech will work with Bank to assist in the development of new collateral for enhancements as well as updates to existing collateral as required by Bank.
 
 
C.  
Consulting for large deals
 
Large deals often require detailed support and/or exceptions to processes.  In accordance with Article 7, Tech will work with the Bank to consult on large deals.  Services will include, but are not limited to:
 
a)  
RFP support
b)  
Customer calls/visits
c)  
Customer customization requests
d)  
Solutions development
 
VI.  
MANAGEMENT REPORTING
 
 
A.  
Monthly billing
 
Tech will provide monthly billing/reconciliation reporting to the Bank which includes:
 
a)  
Files/reports of transactions to be fed to Bank’s appropriate analysis systems: [**]
b)  
Revenue file of all transactions for Bank tracking reconciliation of revenue
c)  
File/Report of all direct billed revenue and number of days funds have been held for the purposes of calculating [**] by Customer for input into Bank’s [**] system for revenue tracking and recognition.
 
B.  
Monthly scorecard
 
Tech will provide a monthly scorecard for Bank to review.  The format and content of the scorecard are outlined in Schedule B.
 
 
C.  
Weekly implementation tracking
 
Tech will provide Bank with implementation updates for Bank to incorporate into Bank’s weekly implementation reports.
 
 
APPENDIX TO SCHEDULE A-22

 
SCHEDULE B
 
 
 
 

 
 
SCHEDULE B
 
PayMode Service Levels/Support Services
 
I.  
System Availability and Maintenance
 
A.  
System Availability
 
Tech will make the PayMode System available for Customer access 24 hours a day, except during periods of scheduled system maintenance (see below).
 
To satisfy customer demand for robust service, Tech will maintain a minimum availability of [**] excluding scheduled maintenance windows.
 
B.  
System Maintenance
 
Tech will regularly conduct system maintenance to maintain and enhance the PayMode System.  Maintenance will be performed during Scheduled Maintenance windows unless non-scheduled maintenance is required.
 
Scheduled Maintenance :  Scheduled Maintenance is used to perform routine software and hardware upgrades to the PayMode System.  Scheduled Maintenance periods are scheduled in accordance with release planning and are typically from 11:30 PM ET Friday to 12:00 PM ET Saturday.  Tech will insure that all scheduled transmissions and files and processes have occurred prior to shut down. Every attempt is made to schedule necessary upgrades and system enhancements into these maintenance windows.  In the event Scheduled Maintenance occurs at any other time, Customers and Bank shall be notified in accordance with the Maintenance Notification Schedule below.
 
Tech will also provide Bank with an annual maintenance schedule, subject to change in accordance with the release planning process.
 
Non-Scheduled Maintenance :  Non-Scheduled Maintenance may be required as a result of recommended software patches, critical operational maintenance or fix deployment.  In most cases this maintenance work does not impact system performance.  If maintenance is necessary prior to a scheduled maintenance window and the maintenance has a customer impact of more than 15 minutes during business hours, Tech will provide notification to Bank in accordance with the Maintenance Notification Schedule below.
 
Emergency Maintenance :  Emergency maintenance may occur as a result of unexpected events and is used when system components are at risk.  Tech will make every attempt to provide Customers and end users with prior notification of emergency maintenance.  Due to the nature of emergency maintenance, however, prior notification may not be possible.  In these cases Tech will notify Bank and end users as appropriate as soon as possible, but this notification may occur after emergency maintenance has been completed.
 
SCHEDULE B-1

 
MAINTENANCE NOTIFICATION SCHEDULE
 
 
Bank of
America
End Users
System Availability
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE:
Routine maintenance scheduled in accordance with release planning; typical outages are from 11:30 PM ET Friday to 12:00 PM ET Saturday.
 
Tech will issue an email to Bank of America’s designated distribution 5 calendar days in advance of the outage
Scheduled maintenance notification is posted on users Home Page on PayMode Web Site at least 3 Business Days in advance of outage.
Unavailable
Non-Scheduled MAINTENANCE/
Emergency MAINTENANCE:
Urgent maintenance to repair or upgrade service that should not be delayed until a scheduled maintenance period.
 
Tech will issue an email to Bank of America’s designated distribution as soon as outage is known.
Maintenance notification will be posted on users Home Page on PayMode website as soon as outage is determined if outage is to be longer than 15 minutes
Unavailable

II.  
Production Support
 
Tech will provide ongoing production support to PayMode Customers and users.  Issues will be categorized as Critical (caused by a functional flaw (“bug”) in the production application for which there is no workaround;), High (important, but a work around is available), Medium or Low. Tech will make every reasonable attempt to resolve Critical issues within [**].  Issues categorized as High, Medium and Low will be managed through a prioritization process for inclusion in a future planned release. Customer issues which are not caused by a flaw in the application, but which may delay the processing of payments, are also treated as Critical with respect to the urgency with which detailed information about the error is researched and provided to the Customer.
 
A.  
System issues
 
Tech will identify system issues utilizing the Bank standard severity matrix (as defined in the matrix below).  All Sev 1 and Sev 2 issues will be reported to the Bank within [**] of identification of said Sev 1 or Sev 2 level, to the designated Bank distribution list (to be provided).  Status notifications will be sent to the designated distribution every 1 hour for Sev 1 and every 2 hours for Sev 2 until issue is closed. Bank may, at its discretion require conference call updates in addition.
 
SCHEDULE B-2

 
Metric Definitions                                                       
     
Legend
Definition
     
Severity 1
Systems down or seriously impacted, products/services are unavailable
[**]
[**]
[**]
Severity 2
Systems are degraded/unreliable; performance or legal agreements are
[**]
[**]
[**]
SLA – Wire End-of Day
Processing Wire End-of-Day
[**]
[**]
[**]
SLA – ACH-End-of-Day
Processing ACH-End-of-Day
[**]
[**]
[**]
SLA – Application Avail
Web App 24x7 Availability
[**]
[**]
[**]
Metric #4
       
Overall Daily (Row 5)
       
Monthly Frequency
# of green days per month divided by total # of business days per month
[**]
[**]
[**]
Monthly Intensity
Total # of FCI’s
[**]
[**]
[**]

B.  
Help Desk & Support Escalation
 
Tech will provide Network Operations Support for all PayMode jobs/files 24/7 either via live operator or pager notification as set forth below.
 
a)  
Support During Business Hours : Tech will provide live operator support during Business Hours, including support for all jobs including manual intervention.  Business Hours are defined as Monday through Friday, 8:00 AM ET to 8:00 PM ET, excluding Bank holidays. Due to the nature of the PayMode process, business hour support must coincide with published Bank holiday schedules.
 
b)  
Support During Non-Business Hours :  Non-Business Hours are defined as Monday through Thursday from 8:00 PM ET to 8:00 AM ET, Friday 8:00 PM ET through Monday 8:00 AM ET, and all Bank holidays.  Email and telephone support requests received during Non-Business Hours will be responded to within [**] of the start of subsequent Business Hours.
 
c)  
Issues with Bank Interfaces
 
To the extent that services are delivered to PayMode Customers through interfaces with Bank systems, Bank will provide Tech with a contact list for each interface, including after hours and escalation contacts.  Tech and Bank will work together to determine the cause of any issues and to resolve them as quickly as possible.  In the event that an issue is the result of an underlying system issue with a Bank system, Bank will make every effort to ensure PayMode processing is completed successfully without negative impact to PayMode Customers.
 
SCHEDULE B-3

 
III.  
Support Services
 
Tech will provide toll free customer service to all Bank Customers and associated network members.  Live service support hours of service should be no less than 8:00 AM ET to 8:00 PM ET Monday through Friday, excluding Bank holidays. In addition, Tech will provide all services as listed and described in Schedule A.
 
A.  
Call Center Service Metrics
 
The following minimal service standards will be provided by Tech:
 
a)  
Calls:  Percent of calls answered within [**] shall be no less than [**]% of the calls.
 
b)  
Average Speed to Answer Calls: < [**]
 
c)  
Abandonment Rate: Percent of abandoned calls shall be less than < [**]%.
 
d)  
Customer Satisfaction Scores:  > [**]%.  Tech to provide opportunity for Bank to do Quality Listening or provide third party Customer satisfaction results
 
e)  
Average Handle Time ≤ [**]
 
f)  
First Call Resolution: Tech will resolve [**] % of First Call Resolution Calls (i.e.  Password resets, application functionality-training, etc) within [**] of initial call.  Bank to provide Tech with a list of call-types that are “First Call Resolutions Calls” for the purposes of this metric.
 
B.  
Processing Metrics
 
The following service standards will be met for transactional processing:
 
a)  
ACH :  Tech will run a minimum of [**] ACH runs per day with a normal schedule of [**].  Exceptions due to system or customer issues will be communicated to the Bank via escalation contact list (to be provided).  PayMode system/process delays that result in a delayed settlement to the vendors or Customers will be the sole liability of Tech and Tech will assume responsibility for any resulting late fees or loss of interest by the impacted party.
 
b)  
Wire Drawdown/Wire Customer Initiated :  Tech will run a minimum of [**] wire runs per day with a normal schedule of [**] to ensure appropriate time for receipt of funds.  Exceptions due to system or Customer issues will be communicated to the Bank via escalation contact list (to be provided) if the delay is to go beyond [**].
 
SCHEDULE B-4

 
c)  
[**] Reconciliation :  Tech will provide [**] processing and settlement account balancing and reconciliation of the system and all funds flowing through PayMode.  Any discrepancies not resolved within [**] impacting a Bank Customer will be communicated to the Bank in the form of the monthly report as defined in the Report Section of Schedule B.
 
d)  
In addition, Tech will provide a report of the month-end reconciliation of any settlement accounts used which are owned by the Bank.  This month end report will be delivered to the bank no later than the [**] of the month. Note that any transfer from a Bank owned DDA settlement account to General Ledger Account of the Bank will be handled by Bank.
 
e)  
Bank Account Authentications :  All Bank changes processed by Tech or the Customers/vendors will be authenticated as defined in the SOP within [**] of notification that the account has changed.
 
f)  
Email Response Times :  Customer email inquiries to Tech will be responded to within [**] of receipt, for all products except Concentrator.
 
g)  
General Research Response Times :  All general research items received will be resolved within [**] of receipt.
 
h)  
ACH Returns :  All ACH returns received will be acted upon within [**] of notification from the Bank.
 
i)  
Concentrator Research Items :  All Concentrator research will be acted upon and Customer follow-up provided within [**] of request.
 
j)  
Billing :  Billing files for direct bills and [**] for Bank to calculate [**] revenue will be sent to Bank per the schedule to be provided by Bank.
 
C.  
Customer Escalation Reporting - Tech will generate reporting to track escalations and resolutions to provide to Bank.  Tech will acknowledge all escalation requests from Bank of America within [**] of sending during normal business hours.  Tech will have [**] to provide a resolution to the Customer or Bank escalation or a timeline for resolution.  All escalations exceeding [**] will require a [**] status update with material milestones completed towards resolution.
 
IV.  
New Customer Implementations
 
Tech will be responsible for the execution of new Customer implementations and existing Customer changes as defined in the services section of Schedule A. Tech will be responsible for acknowledging and identifying the Tech Implementation contact, and contact information, within [**] of any submitted implementation request.
 
Tech implementation representative will respond to any inquiries from Bank implementation personnel within [**] of request.
 
SCHEDULE B-5

 
ESCALATIONS:  Tech will acknowledge all escalation requests from Bank of America within [**] of sending during normal business hours.  Tech will have [**] to provide a resolution to the Customer or Bank escalation or a timeline for resolution.  All escalations exceeding [**] will require a [**] status update with material milestones completed towards resolution.
 
PayMode Plus & Comprehensive (Integrated Payments)
Client Expectation : [**] from receipt of test file
       
Implementation Assigned
Test File/Reqs to Dev
Development
QC
Production Deployment
Total
 
1 day – 24 hour to assignment to BT Tech
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
PayMode (Core)
Client Expectation :  [**] from receipt of test file
       
Implementation Assigned
Test File/Reqs to Dev
Development
QC
Production Deployment
Total
 
1 day – 24 hour to assignment to BT Tech
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
Concentrator
Client Expectation :  [**] from receipt of test file [**]
 
Implementation Assigned
Test File/Reqs to Dev
Development
QC
Production Deployment
Total
 
Simple: UI Enabled
         
1 day – 24 hour to assignment to BT Tech
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
Custom AR Format
           
 
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
Cross Reference File
           
 
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
Translation Services – NACHA to BAI ONLY
Implementation Assigned
Test File/Reqs to Dev
Development
QC
Production Deployment
Total
 
1 day – 24 hour to assignment to BT Tech
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
Modifications/Changes
Implementation Assigned
Test File/Reqs to Dev
Development
QC
Production Deployment
Total
 
1 day – 24 hour to assignment to BT Tech
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
Deletions
Implementation Assigned
Test File/Reqs to Dev
Development
QC
Production Deployment
Total
 
1 day – 24 hour to assignment to BT Tech
     
[**]
[**]

In the rare event a Customer’s implementation requirements exceed typical levels of complexity, Tech and Bank will define a mutually agreed upon service level for the particular implementation once the requirements are understood.
 
In addition to the timeframes outlined above, Tech will work with Bank on a best efforts basis to complete rush implementation requests in the timeframe requested by the Customer.  Bank will implement processes and procedures designed to ensure the validity of the business reason for and to minimize the number of rush requests.
 
SCHEDULE B-6

 
Implementation UAT/Training and Support - Tech will make available a UAT test environment to Bank at least [**] prior to Customer training. Bank shall provide Tech with prior notice of Customer training at least [**] prior to the Customer training.
 
V.  
Vendor Onboarding
 
A.  
Enrollment Campaigns
 
Tech will execute vendor enrollment programs for all new and existing Customers, even if existing network matches meet or exceed [**].  Unless otherwise instructed by Bank or Customer, Tech will:
 
a)  
[**] of Customer achieving first pay capability, providing Customer has returned all necessary approvals and materials needed to execute vendor campaigns within the agreed upon timeline.
 
b)  
[**]
 
c)  
Customer Reporting: Provide Customer reporting on designated, Customer preferred frequency
 
d)  
Success Rates:  Average conversion rate of [**] within [**] for new Customer campaigns.
 
B.  
Authentications
 
Tech will be responsible for full authentication of new vendors which will comply with all Bank standards, regulatory and compliance requirements, including Bank standards around: [**] and as outlined in the SOP (Standard Operating Procedure).   Tech will notify Bank of any material changes to the SOP [**] of the change.
 
VI.  
Sales Support
 
Tech will provide support to the Bank:
 
a)  
Pricing: deliver vendor segmentation and vendor adoption forecasts for pricing support and Customer proposal purposes as outlined in Schedules A and E within [**] of vendor file in good order and all other required applicable information
 
VII.  
Management Routines and Reporting
 
Tech shall provide monthly reports, unless otherwise indicated, on the following:
 
SCHEDULE B-7

 
Data
Definition
Monthly (unless otherwise stated)
Severity 1 Incidents
A problem where systems are down or seriously impacted and/or products/services are unavailable. Report should include number of incidents per month by date.
 
Severity 2 Incidents
A problem where systems are degraded/unreliable; performance and/or legal agreements are at risk. Report should include number of incidents per month by date.
 
Critical Production Support Requests
- Resolved within [**] or agreed upon time frame
- # successfully resolved/total # reported
 
Average Speed of Answer
Average duration of time it takes to answer a call
 
Email Response Rate
Average number of hours to respond to client emails
 
Quality Listening - 3 Quality listenings per associate per month (client satisfaction)
Report of average scores by Product for the listening sessions
 
Initial Call Resolution (ICR)**
% First Call Problem Resolution
 
Bank Account Authentications
% Completed w/in [**]
 
ACH Returns
An ACH is returned back, which is usually caused by a bad account number. (Vendor has changed bank or account).  Report to include volume and average turnaround time
 
Modifications
Updates to existing clients account (i.e. changes to file formats, adding check printing and other services).  Include in report: 1) # of requests, and 2) Time in days from receipt of Customer File in good order, to completion
 
Deletions
Any clients exiting the product of the Bank.  Include in report: 1) # of requests, and 2) Time in days from receipt of request from Implementation in good order, to completion
 
Sales Support: Pricing Support Inventory and Turnaround Report
Report tracks Pricing Support Inventory and Turnaround Time (actual performance versus Tech 5 [**] -  time from when PayMode vendor file and/or ePayables Works Match file received by Tech to delivery of data to Bank as outlined in “V: Sales Support (Pricing)” in Schedule A.
Semi-monthly (15th of month and end of month).
Key Metrics Report
# of transactions, total $ processed, and total active Customers (monthly and YTD) for each PayMode Processing Service.  Include Rejected invoices, Approved invoices, Returned transactions where applicable
Monthly (15th of month).
Implementations- Concentrator Basic, Custom A/R Formatter and Cross Reference File
Time in days from receipt of Customer File in good order, to deployed in production
 

VIII.  
Remedies
 
A.  
Failure to Achieve Availability Service Level Standard
 
a)  
Failure to Fulfill System Availability Standard over One Month
 
If the monthly PayMode System Availability falls below the standard ([**]%) during [**], Tech shall deliver to Bank within 10 Business Days after the close of the month, a written plan of corrective action describing the steps that Tech will take to cause PayMode System Availability to equal or exceed the standard during the current month and each month thereafter.  
 
SCHEDULE B-8

 
Bank may comment on this plan, and Tech shall consider in good faith and make reasonable efforts implementing Bank’s suggestions.
 
b)  
Failure to Fulfill Availability Standard over Several Months
 
If monthly PayMode System Availability metric falls below the standard ([**]%) for [**] during a [**], Tech shall meet with Bank’s representative at Bank’s request to determine a course of action.  Bank may make commercially reasonable requests to Tech to add redundant facilities, eliminate single points of failure, replace components and otherwise to supply additional resources, at Tech’s sole expense, that are reasonably designed to improve availability, and Tech shall make reasonable efforts to comply with those requests.  Bank’s making requests and Tech’s complying with them do not relieve Tech of its obligation to fulfill its obligations under this Services Agreement.
 
B.           [**]
 
[**]
 
[**] shall apply based on other metrics as set forth in the Scorecard attached to this Schedule B as Attachment 1.   [**] are based on the total Subscription Fee and Per-Transaction Fee in the month the service level metrics is missed and are cumulative of all metrics.   [**] for Implementations are cumulative of all implementations.
 
No [**] will be assessed for Technology metrics prior to System Day 1.  No [**] will be assessed for Vendor Onboarding, Implementation or Service during the first 180 days following the Closing Date.
 
B.  
Material Breach
 
If PayMode System Availability falls below the standard set forth for any four months during a six-month period, such failure shall be deemed a material breach of the Service Levels.
 
 
SCHEDULE B-9

 

ATTACHMENT 1 TO SCHEDULE B
 

 
[**]
 
 
SCHEDULE B-1


 
SCHEDULE C
 
 
 
 

 
SCHEDULE C
 
The Annual Enhancement Value shall be determined as follows:
 
 
1)  
ITEMS INCLUDED IN THE ANNUAL ENHANCEMENT VALUE
 
 
i.  
Items Tech will cover at its own expense and specifically not included in the Annual Enhancement Value are as follows:
 
[**]
 
ii.  
Items included in the Annual Enhancement Value are as follows:
 
a.  
[**]
b.  
The value of Enhancements, as calculated in accordance with Section 2 below, subject to the terms of Section 2.9 of the Services Agreement.
c.  
Expenses directly related to the items set forth in subsections (a) and (b) above, such as travel, shipping, taxes, duties and the like.
 
2)  
GUIDELINES FOR CALCULATING VALUE OF ENHANCEMENTS
 
 
i.  
Development work will be accounted for in accordance with the Rate Card set forth in Schedule D.
 
 
ii.  
Hardware will be accounted for at cost plus a [**] % administrative fee.
 
 
iii.  
Software purchased from vendors and third party professional services will be accounted for at cost plus [**] %.
 
 
SCHEDULE C-1

 
SCHEDULE D
 
 
 

 
SCHEDULE D
 
Service Fees
 
The following defined terms apply to calculation of the Service Fees:
 
 
1.  
“Concentrator Transactions” means PayMode Concentrator transactions processed as defined in Schedule A.
 
 
2.  
“Core PayMode Transactions” means PayMode, PayMode Plus (electronic transactions), PayMode for Reimbursement, PayMode Out-of-Network ACH and PayMode Out of Network Wire transactions as defined in Schedule A
 
 
3.  
“Implementation Fees” means fees for Customer implementations.
 
 
4.  
“Per-Transaction Fees” means per transaction processing fees paid by Bank to Tech per the schedule below.
 
 
5.  
[**] Revenue-Sharing” means a [**] Revenue Sharing is currently computed monthly based on the [**] .
 
 
6.  
“RPPS Fees” means the per transaction fees paid by Bank to [**] to process Concentrator Transactions and Bill Payment Services
 
 
7.  
“Subscription Fee” means the fixed fees paid by Bank to Tech to perform PayMode Processing Services
 
 
1.  
Service Fees
 
Service fees are comprised of: 1) a Subscription Fee, 2) Per-Transaction Fees, and 3) [**] Revenue-Sharing.
 
SUBSCRIPTION FEE : The Subscription Fee will be paid monthly per the schedule below.  “Payment will commence with the first full month of Tech providing Processing Services”
 
SCHEDULE D-1

 
Processing Month
Subscription Fee
Processing Month
Subscription Fee
Month 1
[**]
Month 31
[**]
Month 2
[**]
Month 32
[**]
Month 3
[**]
Month 33
[**]
Month 4
[**]
Month 34
[**]
Month 5
[**]
Month 35
[**]
Month 6
[**]
Month 36
[**]
Month 7
[**]
Month 37
[**]
Month 8
[**]
Month 38
[**]
Month 9
[**]
Month 39
[**]
Month 10
[**]
Month 40
[**]
Month 11
[**]
Month 41
[**]
Month 12
[**]
Month 42
[**]
Month 13
[**]
Month 43
[**]
Month 14
[**]
Month 44
[**]
Month 15
[**]
Month 45
[**]
Month 16
[**]
Month 46
[**]
Month 17
[**]
Month 47
[**]
Month 18
[**]
Month 48
[**]
Month 19
[**]
Month 49
[**]
Month 20
[**]
Month 50
[**]
Month 21
[**]
Month 51
[**]
Month 22
[**]
Month 52
[**]
Month 23
[**]
Month 53
[**]
Month 24
[**]
Month 54
[**]
Month 25
[**]
Month 55
[**]
Month 26
[**]
Month 56
[**]
Month 27
[**]
Month 57
[**]
Month 28
[**]
Month 58
[**]
Month 29
[**]
Month 59
[**]
Month 30
[**]
Month 60
[**]
       
   
5 YEAR TOTAL
[**]

 
Notwithstanding Implementation Fees, service fees for 2009 to perform PayMode Processing Services will be limited to Subscription Fees and any applicable Implementation Fees.
 
[**]
 
2009 calendar year [**] and [**] amounts will serve as floors for the schedules below for the balance of the Term.  Beginning [**], for PayMode products listed below, [**] and [**] will apply for actual volumes processed and revenues realized each calendar year above the floor. The floor will continue to be based on [**] for each year of the contract term and any Renewal Term(s); the floor will not re-set annually, however actual volumes processed and revenues realized each calendar year will be reset to zero on January 1 st for each calendar year. For the schedules below that are tiered, pricing and [**] Revenue Sharing levels will only apply for volumes within the specific tier.  [**].  For Example, in 2011, if [**] exceed the floor in [**], Tech would invoice Bank for monthly transactions in accordance with Article 6 for [**] for volumes above the floor beginning in [**].  In [**], Tech would invoice bank for monthly transactions up to and including [**], then invoice Bank for [**] thereafter for that calendar year.
 
PER-TRANSACTION FEE SCHEDULE
 
PRODUCT
VOLUME ABOVE
FLOOR
FEE
Concentrator  (excluding RPPS Fees)
[**]
[**]
Core PayMode
[**]
[**]
PayMode Invoice Management
[**]
[**]
PayMode Plus Check Print/Mail Services
[**]
[**]
 
* Floor does not apply.  Fees will be charged on all transactions.
 
SCHEDULE D-2

 
[**] REVENUE SHARING SCHEDULE
 
PRODUCT
REVENUE ABOVE
FLOOR ($)
Revenue Share
to Tech
Core PayMode
[**]
[**]
 
2.  
Implementation Fees
 
[**] .  Custom implementations will generally include one of the following characteristics: 1) greater than [**] or [**], 2) A disburser sending [**], 3) multiple ERP interfaces, 4) inclusion of foreign wires, or 5) [**]. Such implementations are anticipated to be less than [**] implementations. Bank and Tech shall mutually agree on the amount of Implementation Fees on a case-by-case basis, and Bank shall not be liable for any Implementation Fees other than those agreed upon by Bank in advance.
 
 
3.  
Transition Products
 
In Schedule A, Bank and Tech have identified certain PayMode Processing Services as not being performed by Tech indefinitely (“Transition Only”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tech agrees to process each service outlined below as part of the Subscription Fee.  Except as otherwise noted, Bank will not add any new Transition Only customers.
 
PayMode Bill Payment Service : Tech will process transactions through [**]
 
Translation Services – NACHA to BAI Translation: Tech will process transactions through [**].  Bank will continue to add new NACHA to BAI Translation Services into Implementation through [**] .
 
Translation Services – SWIFT to BAI: Tech will process transactions through [**].  If Tech is still processing these transactions on [**] for Bank Customers, Bank shall pay Tech a [**] for processing services for the balance of [**]
 
Translation Services – Legacy EDI Translation: Tech will process transactions through [**].  If Tech is still processing these transactions on [**] for Bank Customers, Bank shall pay Tech a [**] for processing services for the balance of [**] .
 
Translation Services – [**] Translation: Tech will process transactions through [**].   If Tech is still processing these transactions on [**] for Bank Customers, Bank shall pay Tech a [**] for processing services for the balance of [**] .
 
 
4.  
PayMode for Employees
 
[**] .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, as part of the Subscription Fee, Tech will continue to service the existing Bank Customer using PayMode for Employees through [**] .
 
SCHEDULE D-3

 
 
5.  
Non-Standard Pricing
 
From time to time, [**] , non-standard pricing is needed [**] .  Bank and Tech agree to collaboratively work on constructing non-standard pricing where mutually beneficial.
 
 
6.  
Future Products
 
In accordance with Article 2, Tech will develop and incorporate Enhancements into the PayMode offering.  Where applicable, Tech agrees to work closely with Bank to develop competitive Service Fees for Enhancements to enable Bank to successfully sell Enhancements to Customers and prospects.
 
 
7.  
Development Fees
 
Fees for development of Customizations will be billed according to the Rate Card unless otherwise mutually agreed to by the Parties in the Statement of Work.  The “Rate Card” is as follows:
 
Staff
Daily Rates
Hourly
     
Project manager
[**]
[**]
Senior Developer
[**]
[**]
Developer
[**]
[**]
QA
[**]
[**]
QA Manager
[**]
[**]
Consulting engineer
[**]
[**]
Blended Offshore Support
[**]
[**]

 
The rates in the Rate Card shall apply for a [**] period commencing on the Closing Date.  Thereafter Tech may in increase the rates by written notice to Bank by an amount not to exceed the rate of increase of the Consumer Price Index for all Urban Workers published by the US Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics over the period of time since the previous twelve months (the second anniversary of the Closing Date).  In the event the Consumer Price Index ceases to be published, the Parties may substitute a comparable index.
 
8.           [**]
 
[**] .   If Bank, acting reasonably and based on market intelligence, requests Tech to validate [**] , Tech will comply by providing supporting data, subject to Tech customer confidentiality. Without limiting the foregoing, the fees charged by Tech to Bank during the Term of this Services Agreement for PayMode Services, taken as a whole, will be no greater [**] for comparable services, provided under comparable terms and conditions, to the services provided under this Service Agreement.
 
 
9.           Renewal Term Pricing
 
SCHEDULE D-4

 
During any Renewal Term, pricing will be set at a $ [**] Subscription Fee.  All other fees, terms, conditions, and calculations remain in place.
 
 
SCHEDULE D-5

 
 
SCHEDULE E
 
 
 
 

 
 
SCHEDULE E
 
Bank and Tech Sales and Marketing Responsibilities
 
Bank’s responsibilities include:
 
1.  
Sales Forecasting.  Thirty (30) days prior to commencement of each quarter, Bank will provide Tech with the number of Core PayMode deals offered to Customer which Tech can use for forecasting purposes. Sales forecasts shall not be binding upon Bank.
 
2.  
Annual Marketing Plan.  Bank will create an annual marketing plan, incorporating new product releases, and providing Tech a summary of that plan.  Bank will work closely with Tech in creating product launch plans, including marketing activities, for new product releases.  The Annual Marketing Plan shall be Confidential Information of Bank and Bank shall not be obligated to fulfill the Annual Marketing Plan.
 
3.  
Customer-Specific Presentations and Marketing Materials. Notwithstanding anything in the Services Agreement to the contrary, Bank is empowered to use the PayMode Marks and create and use customer-specific, customized presentation materials for sales and marketing activities without the written approval of Tech.
 
4.  
Training.  Bank will engage in training activities from time to time to ensure that Bank Representatives have the requisite knowledge to market PayMode to prospective Customers.  Tech will provide support as requested by Bank in providing content and/or participating in training. Additionally, Tech will provide Bank training on all new product releases at least 30 days prior to the scheduled date of release.
 
5.  
Sales Support.  Tech shall provide Bank PayMode subject matter expert support (at Tech’s expense) to assist in advancing strategic, complex sales opportunities and Request for Proposal responses, including online demo support. If the support request requires Tech resources to be on site for Bank Customer visits, Bank and Tech will mutually agree in advance on Tech reimbursements for reasonable per diem and/or out of pocket expenses on a case by case basis. All such requests requiring Tech to travel for Sales Support must be approved by Bank Relationship Manager.
 
6.  
Tech agrees to perform vendor segmentation analyses and vendor adoption forecasts as requested by Bank on each sales opportunity for Bank pricing and Customer proposal purposes as outlined in Schedules A and B.
 
7.  
Customer Requirements.  Bank will use reasonable efforts to maintain prospective customers at the minimum volume and revenue levels in place for PayMode Processing Services as of the Closing Date. As the PayMode vendor network expands, Bank and Tech will work to reduce the minimum thresholds for transaction volumes and revenue.
 
8.  
Bank and Tech will meet at a mutually agreed schedule to perform:
 
(a)  
Sales review.  Discuss prior quarter activities and any support required of Tech.
 
SCHEDULE E-1

 
(b)  
Operational review.  Review Customer issues and escalations
 
(c)  
Vendor Network Review.  Review performance versus plan
 
Rules of Engagement for Tech Direct Sales Activities
 
Bank and Tech will cooperate to minimize conflict between Bank and Tech sales efforts.  In the normal course of Tech’s direct sales activities, Tech will use reasonable efforts to determine whether Tech’s prospects have a commercial banking relationship with Bank.  In instances where Tech believes that such a relationship exists, Tech’s direct sales force will inform such prospects that PayMode Services are also available through their Bank relationship.  Both Tech and Bank agree that the prospective customer’s preference will dictate whether the customer relationship ultimately belongs to Bank or Tech.
 

SCHEDULE E-2 

 
 
SCHEDULE F
 
 
 
 
 

 
SCHEDULE F
 
Model Escrow Agreement
 
THREE-PARTY ESCROW SERVICE AGREEMENT
 
Deposit Account Number: ______________________
 
1.  
Introduction.
 
This Three Party Escrow Service Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into by and between Bottomline Technologies, Inc. (the “ Depositor ”), and by Bank of America, N.A. (the “ Beneficiary ”) and by _______________________ (“ Escrow Agent ”) on this __ day of      , 20009 (the “ Effective Date ”). Depositor, Beneficiary, and Escrow Agent may be referred to individually as a “Party” or collectively as the “Parties” throughout this Agreement.
 
(a)   The use of the term services in this Agreement shall refer to Escrow Agent services that facilitate the creation, management, and enforcement of software or other technology escrow accounts (“ Services ”). A Party shall request Services under this Agreement by submitting a work request for certain Escrow Agent Services (“ Work Request ”) via written instruction.
 
(b)   The Beneficiary and Depositor have entered into a Services Agreement dated _________________ (the “ Services Agreement ”), which agreement conveys intellectual property rights to the Beneficiary, and the Parties intend this Agreement to be considered as supplementary to such agreement, pursuant to Title 11 United States [Bankruptcy] Code, Section 365(n).
 
(c)   Capitalized Terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning set forth in the Services Agreement.
 
2.  
Depositor Responsibilities and Representations.
 
(a)   Depositor shall make an initial deposit that is complete and functional of all Deposit Materials to Escrow Agent within thirty (30) days of the Effective Date. Depositor shall also update Deposit Materials each Quarter during the Term of this Agreement, except that Depositor shall only be obligated to update the Vendor Information portion of the Deposit Materials once per Contract Year. At the time of each deposit or update, Depositor will provide an accurate and complete description of all Deposit Materials sent to Escrow Agent.
 
(b)   Depositor represents that it lawfully possesses all Deposit Materials provided to Escrow Agent under this Agreement free of any liens or encumbrances as of the date of their deposit. Any Deposit Materials liens or encumbrances made after their deposit will not prohibit, limit, or alter the rights and obligations of Escrow Agent under this Agreement. Depositor warrants that with respect to the Deposit Material, Escrow Agent’s proper administration of this Agreement will not violate the rights of any third parties.
 
SCHEDULE F-1

 
(c)   Depositor represents that all Deposit Materials is readable and useable in its then current form; if any portion of such Deposit Materials is encrypted, the necessary decryption tools and keys to read such material are deposited contemporaneously.
 
(d)   Depositor agrees, upon request by Escrow Agent, in support of Beneficiary’s request for Verification Services, to promptly complete and return any questionnaires provided by Escrow Agent. Depositor consents to Escrow Agent’s performance of any level(s) of Verification Services and Depositor further consents to Escrow Agent’s use of a subcontractor to perform Verification Services. Any such subcontractor shall be bound by the same confidentiality obligations as Escrow Agent and shall not be a direct competitor to either Depositor or Beneficiary. Escrow Agent shall be responsible for the delivery of Services of any such subcontractor as if Escrow Agent had performed the Services. Depositor represents that all Deposit Materials is provided with all rights necessary for Escrow Agent to verify such proprietary technology and materials upon receipt of a Work Request for such Services or agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to provide Escrow Agent with any necessary use rights or permissions to use materials necessary to perform verification the Verification Services. Depositor agrees to reasonably cooperate with Escrow Agent by providing reasonable access to its technical personnel for Verification Services whenever reasonably necessary.
 
3.  
Beneficiary Responsibilities and Representations.
 
(a)   Beneficiary acknowledges that, as between Escrow Agent and Beneficiary, Beneficiary assumes all responsibility for the completeness and functionality of all Deposit Material.
 
(b)   Beneficiary may submit a Work Request to Escrow Agent for Verification Services and further consents to Escrow Agent’s use of a subcontractor if needed to provide such Verification Services. Beneficiary warrants that Escrow Agent’s use of any materials supplied by Beneficiary to perform the Verification Services is lawful and does not violate the rights of any third parties.
 
4.  
Escrow Agent Responsibilities and Representations.
 
(a)   Escrow Agent agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to provide the Services requested by Authorized Person(s) (as identified in the “Authorized Person(s)/Notices Table” below) representing the Depositor or Beneficiary in a Work Request. Escrow Agent may reject a Work Request (in whole or in part) that does not contain all required information at any time upon notification to the Party originating the Work Request.
 
(b)   Escrow Agent will conduct a visual inspection upon receipt of any Deposit Materials and associated descriptions. If Escrow Agent determines that the Deposit Materials does not match the description provided by Depositor, Escrow Agent will notify Depositor of such discrepancies.
 
(c)   Escrow Agent will provide notice to the Beneficiary of all Deposit Materials that is accepted and deposited into the escrow account under this Agreement.
 
(d)   Escrow Agent will work with a Party who submits any Work Request for Verification Services covered under this Agreement to either fulfill any standard Verification Services Work Request or develop a custom Statement of Work (“ SOW ”). Escrow Agent and the requesting
 
SCHEDULE F-2

 
Party will mutually agree in writing to an SOW on the following terms and conditions that include but are not limited to: description of Deposit Materials to be tested; description of Verification testing; requesting Party responsibilities; Escrow Agent responsibilities; Service Fees; invoice payment instructions; designation of the paying Party; designation of authorized SOW representatives for both the requesting Party and Escrow Agent with name and contact information; and description of any final deliverables prior to the start of any fulfillment activity. After the start of fulfillment activity, each SOW may only be amended or modified in writing with the mutual agreement of both Parties, in accordance with the change control procedures set forth therein.
 
(e)   Escrow Agent will hold and protect Deposit Materials in physical or electronic vaults that are either owned or under the control of Escrow Agent, unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties.
 
(f)   Upon receipt of written instructions by both Depositor and Beneficiary, Escrow Agent will permit the replacement or removal of previously submitted Deposit Material. The Party making such request shall be responsible for getting the other Party to approve the joint instructions.
 
5.  
Payment.
 
The Party responsible for payment of fees (“ Paying Party ”) shall pay to Escrow Agent all fees as set forth in the Work Request (“ Service Fees ”). Except as set forth below, all Service Fees are due within thirty (30) calendar days from the date of invoice in U.S. currency and are non-refundable. Escrow Agent may update Service Fees with a ninety (90) calendar day written notice to the Paying Party during the term of this Agreement. The Paying Party is liable for any taxes related specifically to Services purchased under this Agreement or shall present to Escrow Agent an exemption certificate acceptable to the taxing authorities. Applicable taxes shall be billed as a separate item on the invoice. Depositor and Beneficiary agree that if this Agreement terminates during the term for any reason, other than for the fault of Escrow Agent, all prepaid fees shall be non-refundable. Any Service Fees not collected by Escrow Agent when due shall bear interest until paid at a rate of one percent (1%) per month (12% per annum) or the maximum rate permitted by law, whichever is less. Notwithstanding, the nonperformance of any obligations of Depositor to deliver Deposit Materials under the License Agreement or this Agreement, Escrow Agent is entitled to be paid all Service Fees that accrue during the Term of this Agreement.
 
6.  
Term and Termination.
 
(a)   The “ Term ” of this Agreement is for a period of one (1) year from the Effective Date (“ Initial Term ”) and will automatically renew for additional one (1) year terms (“ Renewal Term ”) and continue in full force and effect until one of the following events occur: (i) Depositor and Beneficiary provide Escrow Agent with sixty (60) days’ prior written joint notice of their intent to terminate this Agreement; (ii) Beneficiary provides Escrow Agent and Depositor with sixty (60) days’ prior written notice of their intent to terminate this Agreement; (iii) the Agreement terminates under another provision of this Agreement; or (iv) any time after the Initial Term, Escrow Agent provides a sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to the Depositor and Beneficiary of Escrow Agent’s intent to terminate this Agreement. If the Effective Date is
 
SCHEDULE F-3

 
not specified in the Introduction section, then the last date noted on the signature blocks of this Agreement shall be the Effective Date.
 
(b)   Unless the express terms of this Agreement provide otherwise, upon termination of this Agreement, Escrow Agent shall return the Deposit Materials to the Depositor. If reasonable attempts to return the Deposit Materials to Depositor are unsuccessful, Escrow Agent shall destroy the Deposit Material.
 
(c)   In the event of the nonpayment of undisputed Service Fees owed to Escrow Agent, Escrow Agent shall provide all Parties to this Agreement with written notice of Escrow Agent’s intent to terminate this Agreement. Any Party to this Agreement shall have the right to make the payment to Escrow Agent to cure the default. If the past due payment is not received in full by Escrow Agent within thirty (30) calendar days of the date of such written notice, then Escrow Agent shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time thereafter by sending written notice to all Parties. Escrow Agent shall have no obligation to perform the Services under this Agreement (except those obligations that survive termination of this Agreement) so long as any undisputed Service Fees due Escrow Agent under this Agreement remain unpaid.
 
7.  
General Indemnity.
 
Subject to Section 10 and 11, Depositor and Beneficiary shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Escrow Agent and its officers, directors, employees, and agents and its successors and assigns from and against any and all claims, losses, liabilities, damages, and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees), arising under this Agreement from the negligent or intentional acts or omissions of the indemnifying Party or its subcontractors, or the officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns of either of them.  Subject to Section 10 and 11, Escrow Agent shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Depositor and Beneficiary and their respective officers, directors, employees, and agents and their respective successors and assigns from and against any and all claims, losses, liabilities, damages, and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees), arising under this Agreement from the negligent or intentional acts or omissions of Escrow Agent or its subcontractors, officers, directors, employees, agents, successors and assigns.
 
8.  
Warranties.
 
(a)   ESCROW AGENT WARRANTS ANY AND ALL SERVICES PROVIDED HEREUNDER SHALL BE PERFORMED IN A WORKMANLIKE MANNER. EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION, ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED CONDITIONS, REPRESENTATIONS, AND WARRANTIES INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, AGAINST INFRINGEMENT OR ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE, OR TRADE PRACTICE, ARE HEREBY EXCLUDED TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY APPLICABLE LAW.  AN AGGRIEVED PARTY MUST NOTIFY ESCROW AGENT PROMPTLY OF ANY CLAIMED BREACH OF ANY WARRANTIES AND SUCH PARTY’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY SHALL BE RETURN OF THE PORTION OF THE FEES PAID TO ESCROW AGENT BY PAYING PARTY FOR SUCH NON-
 
SCHEDULE F-4

 
CONFORMING SERVICES. THIS DISCLAIMER AND EXCLUSION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY AND LIMITED REMEDY SET FORTH ABOVE FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE. THE WARRANTY PROVIDED IS SUBJECT TO THE LIMITATION OF LIABILITY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT.
 
(b)   Depositor warrants that all Depositor information provided hereunder is accurate and reliable and undertakes to promptly correct and update such Depositor information during the Term of this Agreement.
 
(c)   Beneficiary warrants that all Beneficiary information provided hereunder is accurate and reliable and undertakes to promptly correct and update such Beneficiary information during the Term of this Agreement.
 
(d)   Ownership Warranty. Depositor warrants that it is the owner or legal custodian of the Deposit Materials and has full authority to store the Deposit Materials and direct their disposition in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Depositor shall reimburse Escrow Agent for any expenses reasonably incurred by Escrow Agent (including reasonable legal fees) by reason of Escrow Agent’s compliance with the instructions of Depositor in the event of a dispute concerning the ownership, custody or disposition of Deposit Materials stored by Depositor with Escrow Agent.
 
9.  
Confidential Information.
 
Escrow Agent shall have the obligation to reasonably protect the confidentiality of the Deposit Material. Except as provided in this Agreement Escrow Agent shall not use or disclose the Deposit Material. Escrow Agent shall not disclose the terms of this Agreement to any third Party. If Escrow Agent receives a subpoena or any other order from a court or other judicial tribunal pertaining to the disclosure or release of the Deposit Material, Escrow Agent will notify the Parties to this Agreement unless prohibited by law. After notifying the Parties, Escrow Agent may comply in good faith with such order. It shall be the responsibility of Depositor or Beneficiary to challenge any such order; provided, however, that Escrow Agent does not waive its rights to present its position with respect to any such order. Escrow Agent will cooperate with the Depositor or Beneficiary, as applicable, to support efforts to quash or limit any subpoena, at such party’s expense. Any party requesting additional assistance shall pay Escrow Agent’s standard charges or as quoted upon submission of a detailed request.
 
10.  
Limitation of Liability.
 
NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING ELSE IN THIS AGREEMENT , ALL LIABILITY, IF ANY, WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHERWISE, OF ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT EQUAL TO ONE YEAR OF FEES PAID OR OWED TO ESCROW AGENT UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. IF CLAIM OR LOSS IS MADE IN RELATION TO A SPECIFIC DEPOSIT OR DEPOSITS, SUCH LIABILITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE FEES RELATED SPECIFICALLY TO SUCH DEPOSITS. THIS LIMIT SHALL NOT APPLY TO ANY PARTY FOR: (I) ANY CLAIMS OF INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT, COPYRIGHT, TRADEMARK OR OTHER PROPRIETARY RIGHT; (II) LIABILITY FOR
 
SCHEDULE F-5

 
DEATH OR BODILY INJURY; (III) PROVEN THEFT; OR (IV) PROVEN GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.
 
11.  
Consequential Damages Waiver.
 
IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT BE LIABLE TO ANOTHER PARTY FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOST PROFITS OR LOST DATA OR INFORMATION, ANY COSTS OR EXPENSES FOR THE PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE SERVICES, OR ANY OTHER INDIRECT DAMAGES, WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHERWISE EVEN IF THE POSSIBILITY THEREOF MAY BE KNOWN IN ADVANCE TO ONE OR MORE PARTIES.
 
12.  
General.
 
(a)   Incorporation of Work Requests . All valid Depositor and Beneficiary Work Requests are incorporated into this Agreement.
 
(b)   Purchase Orders . In the event that the Paying Party issues a purchase order or other instrument used to pay Service Fees to Escrow Agent, any terms and conditions set forth in the purchase order which constitute terms and conditions which are in addition to those set forth in this Agreement or which establish conflicting terms and conditions to those set forth in this Agreement are expressly rejected by Escrow Agent.
 
(c)   Right to Make Copies . Escrow Agent shall have the right to make copies of all Deposit Materials as reasonably necessary to perform the Services. Escrow Agent shall copy all copyright, nondisclosure, and other proprietary notices and titles contained on Deposit Materials onto any copies made by Escrow Agent. Any copying expenses incurred by Escrow Agent as a result of a Work Request to copy will be borne by the Party requesting the copies. Escrow Agent may request Depositor’s reasonable cooperation in promptly copying Deposit Materials in order for Escrow Agent to perform this Agreement.
 
(d)   Choice of Law . The validity, interpretation, and performance of this Agreement shall be controlled by and construed under the laws of Delaware, USA, as if performed wholly within the state and without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws.
 
(e)   Authorized Person(s) . Depositor and Beneficiary must each authorize and designate one person whose actions will legally bind such party (“Authorized Person” who shall be identified in the Authorized Persons (s) Notices Table of this Agreement) and who may manage the Escrow Agent escrow account through the Escrow Agent website or written instruction. The Authorized Person for each the Depositor and Beneficiary will maintain the accuracy of their name and contact information provided to Escrow Agent during the term of this Agreement.
 
(f)   Right to Rely on Instructions . Escrow Agent may act in reliance upon any instruction, instrument, or signature reasonably believed by Escrow Agent to be genuine and from an Authorized Person(s), officer, or other employee of a Party. Escrow Agent may assume that such representative of a Party to this Agreement who gives any written notice, request, or instruction has the authority to do so. Escrow Agent will not be required to inquire into the truth or evaluate
 
SCHEDULE F-6

 
the merit of any statement or representation contained in any notice or document reasonably believed to be from such representative. With respect to Release and Destruction of Deposit Materials, Escrow Agent shall rely on an Authorized Person(s).
 
(g)   Force Majeure . No Party shall be liable for any delay or failure in performance due to events outside the defaulting Party’s reasonable control, including without limitation acts of God, earthquake, labor disputes, shortages of supplies, riots, war, acts of terrorism, fire, epidemics, or delays of common carriers or other circumstances beyond its reasonable control. The obligations and rights of the excused Party shall be extended on a day-to-day basis for the time period equal to the period of the excusable delay.
 
(h)   Notices . All notices regarding Exhibit A (release) shall be sent by commercial express mail or other commercially appropriate means that provide prompt delivery and require proof of delivery. All other correspondence, including invoices, payments, and other documents and communications, may be sent electronically or via regular mail. The Parties shall have the right to rely on the last known address of the other Parties. Any correctly addressed notice to last known address of the other Parties that is relied on herein and that is refused, unclaimed, or undeliverable because of an act or omission of the Party to be notified as provided herein shall be deemed effective as of the first date that said notice was refused, unclaimed, or deemed undeliverable by electronic mail, the postal authorities by mail, through messenger or commercial express delivery services.
 
(i)   No Waiver . No waiver of rights under this Agreement by any Party shall constitute a subsequent waiver of this or any other right under this Agreement.
 
(j)   Assignment . Except in those circumstances where assignment of the Services Agreement is permitted, no assignment of this Agreement by Depositor or Beneficiary or any rights or obligations of Depositor or Beneficiary under this Agreement is permitted without the written consent of Escrow Agent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Escrow Agent shall have no obligation in performing this Agreement to recognize any successor or assign of Depositor or Beneficiary unless Escrow Agent receives clear, authoritative and conclusive written evidence of the change of parties.
 
(k)   Severability . In the event any of the terms of this Agreement become or are declared to be illegal or otherwise unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, such term(s) shall be null and void and shall be deemed deleted from this Agreement. All remaining terms of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. If this paragraph becomes applicable and, as a result, the value of this Agreement is materially impaired for any Party, as determined by such Party in its sole discretion, then the affected Party may terminate this Agreement by written notice to the others.
 
(l)   Independent Contractor Relationship . Depositor and Beneficiary understand, acknowledge, and agree that Escrow Agent’s relationship with Depositor and Beneficiary will be that of an independent contractor and that nothing in this Agreement is intended to or should be construed to create a partnership, joint venture, or employment relationship.
 
SCHEDULE F-7

 
(m)   Attorneys’ Fees . In any suit or proceeding between the Parties relating to this Agreement, the prevailing Party will have the right to recover from the other(s) its costs and reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys, accountants, and other professionals incurred in connection with the suit or proceeding, including costs, fees and expenses upon appeal, separately from and in addition to any other amount included in such judgment. This provision is intended to be severable from the other provisions of this Agreement, and shall survive and not be merged into any such judgment.
 
(n)   No Agency . No Party has the right or authority to, and shall not, assume or create any obligation of any nature whatsoever on behalf of the other Parties or bind the other Parties in any respect whatsoever.
 
(o)   Disputes . Any dispute, difference or question relating to or arising among any of the Parties concerning the construction, meaning, effect or implementation of this Agreement or the rights or obligations of any Party hereof will be submitted to, and settled by arbitration by a single arbitrator chosen by the corresponding Regional Office of the American Arbitration Association in accordance with the Commercial Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The Parties shall submit briefs of no more than 10 pages and the arbitration hearing shall be limited to two (2) days maximum. The arbitrator shall apply Massachusetts law. Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, arbitration will take place in Boston, Massachusetts, U.S.A. Any court having jurisdiction over the matter may enter judgment on the award of the arbitrator. Service of a petition to confirm the arbitration award may be made by regular mail or by commercial express mail, to the attorney for the Party or, if unrepresented, to the Party at the last known business address. If however, Depositor or Beneficiary refuse to submit to arbitration, the matter shall not be submitted to arbitration and Escrow Agent may submit the matter to any court of competent jurisdiction for an interpleader or similar action. Unless adjudged otherwise, any costs of arbitration incurred by Escrow Agent, including reasonable attorney’s fees and costs, shall be divided equally and paid by Depositor and Beneficiary.
 
(p)   Regulations . All Parties are responsible for and warrant, to the extent of their individual actions or omissions, compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including but not limited to: customs laws; import; export and re-export laws; and government regulations of any country from or to which the Deposit Materials may be delivered in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
 
(q)   No Third Party Rights . This Agreement is made solely for the benefit of the Parties to this Agreement and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and no other person or entity shall have or acquire any right by virtue of this Agreement unless otherwise agreed to by all the parties hereto.
 
(r)   Entire Agreement . The Parties agree that this Agreement, which includes all the Exhibits attached hereto and all valid Work Requests submitted by the Parties, is the complete agreement between the Parties hereto concerning the subject matter of this Agreement and replaces any prior or contemporaneous oral or written communications between the Parties. There are no conditions, understandings, agreements, representations, or warranties, expressed or implied, which are not specified herein. Each of the Parties herein represents and warrants that the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement has been duly authorized and signed by
 
SCHEDULE F-8

 
a person who meets statutory or other binding approval to sign on behalf of its business organization as named in this Agreement. This Agreement may only be modified by mutual written agreement of the Parties.
 
(s)   Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.
 
(t)   Survival . Sections 6 (Term and Termination), 7 (General Indemnity), 8 (Warranties), 9 (Confidential Information), 10 (Limitation of Liability) 11(Consequential Damages Waiver), and 12 (General) of this Agreement shall survive termination of this Agreement or any Exhibit attached hereto.
 
BENEFICIARY :
 
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
 
By:                ____________________________
Print Name:  ____________________________                        
Title:             ____________________________             
 
DEPOSITOR :
 
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
 
By:                ___________________________                  
Print Name:  ____________________________    
Title:             ____________________________         
 
ESCROW AGENT :
 
 
 
By:                ____________________________          
Print Name:  ____________________________                        
Title:             ____________________________             
 
 

SCHEDULE F-9

 

EXHIBIT A
 
RELEASE OF DEPOSIT MATERIALS
 
Deposit Account Number: ____________________________
 
Escrow Agent will use the following procedures to process any Beneficiary Work Request to release Deposit Material. All notices under this Exhibit A shall be sent pursuant to the terms of Section 12(h) Notices.
 
1.   Release Conditions . The Depositor and Beneficiary agree that a Work Request for the release of the Deposit Materials shall be based solely on one or more of the Escrow Release Conditions set forth in Section 9.5 of the Services Agreement.
 
2.   Release Work Request . A Beneficiary may submit a Work Request to Escrow Agent to release the Deposit Materials covered under this Agreement. Escrow Agent will send a written notice of this Beneficiary Work Request within five (5) business days to the Depositor’s Authorized Person(s).
 
3.   Contrary Instructions . From the date Escrow Agent mails written notice of the Beneficiary Work Request to release Deposit Materials covered under this Agreement, Depositor authorized representative(s) shall have ten (10) business days to deliver to Escrow Agent contrary instructions. Contrary instructions shall mean the written representation by Depositor that a Release Condition has not occurred or has been cured (“ Contrary Instructions ”). Contrary Instructions shall be on company letterhead and signed by an authorized Depositor representative. Upon receipt of Contrary Instructions, Escrow Agent shall promptly send a copy to Beneficiary’s Authorized Person(s). Additionally, Escrow Agent shall notify both Depositor and Beneficiary Authorized Person(s) that there is a dispute to be resolved pursuant to the Disputes provisions of this Agreement. Escrow Agent will continue to store Deposit Materials without release pending (i) joint instructions from Depositor and Beneficiary with instructions to release the Deposit Material; or (ii) dispute resolution pursuant to the Disputes provisions of this Agreement; or (iii) receipt of an order from a court of competent jurisdiction.
 
4.   Release of Deposit Material . If Escrow Agent does not receive Contrary Instructions from an authorized Depositor representative, Escrow Agent is authorized to release Deposit Materials to the Beneficiary or, if more than one Beneficiary is registered to the deposit, to release a copy of Deposit Materials to the Beneficiary. Escrow Agent is entitled to receive any undisputed, unpaid Service Fees due Escrow Agent from the Parties before fulfilling the Work Request to release Deposit Materials covered under this Agreement. Any Party may cure a default of payment of Service Fees.
 
5.   Termination of Agreement Upon Release . This Agreement will terminate upon the effective date of the license granted under Section 9.6(b) of the Services Agreement following release of Deposit Materials held by Escrow Agent.
 
6.   Right to Use Following Release . Beneficiary has the right under this Agreement to use the Deposit Materials for the sole purpose of continuing the benefits afforded to Beneficiary by the Services Agreement. Notwithstanding, the Beneficiary shall not have access to the Deposit
 
SCHEDULE F-10

 
Materials unless there is a release of the Deposit Materials in accordance with this Agreement. Beneficiary shall be obligated to maintain the confidentiality of the released Deposit Material.
 

SCHEDULE F-11

 
SCHEDULE G
 
 
 
 

 
SCHEDULE G
 
PayMode Security Requirements
 
In addition to the other provisions in the Services Agreement relating to confidentiality, the handling of data, etc., the following security requirements shall apply.  Notwithstanding anything in the Services Agreement to the contrary, Bank may amend these requirements from time to time.
 
1.  
Privacy Policy
 
1.1   With respect to all PayMode Data, Tech’s privacy policy will conform, in [**] reasonable judgment, to that of [**], as it may exist from time to time.
 
2.  
Protection
 
2.1   Tech shall implement reasonable controls to ensure that access to its systems [**].  Tech shall notify Bank of any [**].  No such change [**] of PayMode Data, may be [**] shall have the right to approve these types of changes prior to their becoming effective.
 
2.2   Tech shall conduct [**] testing on those portions of the Tech network which [**] PayMode Data on a mutually agreed schedule and terms.  Tech agrees to [**] this service.
 
2.3   Tech shall permit [**], and PayMode Data [**] on a mutually agreed schedule and terms.  Tech’s agreement with [**] of this Services Agreement shall likewise [**].
 
2.4   Subject to the terms of this Services Agreement and the Schedules attached hereto, Tech will use reasonable best efforts to [**] PayMode Data, [**] by Tech.  Tech shall [**], in order to ensure [**] in accordance with the terms of this Services Agreement, its Schedules, [**].
 
3.  
Detection and Response
 
3.1   Tech shall monitor [**].  Tech shall notify Bank [**], in the event of a [**].  Per Section IV of the Supplier Security Requirements, [**] shall be contacted by calling [**] retains the right to make appropriate notifications to [**] shall make no notice to [**] without the written permission, and at the written direction, of [**] shall cooperate fully with all [**].
 
3.2   Tech shall maintain for a mutually agreed-upon length of time, [**] PayMode Data.  Bank may [**] upon reasonable prior notice.  Tech acknowledges and agrees that [**] PayMode Data [**] in the event of a [**].  Upon the request of Bank, Tech shall [**].  Nothing in this Section 3.2 shall give [**].
 
3.3   Tech shall monitor [**] in an adequate and timely manner.  Unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing, [**].  This obligation [**].
 
3.4   Tech will perform [**].  Tech will promptly provide the results to Bank.
 
4.  
Security Program Features
 
SCHEDULE G-1

 
4.1   At the request of Bank, Tech shall meet with the Bank [**] at mutually agreeable times and locations.
 
4.2   Bank acknowledges and agrees that the information Tech so provides [**], as defined in this Services Agreement, and is [**]. Tech shall provide [**].
 
[**].
 
5.  
Information Destruction Requirements
 
5.1   At Bank’s direction, subject to Section 10.6 of the Services Agreement, Tech shall destroy all Bank’s Confidential Information [**] after it is no longer needed for performance under this Services Agreement or to satisfy regulatory requirements.  Tech must have in place [**].  These information destruction requirements are to be applied to [**].
 
5.2   [**] includes [**].  This media must be [**] and it is no longer needed.  This media may be [**].  The media may be [**].  Tech is responsible for [**].  Confidential Information in this media must be [**] for any purpose.
 
5.3   [**] includes [**].  This media is to be [**].  The resulting media must be [**] for any purpose.
 
5.4   These processes must be [**].  The procedure must also [**].  Tech shall keep records [**].
 
 
SCHEDULE G-2

 
SCHEDULE H
 
 
 
 

 
 
SCHEDULE H
 
Business Associate Addendum
 
This Business Associate Addendum (the “Addendum”) is made and entered into as of Effective Date by and between BANK OF AMERICA, N. A. (“Bank”) and BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES, INC. (the “Tech”) (each a “Party” and collectively the “Parties”).
 
WHEREAS , Bank and Tech are entering into the Services Agreement to which this Addendum is attached (the “Services Agreement”), pursuant to which Tech will provide services to Bank; and
 
WHEREAS , the services provided by Bank to its customers that are “covered entities” (“Covered Entities”) (as defined below) under privacy and information security regulations, including the regulations contained in 45 C.F.R. Parts 160 and 164, as amended from time to time (the “HIPAA Regulations”) promulgated under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) cause Bank to be considered a “business associate” of those Covered Entities, and pursuant to the Services Agreement, Tech will provide certain services to Bank requiring Tech to have access to Protected Health Information (“PHI”) (as defined below) of the Covered Entities; and
 
WHEREAS , under its business associate agreements with the Covered Entities, Bank is required to obtain contractual assurances from its subcontractors who receive or obtain PHI of the Covered Entities in the course of providing services to Bank that they will safeguard the PHI in accordance with applicable requirements under the HIPAA Regulations; and
 
WHEREAS , Bank and Tech desire to incorporate into the Services Agreement certain provisions required to be implemented by Bank under its business associate agreements with the Covered Entities.
 
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions contained herein and the continued provision of PHI by Bank to Tech under the Services Agreement in reliance on this Addendum, the Parties agree as follows:
 
1.  
Definitions .   For purposes of this Addendum, the terms below shall have the meanings given to them in this Section.
 
(a)  
Covered Entities shall mean the customers of Bank that are covered entities as defined in 45 C.F.R. § 160.103.
 
(b)  
Data Aggregation shall mean, with respect to PHI created or received by Bank in its capacity as the business associate of a Covered Entity, the combining of such PHI by Tech with the PHI received by Bank in its capacity as a business associate of another Covered Entity, to permit data analyses that relate to the Health Care Operations (defined below) of the respective Covered Entities.
 
(c)  
Designated Record Set shall mean a group of Records maintained by or for Bank that: (a) consists of medical records and billing records about individuals maintained by or for a Covered Entity; (b) consists of the enrollment, payment, claims adjudication, and case or medical management record systems maintained by or for a health plan; or (c) consists of Records used, in whole or part, by or for the Covered Entity to make decisions about individual patients.  As used herein, the term “Record” shall mean any item, collection or grouping of information that includes PHI and is maintained, collected, used or disseminated by or for a provider.
 
SCHEDULE H-1

 
(d)  
De-Identify shall mean to alter the PHI such that the resulting information meets the requirements described in 45 C.F.R. § 164.514(a) and (b).
 
(e)  
Effective Date shall mean the date first written above.
 
(f)  
Electronic PHI shall mean any PHI maintained in or transmitted by “electronic media” as defined in 45 C.F.R.  § 160.103.
 
(g)  
Health Care Operations shall have the meaning given to that term at 45 C.F.R. § 164.501.
 
(h)  
HHS shall mean the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services.
 
(i)  
HITECH Act shall mean the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act included in the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009.
 
(j)  
Protected Health Information or PHI shall have the meaning given to that term at 45 C.F.R. § 164.501.
 
(k)  
Security Incident shall mean the attempted or successful unauthorized access, use, disclosure, modification, or destruction of PHI or interference with system operations in an information system that contains PHI.
 
2.  
Use and Disclosure of PHI .
 
(a)  
Except as otherwise provided in this Addendum, Tech may use or disclose PHI as reasonably necessary to provide the services described in the Services Agreement, or to undertake other activities of Tech permitted or required by this Addendum or as required by law.
 
(b)  
Except as otherwise limited by this Addendum, Bank authorizes Tech to use the PHI in its possession for the proper management and administration of Tech’s business and to carry out its legal responsibilities.  Tech may disclose PHI for its proper management and administration, provided that (i) such disclosures are required by law; or (ii) Tech obtains, in writing, prior to making any disclosure to a third party: (a) reasonable assurances from such third party that the PHI will be held confidential as provided under this Addendum and used or further disclosed only as required by law or for the purpose for which it was disclosed to such third party; and (b) an agreement from such third party to notify Tech immediately of any breaches of the confidentiality of the PHI, to the extent it has knowledge of such breach.
 
SCHEDULE H-2

 
(c)  
Bank does not authorize Tech to De-Identify the PHI or to perform Data Aggregation services without the prior written consent of Bank.
 
(d)  
Tech shall not use or disclose PHI in a manner other than as provided in this Addendum, as permitted under the HIPAA Regulations, or as required by law.  Tech will not use or disclose PHI in any manner that would violate applicable laws or regulations, including, without limitation, the HIPAA Regulations, if done by a Covered Entity.
 
(e)  
Upon request, Tech shall make available to Bank any PHI of the Covered Entities that Tech, or any of its subcontractors or agents, have in their possession.
 
3.  
Safeguards Against Misuse of PHI .   Tech shall implement administrative, physical and technical safeguards that reasonably and appropriately protect the confidentiality, availability, and integrity of the Electronic PHI that it creates, receives, maintains, or transmits on behalf of Bank or its Covered Entity clients, and shall use appropriate safeguards to prevent the use or disclosure of all PHI other than as provided by the Services Agreement or this Addendum.  In particular, but without limitation, Tech shall provide security for all PHI provided to it under this Addendum that meets the standards set forth in the Guidance issued by HHS under the HITECH Act, as published in 74 Fed. Reg. 19006, et seq. (April 27, 2009), as such standards may be modified or amended by HHS.  Tech agrees to take reasonable steps to ensure that the actions or omissions of its employees or agents do not cause Tech to breach the terms of this Addendum.
 
4.  
Reporting to Bank .   Tech shall report to Bank in writing (1) any use or disclosure of PHI not provided for by this Addendum of which it becomes aware, or (2) any Security Incident affecting Electronic PHI that it creates, receives, maintains, or transmits on behalf of Bank or its Covered Entity customers of which it becomes aware in accordance with the following requirements:
 
(a)  
Tech will report to Bank any use or disclosure of the PHI pursuant to any Security Incident of which it becomes aware in accordance with the following reporting procedures for Security Incidents that result in unauthorized access, use, disclosure, modification or destruction of information or interference with system operations (“Successful Security Incidents”) and for Security Incidents that do not so result (“Unsuccessful Security Incidents”):
 
(1)   For Unsuccessful Security Incidents, Tech and Bank agree that this paragraph constitutes notice of such Unsuccessful Security Incidents. By way of example, the Parties consider the following to be illustrative of Unsuccessful Security Incidents when they do not result in actual unauthorized access, use, disclosure, modification or destruction of Electronic PHI or interference with an information system that contains or processes Electronic PHI: (i) pings on a firewall, (ii) port scans, (iii) attempts to log on to a system or enter a database
 
SCHEDULE H-3

 
with an invalid password or username, (iv) denial-of-service attacks that do not result in a server being taken off-line, and (v) Malware (worms, viruses, etc.).
 
(2)   For Successful Security Incidents, Tech will give Bank immediate notice after learning of the Successful Security Incident.
 
5.  
Mitigation of Disclosures of PHI .   Tech shall mitigate, to the extent practicable, any harmful effect that is known to Tech of any use or disclosure of PHI by Tech or its agents or subcontractors in violation of the requirements of this Addendum.
 
6.  
Agreements with Agents or Subcontractors .   Tech shall ensure that any agent or subcontractor that has access to or to which Tech provides PHI agrees in writing to the restrictions and conditions concerning uses and disclosures of PHI contained herein, and agrees to implement reasonable and appropriate safeguards to protect any Electronic PHI that it creates, receives, maintains, or transmits on behalf of Bank or a Covered Entity.
 
7.  
Access to PHI by Individuals .
 
(a)  
Upon request, Tech agrees to furnish Bank with copies of the PHI maintained by Tech in a Designated Record Set in the time and manner designated by Bank.
 
(b)  
In the event any individual or personal representative requests access to the individual’s PHI directly from Tech, Tech shall forward that request immediately to Bank.  Any disclosure of, or decision not to disclose, the PHI requested by an individual or a personal representative and compliance with the requirements applicable to an individual’s right top obtain access to PHI shall be the sole responsibility of the Covered Entity contracting with Bank.
 
8.  
Amendment of PHI .
 
(a)  
Upon request and instruction from Bank, Tech shall amend PHI or a Record about an individual in a Designated Record Set that is maintained by, or otherwise within the possession of, Tech as directed by Bank in accordance with procedures established by 45 C.F.R. § 164.526.  Any request by Bank to amend such information shall be completed by Tech promptly upon the request from Bank.
 
(b)  
In the event that any individual requests that Tech amend such individual’s PHI or Record in a Designated Record Set, Tech shall forward such request immediately to Bank.  Any amendment of, or decision not to amend, the PHI or Record as requested by an individual and compliance with the requirements applicable to an individual’s right to request an amendment of PHI shall be the sole responsibility of the Covered Entity contracting with Bank.
 
9.  
Accounting of Disclosures .
 
(a)  
Tech shall document any disclosures of PHI made by it, except for disclosures relating to treatment, payment or health care operations of the Covered Entities of Bank or other disclosures excepted under 45 C.F.R. § 164.528 (a).  Tech also shall make available information related to such disclosures as would be required for the Covered Entity customers of Bank to respond to a request for an accounting of disclosures in accordance with 45 C.F.R. § 164.528.  At a minimum, Tech shall furnish Bank the following with respect to any covered disclosures by Tech:  (i) the date of disclosure of PHI; (ii) the name of the entity or person who received PHI, and, if known, the address of such entity or person; (iii) a brief description of the PHI disclosed; and (iv) a brief statement of the purpose of the disclosure which includes the basis for such disclosure.
 
SCHEDULE H-4

 
(b)  
Tech hereby agrees to implement an appropriate recordkeeping system to enable it to comply with the requirements of this Section.  Tech agrees to retain such records for a minimum of six (6) years.
 
(c)  
Tech shall furnish to Bank information collected in accordance with this Section, in the time and manner designated by Bank, to permit the Covered Entity contracting with Bank to make an accounting of disclosures as required by 45 C.F.R. § 164.528.
 
(d)  
In the event that an individual delivers the request for an accounting directly to Tech, Tech shall forward such request immediately to Bank.  The Covered Entity contracting with Bank shall maintain sole responsibility for preparing and delivering any accounting requested and for complying with the requirements applicable to an individual’s right to obtain an accounting of disclosures of PHI.
 
10.  
Availability of Books and Records .   Tech shall make available to Bank its internal practices, books, agreements, records, and policies and procedures relating to the use and disclosure of PHI and, upon request, to the Secretary of HHS for purposes of determining a Covered Entity’s compliance with the HIPAA Regulations.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to any such disclosure to the Secretary of HHS or any other federal or state agency, Tech shall notify Bank in writing immediately of such request and shall furnish Bank with copies of such request.  Bank and Tech agree to work together in responding to any such request, including but not limited to engaging in an effort to obtain a confidentiality agreement, protective order, injunction or court order, if necessary, to preserve any applicable privilege.
 
11.  
Term and Termination .
 
(a)  
This Addendum shall become effective on the Effective Date and shall continue in effect until all obligations of the Parties have been met under the Services Agreement and under this Addendum.
 
(b)  
Bank may terminate immediately this Addendum, the Services Agreement, and any other related agreements if Tech has breached a material term of this Addendum and Tech has failed to cure that material breach, to the reasonable satisfaction of Bank, within forty-five (45) days after written notice from Bank; provided, however, that if Bank determines in its reasonable judgment that the material breach cannot be cured feasibly within forty-five (45) days or that immediate termination is necessary to prevent further unauthorized uses or disclosures of PHI, it shall have the right to terminate this Addendum and/or the Services Agreement immediately.
 
SCHEDULE H-5

 
(c)  
Upon termination of the Services Agreement for any reason, all PHI maintained by Tech shall be returned to Bank or destroyed by Tech.  Tech shall not retain any copies of such information.  This provision shall apply to PHI in the possession of Tech’s subcontractors and agents.  If return or destruction of the PHI is not feasible in Tech’s reasonable judgment, Tech shall furnish Bank with notification, in writing, of the conditions that make return or destruction infeasible.  Upon mutual agreement of the Parties that return or destruction of the PHI is infeasible, Tech will extend the protections of this Addendum to such information for as long as Tech retains such information and will limit further uses and disclosures to those purposes that make the return or destruction of the information not feasible.  This Section 11(c) shall survive any termination of this Addendum.
 
12.  
Effect of Addendum .
 
(a)  
This Addendum is a part of and subject to the terms of the Services Agreement, except that to the extent any terms of this Addendum conflict with any term of the Services Agreement, the terms of this Addendum shall control and all other terms of the Services Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.  In the event of inconsistency between the provisions of this Addendum and mandatory provisions of the HIPAA Regulations, as amended, or their interpretation by any court or regulatory agency of competent authority and jurisdiction over either Party hereto, the HIPAA Regulations, as interpreted by such court or agency, shall control.  Where the provisions of this Addendum are different from those mandated in the HIPAA Regulations, but are nonetheless permitted by such rules as interpreted by courts or agencies, the provisions of this Addendum shall control.
 
(b)  
Except as expressly stated herein or as provided by law, this Addendum shall not create any rights in favor of any third party.
 
13.  
Regulatory References .   A reference in this Addendum to a section in the HIPAA Regulations means the section as in effect or as amended.
 
14.  
Notices .   All notices, requests and demands or other communications to be given hereunder to a Party shall be made via first class mail, registered or certified or express courier to such Party’s address given below, and/or via facsimile to the facsimile telephone numbers listed below:
 
SCHEDULE H-6

 
If to Bank, to :
 
Michael J. Butz
Sourcing Manager I
Bank of America
Mail Code: NC1-023-09-01
525 N Tryon St.
Charlotte, NC 28255
Facsimile number: 617.310.2235
 
 
With a copy to :
 
Kelly Spinard
Senior Compliance Manager
Bank of America
Mail Code: RI1-537-08-02
1 Financial Plaza
Providence, RI 02903
Facsimile number: 617.310.2313
 
 
If to Tech, to :
 
Robert A. Eberle
President and CEO
Bottomline Technologies (de), Inc.
325 Corporate Drive
Portsmouth, NH 03801
Facsimile number: 603. 436.0300
With a copy to :
 
John A. Burgess, Esq.
Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale & Dorr LLP
60 State Street
Boston, MA 02109
Facsimile number: 617. 526.5000

 
15.  
Amendments; Waiver .   This Addendum may not be modified, nor shall any provision be waived or amended, except in writing duly signed by authorized representatives of the Parties.  The Parties acknowledge that federal laws regarding health information privacy and data security are undergoing rapid change and hereby agree to amend, upon the mutual agreement of the parties, this Addendum from time to time as is necessary for Bank and its Covered Entity customers to comply with these statutory requirements.  Should the parties fail to agree promptly to reasonable terms and conditions to amend this Addendum as required in order to comply with a new or revised law, rule or regulation, Bank may promptly terminate this Addendum and/or the Services Agreement (pursuant to Sections 15.2 and 23.14(d) of the Services Agreement).  A waiver with respect to one event shall not be construed as continuing, or as a bar to or waiver of any right or remedy as to subsequent events.
 
16.  
HITECH Act Compliance .   The Parties acknowledge that the HITECH Act includes several provisions impacting the health care industry, including significant changes to the HIPAA Regulations. The Privacy Subtitle of the HITECH Act sets forth provisions that significantly change the requirements for business associates and the agreements between business associates and covered entities under the HIPAA Regulations and many of these changes will be clarified in forthcoming regulations and guidance.  Each Party agrees to comply with the applicable provisions of the HITECH Act and any implementing regulations and guidance issued thereunder.  Also, the Parties agree to modify this Addendum as reasonably necessary to comply with the HITECH Act and its implementing regulations, guidance, and interpretations as they become effective.
 
 
SCHEDULE H-7


 

 
In Witness Whereof , this Addendum is executed by the Parties as of the date first written above.
 
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
 
By:    /s/ Mike Butz                                                            
Print Name:    Mike Butz                                                            
Title:    VP, Supply Chain                                                            
BOTTOMLINE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
 
By:    /s/ Robert A. Eberle                                                                  
Print Name:    Robert A. Eberle                                                                  
Title:    President and CEO                                                                  
 

 

 
SCHEDULE H-8

 
 
SCHEDULE I
 
 
 
 

 
 
SCHEDULE I
 
Agreements Subject to Consent Requirement
 
1)  
Customer Service Agreement with [**]
 
2)  
Customer Service Agreement with [**]
 

 

 
SCHEDULE J
 
 
 
 

 
SCHEDULE J
 
Background Checks
 
In accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of this Services Agreement, within [**] after executing this Services Agreement with respect to any person that is a former employee of Bank being assigned to participate in the provision of Services to Bank, and prior to participating in the provision of Services to Bank with respect to any person who is not a former employee of Bank, the following background screening guidelines must be administered to and successfully passed by each Representative of Tech (“Contract Person”):
 
(b)  
Search of the Contract Person’s social security number to verify the accuracy of the individual’s identity and current and previous addresses.
 
(c)  
A criminal background search of all court records in each venue of the Contract Person’s current and previous addresses [**].
 
(d)  
A minimum of at least [**] work references prior to assignment at Bank.
 
(e)  
Verification of highest post high school education or degrees, i.e., B.A., B.S., Associate, or professional certifications.
 
(f)  
Validation of United States citizenship or certification to work in the United States.
 
Tech shall keep copies of background screening documentation and provide certification of their completion to Bank when requested.
 

 


 
 
SCHEDULE K
 
 
 
 

 
SCHEDULE K
 
Business Continuity Requirements
 
1.  
Tech shall establish, maintain and implement a Business Continuity Plan per the terms of this Services Agreement.  The Business Continuity Plan shall include recovery strategy, loss of critical personnel, documented recovery plans covering all areas of operations necessary to delivering Tech’s Services pursuant to this Services Agreement, vital records protection and testing plans.  The plans shall provide, without limitation, for off-site backup of critical data files, Confidential Information, software, documentation, forms and supplies as well as alternative means of transmitting and processing Confidential Information.
 
2.  
The recovery strategy shall provide for recovery after both short and long term disruptions in facilities, environmental support, workforce availability, and data processing equipment. Although short term outages can be protected with redundant resources and network diversity, the long term strategy must allow for total destruction of Tech’s business operations for a period of [**] or longer and set forth a recovery strategy.
 
3.  
Tech’s recovery objectives shall not exceed the following during any recovery period:
 
(a)  
Time to Full Restoration from time of disruption event: [**]
(b)  
Maximum Data Loss (stated in hours) from time of disruption event: [**]
(c)  
Percentage Reduction of Service Levels: [**]
 
4.  
Bank agrees to work with Tech to determine a mutually agreeable date for Tech to match the new objectives if necessary.
 
5.  
Tech shall continue to provide Services to Bank, at Bank’s expense, if Bank activates its contingency plan or moves to an interim site to conduct its business, including during tests of Bank’s contingency operations plans.
 
6.  
Tech shall furnish contingency recovery plans, contingency exercise and testing schedules annually or upon request.  Tech shall provide to Bank, annually, or upon request, copies of all contingency exercise final reports, and shall include disaster scenario description, exercise scope and objectives, detailed tasks, exercise issues list and remediation, and exercise results. If requested, Tech shall allow Bank, at its own expense, to observe a contingency test.
 
7.  
If Tech provides electronic interchange of data with Bank, Tech shall participate, if requested and at Bank’s expense, in the recovery exercises of Bank to validate recovery capability.
 
8.  
Tech shall provide evidence of capability to meet any applicable regulatory requirements concerning business continuity.
 
9.  
Tech shall participate, if reasonably requested by Bank and at Bank’s expense, in recovery testing of a mutually agreed upon scope and frequency.